aboutsummaryrefslogtreecommitdiffstats
path: root/libraries
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to 'libraries')
-rw-r--r--libraries/FreeRTOS/MapleFreeRTOS.cpp44
-rw-r--r--libraries/FreeRTOS/MapleFreeRTOS.h40
-rw-r--r--libraries/FreeRTOS/keywords.txt27
-rw-r--r--libraries/FreeRTOS/rules.mk38
-rwxr-xr-xlibraries/FreeRTOS/utility/FreeRTOS.h468
-rwxr-xr-xlibraries/FreeRTOS/utility/FreeRTOSConfig.h126
-rwxr-xr-xlibraries/FreeRTOS/utility/StackMacros.h174
-rwxr-xr-xlibraries/FreeRTOS/utility/croutine.c380
-rwxr-xr-xlibraries/FreeRTOS/utility/croutine.h752
-rwxr-xr-xlibraries/FreeRTOS/utility/heap_2.c278
-rwxr-xr-xlibraries/FreeRTOS/utility/list.c197
-rwxr-xr-xlibraries/FreeRTOS/utility/list.h314
-rwxr-xr-xlibraries/FreeRTOS/utility/mpu_wrappers.h141
-rwxr-xr-xlibraries/FreeRTOS/utility/port.c292
-rwxr-xr-xlibraries/FreeRTOS/utility/portable.h396
-rwxr-xr-xlibraries/FreeRTOS/utility/portmacro.h156
-rwxr-xr-xlibraries/FreeRTOS/utility/projdefs.h83
-rwxr-xr-xlibraries/FreeRTOS/utility/queue.c1539
-rwxr-xr-xlibraries/FreeRTOS/utility/queue.h1270
-rwxr-xr-xlibraries/FreeRTOS/utility/semphr.h717
-rwxr-xr-xlibraries/FreeRTOS/utility/task.h1307
-rwxr-xr-xlibraries/FreeRTOS/utility/tasks.c2522
-rwxr-xr-xlibraries/FreeRTOS/utility/timers.c649
-rwxr-xr-xlibraries/FreeRTOS/utility/timers.h936
-rw-r--r--libraries/LiquidCrystal/LiquidCrystal.cpp333
-rw-r--r--libraries/LiquidCrystal/LiquidCrystal.h105
-rw-r--r--libraries/LiquidCrystal/rules.mk29
-rw-r--r--libraries/Servo/Servo.cpp150
-rw-r--r--libraries/Servo/Servo.h196
-rw-r--r--libraries/Servo/rules.mk29
-rw-r--r--libraries/Wire/HardWire.cpp66
-rw-r--r--libraries/Wire/HardWire.h69
-rw-r--r--libraries/Wire/Wire.cpp182
-rw-r--r--libraries/Wire/Wire.h136
-rw-r--r--libraries/Wire/WireBase.cpp140
-rw-r--r--libraries/Wire/WireBase.h143
-rw-r--r--libraries/Wire/rules.mk29
37 files changed, 14453 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/libraries/FreeRTOS/MapleFreeRTOS.cpp b/libraries/FreeRTOS/MapleFreeRTOS.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d235ceb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/FreeRTOS/MapleFreeRTOS.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+/******************************************************************************
+ * The MIT License
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 LeafLabs, LLC.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person
+ * obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation
+ * files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without
+ * restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy,
+ * modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies
+ * of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
+ * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+ * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
+ * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS
+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+ * SOFTWARE.
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+#include "MapleFreeRTOS.h"
+
+extern "C" {
+
+void vApplicationStackOverflowHook(xTaskHandle *pxTask,
+ signed char *pcTaskName) {
+ /* This function will get called if a task overflows its stack.
+ * If the parameters are corrupt then inspect pxCurrentTCB to find
+ * which was the offending task. */
+
+ (void) pxTask;
+ (void) pcTaskName;
+
+ while (1)
+ ;
+}
+
+}
diff --git a/libraries/FreeRTOS/MapleFreeRTOS.h b/libraries/FreeRTOS/MapleFreeRTOS.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dc06979
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/FreeRTOS/MapleFreeRTOS.h
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+/******************************************************************************
+ * The MIT License
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 LeafLabs, LLC.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person
+ * obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation
+ * files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without
+ * restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy,
+ * modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies
+ * of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
+ * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+ * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
+ * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS
+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+ * SOFTWARE.
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef __MAPLE_FREERTOS_H__
+#define __MAPLE_FREERTOS_H__
+
+#include <wirish/wirish.h>
+
+extern "C" {
+#define GCC_ARMCM3
+#include "utility/FreeRTOS.h"
+#include "utility/task.h"
+#include "utility/queue.h"
+#include "utility/semphr.h"
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/libraries/FreeRTOS/keywords.txt b/libraries/FreeRTOS/keywords.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4a20bae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/FreeRTOS/keywords.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+#######################################
+# Syntax Coloring Map For CoOS
+#######################################
+
+#######################################
+# Datatypes (KEYWORD1)
+#######################################
+
+#######################################
+# Methods and Functions (KEYWORD2)
+#######################################
+vTaskDelay KEYWORD2
+vTaskDelayUntil KEYWORD2
+xTaskCreate KEYWORD2
+vTaskSuspend KEYWORD2
+vTaskDelete KEYWORD2
+vTaskPrioritySet KEYWORD2
+uxTaskPriorityGet KEYWORD2
+vTaskStartScheduler KEYWORD2
+vApplicationIdleHook KEYWORD2
+
+#######################################
+# Constants (LITERAL1)
+#######################################
+configUSE_IDLE_HOOK LITERAL1
+configMINIMAL_STACK_SIZE LITERAL1
+tskIDLE_PRIORITY LITERAL1 \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/libraries/FreeRTOS/rules.mk b/libraries/FreeRTOS/rules.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2b415ba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/FreeRTOS/rules.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+# Standard things
+sp := $(sp).x
+dirstack_$(sp) := $(d)
+d := $(dir)
+BUILDDIRS += $(BUILD_PATH)/$(d)
+BUILDDIRS += $(BUILD_PATH)/$(d)/utility
+
+# Local flags
+CXXFLAGS_$(d) := $(WIRISH_INCLUDES) $(LIBMAPLE_INCLUDES)
+CFLAGS_$(d) := $(WIRISH_INCLUDES) $(LIBMAPLE_INCLUDES)
+
+# Local rules and targets
+cSRCS_$(d) := utility/croutine.c \
+ utility/heap_2.c \
+ utility/list.c \
+ utility/port.c \
+ utility/queue.c \
+ utility/timers.c \
+ utility/tasks.c \
+
+cppSRCS_$(d) := MapleFreeRTOS.cpp
+
+cFILES_$(d) := $(cSRCS_$(d):%=$(d)/%)
+cppFILES_$(d) := $(cppSRCS_$(d):%=$(d)/%)
+
+OBJS_$(d) := $(cFILES_$(d):%.c=$(BUILD_PATH)/%.o) \
+ $(cppFILES_$(d):%.cpp=$(BUILD_PATH)/%.o)
+DEPS_$(d) := $(OBJS_$(d):%.o=%.d)
+
+$(OBJS_$(d)): TGT_CXXFLAGS := $(CXXFLAGS_$(d))
+$(OBJS_$(d)): TGT_CFLAGS := $(CFLAGS_$(d))
+
+TGT_BIN += $(OBJS_$(d))
+
+# Standard things
+-include $(DEPS_$(d))
+d := $(dirstack_$(sp))
+sp := $(basename $(sp)) \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/FreeRTOS.h b/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/FreeRTOS.h
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..a609bb3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/FreeRTOS.h
@@ -0,0 +1,468 @@
+/*
+ FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
+
+
+ FreeRTOS supports many tools and architectures. V7.0.0 is sponsored by:
+ Atollic AB - Atollic provides professional embedded systems development
+ tools for C/C++ development, code analysis and test automation.
+ See http://www.atollic.com
+
+
+ ***************************************************************************
+ * *
+ * FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. *
+ * Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also *
+ * available. *
+ * *
+ * Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by *
+ * ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an *
+ * in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help *
+ * the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing *
+ * professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions *
+ * for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! *
+ * *
+ * >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< *
+ * *
+ * Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! *
+ * *
+ ***************************************************************************
+
+
+ This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
+
+ FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+ the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
+ Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception.
+ >>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to
+ distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to
+ provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
+ kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+ WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+ or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
+ more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
+ License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it
+ can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained
+ by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the
+ FreeRTOS WEB site.
+
+ 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+
+ http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and
+ contact details.
+
+ http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety
+ critical systems.
+
+ http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting,
+ licensing and training services.
+*/
+
+#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H
+#define INC_FREERTOS_H
+
+
+/*
+ * Include the generic headers required for the FreeRTOS port being used.
+ */
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+/* Basic FreeRTOS definitions. */
+#include "projdefs.h"
+
+/* Application specific configuration options. */
+#include "FreeRTOSConfig.h"
+
+/* Definitions specific to the port being used. */
+#include "portable.h"
+
+
+/* Defines the prototype to which the application task hook function must
+conform. */
+typedef portBASE_TYPE (*pdTASK_HOOK_CODE)( void * );
+
+
+
+
+
+/*
+ * Check all the required application specific macros have been defined.
+ * These macros are application specific and (as downloaded) are defined
+ * within FreeRTOSConfig.h.
+ */
+
+#ifndef configUSE_PREEMPTION
+ #error Missing definition: configUSE_PREEMPTION should be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
+#endif
+
+#ifndef configUSE_IDLE_HOOK
+ #error Missing definition: configUSE_IDLE_HOOK should be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
+#endif
+
+#ifndef configUSE_TICK_HOOK
+ #error Missing definition: configUSE_TICK_HOOK should be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
+#endif
+
+#ifndef configUSE_CO_ROUTINES
+ #error Missing definition: configUSE_CO_ROUTINES should be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
+#endif
+
+#ifndef INCLUDE_vTaskPrioritySet
+ #error Missing definition: INCLUDE_vTaskPrioritySet should be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
+#endif
+
+#ifndef INCLUDE_uxTaskPriorityGet
+ #error Missing definition: INCLUDE_uxTaskPriorityGet should be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
+#endif
+
+#ifndef INCLUDE_vTaskDelete
+ #error Missing definition: INCLUDE_vTaskDelete should be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
+#endif
+
+#ifndef INCLUDE_vTaskCleanUpResources
+ #error Missing definition: INCLUDE_vTaskCleanUpResources should be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
+#endif
+
+#ifndef INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend
+ #error Missing definition: INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend should be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
+#endif
+
+#ifndef INCLUDE_vTaskDelayUntil
+ #error Missing definition: INCLUDE_vTaskDelayUntil should be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
+#endif
+
+#ifndef INCLUDE_vTaskDelay
+ #error Missing definition: INCLUDE_vTaskDelay should be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
+#endif
+
+#ifndef configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS
+ #error Missing definition: configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS should be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
+#endif
+
+#ifndef configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG
+ #define configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark
+ #define INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES
+ #define configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef configUSE_MUTEXES
+ #define configUSE_MUTEXES 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef configUSE_TIMERS
+ #define configUSE_TIMERS 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef configUSE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORES
+ #define configUSE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORES 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef configUSE_ALTERNATIVE_API
+ #define configUSE_ALTERNATIVE_API 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB
+ #define portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN
+ #define configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN 16
+#endif
+
+#ifndef configIDLE_SHOULD_YIELD
+ #define configIDLE_SHOULD_YIELD 1
+#endif
+
+#if configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN < 1
+ #error configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN must be set to a minimum of 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h
+#endif
+
+#ifndef INCLUDE_xTaskResumeFromISR
+ #define INCLUDE_xTaskResumeFromISR 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef configASSERT
+ #define configASSERT( x )
+#endif
+
+/* The timers module relies on xTaskGetSchedulerState(). */
+#if configUSE_TIMERS == 1
+
+ #ifndef configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY
+ #error If configUSE_TIMERS is set to 1 then configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY must also be defined.
+ #endif /* configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY */
+
+ #ifndef configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH
+ #error If configUSE_TIMERS is set to 1 then configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH must also be defined.
+ #endif /* configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH */
+
+ #ifndef configTIMER_TASK_STACK_DEPTH
+ #error If configUSE_TIMERS is set to 1 then configTIMER_TASK_STACK_DEPTH must also be defined.
+ #endif /* configTIMER_TASK_STACK_DEPTH */
+
+#endif /* configUSE_TIMERS */
+
+#ifndef INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState
+ #define INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef INCLUDE_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle
+ #define INCLUDE_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle 0
+#endif
+
+
+#ifndef portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR
+ #define portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR() 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR
+ #define portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedStatusValue ) ( void ) uxSavedStatusValue
+#endif
+
+
+#ifndef configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE
+ #define configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE 0U
+#endif
+
+#if ( configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE < 1U )
+ #define vQueueAddToRegistry( xQueue, pcName )
+ #define vQueueUnregisterQueue( xQueue )
+#endif
+
+
+/* Remove any unused trace macros. */
+#ifndef traceSTART
+ /* Used to perform any necessary initialisation - for example, open a file
+ into which trace is to be written. */
+ #define traceSTART()
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceEND
+ /* Use to close a trace, for example close a file into which trace has been
+ written. */
+ #define traceEND()
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceTASK_SWITCHED_IN
+ /* Called after a task has been selected to run. pxCurrentTCB holds a pointer
+ to the task control block of the selected task. */
+ #define traceTASK_SWITCHED_IN()
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceTASK_SWITCHED_OUT
+ /* Called before a task has been selected to run. pxCurrentTCB holds a pointer
+ to the task control block of the task being switched out. */
+ #define traceTASK_SWITCHED_OUT()
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_RECEIVE
+ /* Task is about to block because it cannot read from a
+ queue/mutex/semaphore. pxQueue is a pointer to the queue/mutex/semaphore
+ upon which the read was attempted. pxCurrentTCB points to the TCB of the
+ task that attempted the read. */
+ #define traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_RECEIVE( pxQueue )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_SEND
+ /* Task is about to block because it cannot write to a
+ queue/mutex/semaphore. pxQueue is a pointer to the queue/mutex/semaphore
+ upon which the write was attempted. pxCurrentTCB points to the TCB of the
+ task that attempted the write. */
+ #define traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_SEND( pxQueue )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW
+ #define configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW 0
+#endif
+
+/* The following event macros are embedded in the kernel API calls. */
+
+#ifndef traceQUEUE_CREATE
+ #define traceQUEUE_CREATE( pxNewQueue )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceQUEUE_CREATE_FAILED
+ #define traceQUEUE_CREATE_FAILED()
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceCREATE_MUTEX
+ #define traceCREATE_MUTEX( pxNewQueue )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceCREATE_MUTEX_FAILED
+ #define traceCREATE_MUTEX_FAILED()
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceGIVE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
+ #define traceGIVE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE( pxMutex )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceGIVE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE_FAILED
+ #define traceGIVE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE_FAILED( pxMutex )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceTAKE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
+ #define traceTAKE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE( pxMutex )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceTAKE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE_FAILED
+ #define traceTAKE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE_FAILED( pxMutex )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceCREATE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE
+ #define traceCREATE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE()
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceCREATE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE_FAILED
+ #define traceCREATE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE_FAILED()
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceQUEUE_SEND
+ #define traceQUEUE_SEND( pxQueue )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceQUEUE_SEND_FAILED
+ #define traceQUEUE_SEND_FAILED( pxQueue )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceQUEUE_RECEIVE
+ #define traceQUEUE_RECEIVE( pxQueue )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceQUEUE_PEEK
+ #define traceQUEUE_PEEK( pxQueue )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FAILED
+ #define traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FAILED( pxQueue )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR
+ #define traceQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR( pxQueue )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR_FAILED
+ #define traceQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR_FAILED( pxQueue )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR
+ #define traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR( pxQueue )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR_FAILED
+ #define traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR_FAILED( pxQueue )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceQUEUE_DELETE
+ #define traceQUEUE_DELETE( pxQueue )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceTASK_CREATE
+ #define traceTASK_CREATE( pxNewTCB )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceTASK_CREATE_FAILED
+ #define traceTASK_CREATE_FAILED()
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceTASK_DELETE
+ #define traceTASK_DELETE( pxTaskToDelete )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceTASK_DELAY_UNTIL
+ #define traceTASK_DELAY_UNTIL()
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceTASK_DELAY
+ #define traceTASK_DELAY()
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceTASK_PRIORITY_SET
+ #define traceTASK_PRIORITY_SET( pxTask, uxNewPriority )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceTASK_SUSPEND
+ #define traceTASK_SUSPEND( pxTaskToSuspend )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceTASK_RESUME
+ #define traceTASK_RESUME( pxTaskToResume )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceTASK_RESUME_FROM_ISR
+ #define traceTASK_RESUME_FROM_ISR( pxTaskToResume )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceTASK_INCREMENT_TICK
+ #define traceTASK_INCREMENT_TICK( xTickCount )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceTIMER_CREATE
+ #define traceTIMER_CREATE( pxNewTimer )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceTIMER_CREATE_FAILED
+ #define traceTIMER_CREATE_FAILED()
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceTIMER_COMMAND_SEND
+ #define traceTIMER_COMMAND_SEND( xTimer, xMessageID, xMessageValueValue, xReturn )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceTIMER_EXPIRED
+ #define traceTIMER_EXPIRED( pxTimer )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef traceTIMER_COMMAND_RECEIVED
+ #define traceTIMER_COMMAND_RECEIVED( pxTimer, xMessageID, xMessageValue )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS
+ #define configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS 0
+#endif
+
+#if ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 )
+
+ #ifndef portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS
+ #error If configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS is defined then portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS must also be defined. portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS should call a port layer function to setup a peripheral timer/counter that can then be used as the run time counter time base.
+ #endif /* portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS */
+
+ #ifndef portGET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE
+ #ifndef portALT_GET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE
+ #error If configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS is defined then either portGET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE or portALT_GET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE must also be defined. See the examples provided and the FreeRTOS web site for more information.
+ #endif /* portALT_GET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE */
+ #endif /* portGET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE */
+
+#endif /* configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS */
+
+#ifndef portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS
+ #define portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS()
+#endif
+
+#ifndef configUSE_MALLOC_FAILED_HOOK
+ #define configUSE_MALLOC_FAILED_HOOK 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef portPRIVILEGE_BIT
+ #define portPRIVILEGE_BIT ( ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0x00 )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef portYIELD_WITHIN_API
+ #define portYIELD_WITHIN_API portYIELD
+#endif
+
+#ifndef pvPortMallocAligned
+ #define pvPortMallocAligned( x, puxStackBuffer ) ( ( ( puxStackBuffer ) == NULL ) ? ( pvPortMalloc( ( x ) ) ) : ( puxStackBuffer ) )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef vPortFreeAligned
+ #define vPortFreeAligned( pvBlockToFree ) vPortFree( pvBlockToFree )
+#endif
+
+#endif /* INC_FREERTOS_H */
+
diff --git a/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/FreeRTOSConfig.h b/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/FreeRTOSConfig.h
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..3f451a1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/FreeRTOSConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/*
+ FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
+
+
+ ***************************************************************************
+ * *
+ * FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. *
+ * Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also *
+ * available. *
+ * *
+ * Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by *
+ * ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an *
+ * in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help *
+ * the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing *
+ * professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions *
+ * for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! *
+ * *
+ * >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< *
+ * *
+ * Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! *
+ * *
+ ***************************************************************************
+
+
+ This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
+
+ FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+ the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
+ Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception.
+ >>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to
+ distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to
+ provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
+ kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+ WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+ or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
+ more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
+ License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it
+ can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained
+ by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the
+ FreeRTOS WEB site.
+
+ 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+
+ http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and
+ contact details.
+
+ http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety
+ critical systems.
+
+ http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting,
+ licensing and training services.
+*/
+
+#ifndef FREERTOS_CONFIG_H
+#define FREERTOS_CONFIG_H
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------
+ * Application specific definitions.
+ *
+ * These definitions should be adjusted for your particular hardware and
+ * application requirements.
+ *
+ * THESE PARAMETERS ARE DESCRIBED WITHIN THE 'CONFIGURATION' SECTION OF THE
+ * FreeRTOS API DOCUMENTATION AVAILABLE ON THE FreeRTOS.org WEB SITE.
+ *
+ * See http://www.freertos.org/a00110.html.
+ *----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#define configUSE_PREEMPTION 1
+#define configUSE_IDLE_HOOK 0
+#define configUSE_TICK_HOOK 0
+#define configCPU_CLOCK_HZ ( ( unsigned long ) 72000000 )
+#define configTICK_RATE_HZ ( ( portTickType ) 1000 )
+#define configMAX_PRIORITIES ( ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 5 )
+#define configMINIMAL_STACK_SIZE ( ( unsigned short ) 120 )
+#define configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE ( ( size_t ) ( 8 * 1024 ) )
+#define configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN ( 16 )
+#define configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY 1
+#define configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS 0
+#define configIDLE_SHOULD_YIELD 1
+
+/* Co-routine definitions. */
+#define configUSE_CO_ROUTINES 0
+#define configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES ( 2 )
+
+#define configUSE_MUTEXES 1
+#define configUSE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORES 1
+#define configUSE_ALTERNATIVE_API 0
+#define configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW 2
+#define configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES 1
+#define configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE 0
+#define configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS 0
+
+/* Set the following definitions to 1 to include the API function, or zero
+to exclude the API function. */
+
+#define INCLUDE_vTaskPrioritySet 1
+#define INCLUDE_uxTaskPriorityGet 1
+#define INCLUDE_vTaskDelete 1
+#define INCLUDE_vTaskCleanUpResources 0
+#define INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend 1
+#define INCLUDE_vTaskDelayUntil 1
+#define INCLUDE_vTaskDelay 1
+
+/* This is the raw value as per the Cortex-M3 NVIC. Values can be 255
+(lowest) to 0 (1?) (highest). */
+#define configKERNEL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY 255
+#define configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY 191 /* equivalent to 0xb0, or priority 11. */
+
+
+/* This is the value being used as per the ST library which permits 16
+priority values, 0 to 15. This must correspond to the
+configKERNEL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY setting. Here 15 corresponds to the lowest
+NVIC value of 255. */
+#define configLIBRARY_KERNEL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY 15
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------
+ * UART configuration.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+#define configCOM0_RX_BUFFER_LENGTH 128
+#define configCOM0_TX_BUFFER_LENGTH 128
+#define configCOM1_RX_BUFFER_LENGTH 128
+#define configCOM1_TX_BUFFER_LENGTH 128
+
+#endif /* FREERTOS_CONFIG_H */
+
diff --git a/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/StackMacros.h b/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/StackMacros.h
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..547a58c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/StackMacros.h
@@ -0,0 +1,174 @@
+/*
+ FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
+
+
+ FreeRTOS supports many tools and architectures. V7.0.0 is sponsored by:
+ Atollic AB - Atollic provides professional embedded systems development
+ tools for C/C++ development, code analysis and test automation.
+ See http://www.atollic.com
+
+
+ ***************************************************************************
+ * *
+ * FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. *
+ * Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also *
+ * available. *
+ * *
+ * Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by *
+ * ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an *
+ * in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help *
+ * the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing *
+ * professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions *
+ * for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! *
+ * *
+ * >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< *
+ * *
+ * Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! *
+ * *
+ ***************************************************************************
+
+
+ This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
+
+ FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+ the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
+ Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception.
+ >>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to
+ distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to
+ provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
+ kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+ WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+ or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
+ more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
+ License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it
+ can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained
+ by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the
+ FreeRTOS WEB site.
+
+ 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+
+ http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and
+ contact details.
+
+ http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety
+ critical systems.
+
+ http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting,
+ licensing and training services.
+*/
+
+#ifndef STACK_MACROS_H
+#define STACK_MACROS_H
+
+/*
+ * Call the stack overflow hook function if the stack of the task being swapped
+ * out is currently overflowed, or looks like it might have overflowed in the
+ * past.
+ *
+ * Setting configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW to 1 will cause the macro to check
+ * the current stack state only - comparing the current top of stack value to
+ * the stack limit. Setting configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW to greater than 1
+ * will also cause the last few stack bytes to be checked to ensure the value
+ * to which the bytes were set when the task was created have not been
+ * overwritten. Note this second test does not guarantee that an overflowed
+ * stack will always be recognised.
+ */
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 0 )
+
+ /* FreeRTOSConfig.h is not set to check for stack overflows. */
+ #define taskFIRST_CHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW()
+ #define taskSECOND_CHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW()
+
+#endif /* configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 0 */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 )
+
+ /* FreeRTOSConfig.h is only set to use the first method of
+ overflow checking. */
+ #define taskSECOND_CHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW()
+
+#endif
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 0 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH < 0 ) )
+
+ /* Only the current stack state is to be checked. */
+ #define taskFIRST_CHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() \
+ { \
+ /* Is the currently saved stack pointer within the stack limit? */ \
+ if( pxCurrentTCB->pxTopOfStack <= pxCurrentTCB->pxStack ) \
+ { \
+ vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( xTaskHandle ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName ); \
+ } \
+ }
+
+#endif /* configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 0 */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 0 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH > 0 ) )
+
+ /* Only the current stack state is to be checked. */
+ #define taskFIRST_CHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() \
+ { \
+ \
+ /* Is the currently saved stack pointer within the stack limit? */ \
+ if( pxCurrentTCB->pxTopOfStack >= pxCurrentTCB->pxEndOfStack ) \
+ { \
+ vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( xTaskHandle ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName ); \
+ } \
+ }
+
+#endif /* configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH < 0 ) )
+
+ #define taskSECOND_CHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() \
+ { \
+ static const unsigned char ucExpectedStackBytes[] = { tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
+ tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
+ tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
+ tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
+ tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE }; \
+ \
+ \
+ /* Has the extremity of the task stack ever been written over? */ \
+ if( memcmp( ( void * ) pxCurrentTCB->pxStack, ( void * ) ucExpectedStackBytes, sizeof( ucExpectedStackBytes ) ) != 0 ) \
+ { \
+ vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( xTaskHandle ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName ); \
+ } \
+ }
+
+#endif /* #if( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH > 0 ) )
+
+ #define taskSECOND_CHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() \
+ { \
+ char *pcEndOfStack = ( char * ) pxCurrentTCB->pxEndOfStack; \
+ static const unsigned char ucExpectedStackBytes[] = { tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
+ tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
+ tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
+ tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
+ tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE }; \
+ \
+ \
+ pcEndOfStack -= sizeof( ucExpectedStackBytes ); \
+ \
+ /* Has the extremity of the task stack ever been written over? */ \
+ if( memcmp( ( void * ) pcEndOfStack, ( void * ) ucExpectedStackBytes, sizeof( ucExpectedStackBytes ) ) != 0 ) \
+ { \
+ vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( xTaskHandle ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName ); \
+ } \
+ }
+
+#endif /* #if( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#endif /* STACK_MACROS_H */
+
diff --git a/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/croutine.c b/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/croutine.c
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..fe56730
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/croutine.c
@@ -0,0 +1,380 @@
+/*
+ FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
+
+
+ FreeRTOS supports many tools and architectures. V7.0.0 is sponsored by:
+ Atollic AB - Atollic provides professional embedded systems development
+ tools for C/C++ development, code analysis and test automation.
+ See http://www.atollic.com
+
+
+ ***************************************************************************
+ * *
+ * FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. *
+ * Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also *
+ * available. *
+ * *
+ * Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by *
+ * ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an *
+ * in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help *
+ * the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing *
+ * professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions *
+ * for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! *
+ * *
+ * >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< *
+ * *
+ * Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! *
+ * *
+ ***************************************************************************
+
+
+ This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
+
+ FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+ the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
+ Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception.
+ >>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to
+ distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to
+ provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
+ kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+ WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+ or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
+ more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
+ License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it
+ can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained
+ by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the
+ FreeRTOS WEB site.
+
+ 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+
+ http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and
+ contact details.
+
+ http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety
+ critical systems.
+
+ http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting,
+ licensing and training services.
+*/
+
+#include "FreeRTOS.h"
+#include "task.h"
+#include "croutine.h"
+
+/*
+ * Some kernel aware debuggers require data to be viewed to be global, rather
+ * than file scope.
+ */
+#ifdef portREMOVE_STATIC_QUALIFIER
+ #define static
+#endif
+
+
+/* Lists for ready and blocked co-routines. --------------------*/
+static xList pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES ]; /*< Prioritised ready co-routines. */
+static xList xDelayedCoRoutineList1; /*< Delayed co-routines. */
+static xList xDelayedCoRoutineList2; /*< Delayed co-routines (two lists are used - one for delays that have overflowed the current tick count. */
+static xList * pxDelayedCoRoutineList; /*< Points to the delayed co-routine list currently being used. */
+static xList * pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList; /*< Points to the delayed co-routine list currently being used to hold co-routines that have overflowed the current tick count. */
+static xList xPendingReadyCoRoutineList; /*< Holds co-routines that have been readied by an external event. They cannot be added directly to the ready lists as the ready lists cannot be accessed by interrupts. */
+
+/* Other file private variables. --------------------------------*/
+corCRCB * pxCurrentCoRoutine = NULL;
+static unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority = 0;
+static portTickType xCoRoutineTickCount = 0, xLastTickCount = 0, xPassedTicks = 0;
+
+/* The initial state of the co-routine when it is created. */
+#define corINITIAL_STATE ( 0 )
+
+/*
+ * Place the co-routine represented by pxCRCB into the appropriate ready queue
+ * for the priority. It is inserted at the end of the list.
+ *
+ * This macro accesses the co-routine ready lists and therefore must not be
+ * used from within an ISR.
+ */
+#define prvAddCoRoutineToReadyQueue( pxCRCB ) \
+{ \
+ if( pxCRCB->uxPriority > uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority ) \
+ { \
+ uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority = pxCRCB->uxPriority; \
+ } \
+ vListInsertEnd( ( xList * ) &( pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ pxCRCB->uxPriority ] ), &( pxCRCB->xGenericListItem ) ); \
+}
+
+/*
+ * Utility to ready all the lists used by the scheduler. This is called
+ * automatically upon the creation of the first co-routine.
+ */
+static void prvInitialiseCoRoutineLists( void );
+
+/*
+ * Co-routines that are readied by an interrupt cannot be placed directly into
+ * the ready lists (there is no mutual exclusion). Instead they are placed in
+ * in the pending ready list in order that they can later be moved to the ready
+ * list by the co-routine scheduler.
+ */
+static void prvCheckPendingReadyList( void );
+
+/*
+ * Macro that looks at the list of co-routines that are currently delayed to
+ * see if any require waking.
+ *
+ * Co-routines are stored in the queue in the order of their wake time -
+ * meaning once one co-routine has been found whose timer has not expired
+ * we need not look any further down the list.
+ */
+static void prvCheckDelayedList( void );
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+signed portBASE_TYPE xCoRoutineCreate( crCOROUTINE_CODE pxCoRoutineCode, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPriority, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxIndex )
+{
+signed portBASE_TYPE xReturn;
+corCRCB *pxCoRoutine;
+
+ /* Allocate the memory that will store the co-routine control block. */
+ pxCoRoutine = ( corCRCB * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( corCRCB ) );
+ if( pxCoRoutine )
+ {
+ /* If pxCurrentCoRoutine is NULL then this is the first co-routine to
+ be created and the co-routine data structures need initialising. */
+ if( pxCurrentCoRoutine == NULL )
+ {
+ pxCurrentCoRoutine = pxCoRoutine;
+ prvInitialiseCoRoutineLists();
+ }
+
+ /* Check the priority is within limits. */
+ if( uxPriority >= configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES )
+ {
+ uxPriority = configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES - 1;
+ }
+
+ /* Fill out the co-routine control block from the function parameters. */
+ pxCoRoutine->uxState = corINITIAL_STATE;
+ pxCoRoutine->uxPriority = uxPriority;
+ pxCoRoutine->uxIndex = uxIndex;
+ pxCoRoutine->pxCoRoutineFunction = pxCoRoutineCode;
+
+ /* Initialise all the other co-routine control block parameters. */
+ vListInitialiseItem( &( pxCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ) );
+ vListInitialiseItem( &( pxCoRoutine->xEventListItem ) );
+
+ /* Set the co-routine control block as a link back from the xListItem.
+ This is so we can get back to the containing CRCB from a generic item
+ in a list. */
+ listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ), pxCoRoutine );
+ listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxCoRoutine->xEventListItem ), pxCoRoutine );
+
+ /* Event lists are always in priority order. */
+ listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCoRoutine->xEventListItem ), configMAX_PRIORITIES - ( portTickType ) uxPriority );
+
+ /* Now the co-routine has been initialised it can be added to the ready
+ list at the correct priority. */
+ prvAddCoRoutineToReadyQueue( pxCoRoutine );
+
+ xReturn = pdPASS;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ xReturn = errCOULD_NOT_ALLOCATE_REQUIRED_MEMORY;
+ }
+
+ return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vCoRoutineAddToDelayedList( portTickType xTicksToDelay, xList *pxEventList )
+{
+portTickType xTimeToWake;
+
+ /* Calculate the time to wake - this may overflow but this is
+ not a problem. */
+ xTimeToWake = xCoRoutineTickCount + xTicksToDelay;
+
+ /* We must remove ourselves from the ready list before adding
+ ourselves to the blocked list as the same list item is used for
+ both lists. */
+ vListRemove( ( xListItem * ) &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ) );
+
+ /* The list item will be inserted in wake time order. */
+ listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ), xTimeToWake );
+
+ if( xTimeToWake < xCoRoutineTickCount )
+ {
+ /* Wake time has overflowed. Place this item in the
+ overflow list. */
+ vListInsert( ( xList * ) pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList, ( xListItem * ) &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ) );
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* The wake time has not overflowed, so we can use the
+ current block list. */
+ vListInsert( ( xList * ) pxDelayedCoRoutineList, ( xListItem * ) &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ) );
+ }
+
+ if( pxEventList )
+ {
+ /* Also add the co-routine to an event list. If this is done then the
+ function must be called with interrupts disabled. */
+ vListInsert( pxEventList, &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xEventListItem ) );
+ }
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvCheckPendingReadyList( void )
+{
+ /* Are there any co-routines waiting to get moved to the ready list? These
+ are co-routines that have been readied by an ISR. The ISR cannot access
+ the ready lists itself. */
+ while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &xPendingReadyCoRoutineList ) == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ corCRCB *pxUnblockedCRCB;
+
+ /* The pending ready list can be accessed by an ISR. */
+ portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+ {
+ pxUnblockedCRCB = ( corCRCB * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( (&xPendingReadyCoRoutineList) );
+ vListRemove( &( pxUnblockedCRCB->xEventListItem ) );
+ }
+ portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+
+ vListRemove( &( pxUnblockedCRCB->xGenericListItem ) );
+ prvAddCoRoutineToReadyQueue( pxUnblockedCRCB );
+ }
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvCheckDelayedList( void )
+{
+corCRCB *pxCRCB;
+
+ xPassedTicks = xTaskGetTickCount() - xLastTickCount;
+ while( xPassedTicks )
+ {
+ xCoRoutineTickCount++;
+ xPassedTicks--;
+
+ /* If the tick count has overflowed we need to swap the ready lists. */
+ if( xCoRoutineTickCount == 0 )
+ {
+ xList * pxTemp;
+
+ /* Tick count has overflowed so we need to swap the delay lists. If there are
+ any items in pxDelayedCoRoutineList here then there is an error! */
+ pxTemp = pxDelayedCoRoutineList;
+ pxDelayedCoRoutineList = pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList;
+ pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList = pxTemp;
+ }
+
+ /* See if this tick has made a timeout expire. */
+ while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxDelayedCoRoutineList ) == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ pxCRCB = ( corCRCB * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxDelayedCoRoutineList );
+
+ if( xCoRoutineTickCount < listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCRCB->xGenericListItem ) ) )
+ {
+ /* Timeout not yet expired. */
+ break;
+ }
+
+ portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+ {
+ /* The event could have occurred just before this critical
+ section. If this is the case then the generic list item will
+ have been moved to the pending ready list and the following
+ line is still valid. Also the pvContainer parameter will have
+ been set to NULL so the following lines are also valid. */
+ vListRemove( &( pxCRCB->xGenericListItem ) );
+
+ /* Is the co-routine waiting on an event also? */
+ if( pxCRCB->xEventListItem.pvContainer )
+ {
+ vListRemove( &( pxCRCB->xEventListItem ) );
+ }
+ }
+ portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+
+ prvAddCoRoutineToReadyQueue( pxCRCB );
+ }
+ }
+
+ xLastTickCount = xCoRoutineTickCount;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vCoRoutineSchedule( void )
+{
+ /* See if any co-routines readied by events need moving to the ready lists. */
+ prvCheckPendingReadyList();
+
+ /* See if any delayed co-routines have timed out. */
+ prvCheckDelayedList();
+
+ /* Find the highest priority queue that contains ready co-routines. */
+ while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority ] ) ) )
+ {
+ if( uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority == 0 )
+ {
+ /* No more co-routines to check. */
+ return;
+ }
+ --uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority;
+ }
+
+ /* listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY walks through the list, so the co-routines
+ of the same priority get an equal share of the processor time. */
+ listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxCurrentCoRoutine, &( pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority ] ) );
+
+ /* Call the co-routine. */
+ ( pxCurrentCoRoutine->pxCoRoutineFunction )( pxCurrentCoRoutine, pxCurrentCoRoutine->uxIndex );
+
+ return;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvInitialiseCoRoutineLists( void )
+{
+unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPriority;
+
+ for( uxPriority = 0; uxPriority < configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES; uxPriority++ )
+ {
+ vListInitialise( ( xList * ) &( pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ uxPriority ] ) );
+ }
+
+ vListInitialise( ( xList * ) &xDelayedCoRoutineList1 );
+ vListInitialise( ( xList * ) &xDelayedCoRoutineList2 );
+ vListInitialise( ( xList * ) &xPendingReadyCoRoutineList );
+
+ /* Start with pxDelayedCoRoutineList using list1 and the
+ pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList using list2. */
+ pxDelayedCoRoutineList = &xDelayedCoRoutineList1;
+ pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList = &xDelayedCoRoutineList2;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+signed portBASE_TYPE xCoRoutineRemoveFromEventList( const xList *pxEventList )
+{
+corCRCB *pxUnblockedCRCB;
+signed portBASE_TYPE xReturn;
+
+ /* This function is called from within an interrupt. It can only access
+ event lists and the pending ready list. This function assumes that a
+ check has already been made to ensure pxEventList is not empty. */
+ pxUnblockedCRCB = ( corCRCB * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxEventList );
+ vListRemove( &( pxUnblockedCRCB->xEventListItem ) );
+ vListInsertEnd( ( xList * ) &( xPendingReadyCoRoutineList ), &( pxUnblockedCRCB->xEventListItem ) );
+
+ if( pxUnblockedCRCB->uxPriority >= pxCurrentCoRoutine->uxPriority )
+ {
+ xReturn = pdTRUE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ xReturn = pdFALSE;
+ }
+
+ return xReturn;
+}
+
diff --git a/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/croutine.h b/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/croutine.h
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..6801c41
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/croutine.h
@@ -0,0 +1,752 @@
+/*
+ FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
+
+
+ FreeRTOS supports many tools and architectures. V7.0.0 is sponsored by:
+ Atollic AB - Atollic provides professional embedded systems development
+ tools for C/C++ development, code analysis and test automation.
+ See http://www.atollic.com
+
+
+ ***************************************************************************
+ * *
+ * FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. *
+ * Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also *
+ * available. *
+ * *
+ * Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by *
+ * ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an *
+ * in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help *
+ * the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing *
+ * professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions *
+ * for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! *
+ * *
+ * >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< *
+ * *
+ * Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! *
+ * *
+ ***************************************************************************
+
+
+ This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
+
+ FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+ the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
+ Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception.
+ >>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to
+ distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to
+ provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
+ kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+ WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+ or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
+ more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
+ License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it
+ can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained
+ by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the
+ FreeRTOS WEB site.
+
+ 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+
+ http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and
+ contact details.
+
+ http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety
+ critical systems.
+
+ http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting,
+ licensing and training services.
+*/
+
+#ifndef CO_ROUTINE_H
+#define CO_ROUTINE_H
+
+#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H
+ #error "include FreeRTOS.h must appear in source files before include croutine.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "list.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Used to hide the implementation of the co-routine control block. The
+control block structure however has to be included in the header due to
+the macro implementation of the co-routine functionality. */
+typedef void * xCoRoutineHandle;
+
+/* Defines the prototype to which co-routine functions must conform. */
+typedef void (*crCOROUTINE_CODE)( xCoRoutineHandle, unsigned portBASE_TYPE );
+
+typedef struct corCoRoutineControlBlock
+{
+ crCOROUTINE_CODE pxCoRoutineFunction;
+ xListItem xGenericListItem; /*< List item used to place the CRCB in ready and blocked queues. */
+ xListItem xEventListItem; /*< List item used to place the CRCB in event lists. */
+ unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPriority; /*< The priority of the co-routine in relation to other co-routines. */
+ unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxIndex; /*< Used to distinguish between co-routines when multiple co-routines use the same co-routine function. */
+ unsigned short uxState; /*< Used internally by the co-routine implementation. */
+} corCRCB; /* Co-routine control block. Note must be identical in size down to uxPriority with tskTCB. */
+
+/**
+ * croutine. h
+ *<pre>
+ portBASE_TYPE xCoRoutineCreate(
+ crCOROUTINE_CODE pxCoRoutineCode,
+ unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPriority,
+ unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxIndex
+ );</pre>
+ *
+ * Create a new co-routine and add it to the list of co-routines that are
+ * ready to run.
+ *
+ * @param pxCoRoutineCode Pointer to the co-routine function. Co-routine
+ * functions require special syntax - see the co-routine section of the WEB
+ * documentation for more information.
+ *
+ * @param uxPriority The priority with respect to other co-routines at which
+ * the co-routine will run.
+ *
+ * @param uxIndex Used to distinguish between different co-routines that
+ * execute the same function. See the example below and the co-routine section
+ * of the WEB documentation for further information.
+ *
+ * @return pdPASS if the co-routine was successfully created and added to a ready
+ * list, otherwise an error code defined with ProjDefs.h.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ // Co-routine to be created.
+ void vFlashCoRoutine( xCoRoutineHandle xHandle, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxIndex )
+ {
+ // Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
+ // This may not be necessary for const variables.
+ static const char cLedToFlash[ 2 ] = { 5, 6 };
+ static const portTickType uxFlashRates[ 2 ] = { 200, 400 };
+
+ // Must start every co-routine with a call to crSTART();
+ crSTART( xHandle );
+
+ for( ;; )
+ {
+ // This co-routine just delays for a fixed period, then toggles
+ // an LED. Two co-routines are created using this function, so
+ // the uxIndex parameter is used to tell the co-routine which
+ // LED to flash and how long to delay. This assumes xQueue has
+ // already been created.
+ vParTestToggleLED( cLedToFlash[ uxIndex ] );
+ crDELAY( xHandle, uxFlashRates[ uxIndex ] );
+ }
+
+ // Must end every co-routine with a call to crEND();
+ crEND();
+ }
+
+ // Function that creates two co-routines.
+ void vOtherFunction( void )
+ {
+ unsigned char ucParameterToPass;
+ xTaskHandle xHandle;
+
+ // Create two co-routines at priority 0. The first is given index 0
+ // so (from the code above) toggles LED 5 every 200 ticks. The second
+ // is given index 1 so toggles LED 6 every 400 ticks.
+ for( uxIndex = 0; uxIndex < 2; uxIndex++ )
+ {
+ xCoRoutineCreate( vFlashCoRoutine, 0, uxIndex );
+ }
+ }
+ </pre>
+ * \defgroup xCoRoutineCreate xCoRoutineCreate
+ * \ingroup Tasks
+ */
+signed portBASE_TYPE xCoRoutineCreate( crCOROUTINE_CODE pxCoRoutineCode, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPriority, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxIndex );
+
+
+/**
+ * croutine. h
+ *<pre>
+ void vCoRoutineSchedule( void );</pre>
+ *
+ * Run a co-routine.
+ *
+ * vCoRoutineSchedule() executes the highest priority co-routine that is able
+ * to run. The co-routine will execute until it either blocks, yields or is
+ * preempted by a task. Co-routines execute cooperatively so one
+ * co-routine cannot be preempted by another, but can be preempted by a task.
+ *
+ * If an application comprises of both tasks and co-routines then
+ * vCoRoutineSchedule should be called from the idle task (in an idle task
+ * hook).
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ // This idle task hook will schedule a co-routine each time it is called.
+ // The rest of the idle task will execute between co-routine calls.
+ void vApplicationIdleHook( void )
+ {
+ vCoRoutineSchedule();
+ }
+
+ // Alternatively, if you do not require any other part of the idle task to
+ // execute, the idle task hook can call vCoRoutineScheduler() within an
+ // infinite loop.
+ void vApplicationIdleHook( void )
+ {
+ for( ;; )
+ {
+ vCoRoutineSchedule();
+ }
+ }
+ </pre>
+ * \defgroup vCoRoutineSchedule vCoRoutineSchedule
+ * \ingroup Tasks
+ */
+void vCoRoutineSchedule( void );
+
+/**
+ * croutine. h
+ * <pre>
+ crSTART( xCoRoutineHandle xHandle );</pre>
+ *
+ * This macro MUST always be called at the start of a co-routine function.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ // Co-routine to be created.
+ void vACoRoutine( xCoRoutineHandle xHandle, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxIndex )
+ {
+ // Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
+ static long ulAVariable;
+
+ // Must start every co-routine with a call to crSTART();
+ crSTART( xHandle );
+
+ for( ;; )
+ {
+ // Co-routine functionality goes here.
+ }
+
+ // Must end every co-routine with a call to crEND();
+ crEND();
+ }</pre>
+ * \defgroup crSTART crSTART
+ * \ingroup Tasks
+ */
+#define crSTART( pxCRCB ) switch( ( ( corCRCB * )( pxCRCB ) )->uxState ) { case 0:
+
+/**
+ * croutine. h
+ * <pre>
+ crEND();</pre>
+ *
+ * This macro MUST always be called at the end of a co-routine function.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ // Co-routine to be created.
+ void vACoRoutine( xCoRoutineHandle xHandle, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxIndex )
+ {
+ // Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
+ static long ulAVariable;
+
+ // Must start every co-routine with a call to crSTART();
+ crSTART( xHandle );
+
+ for( ;; )
+ {
+ // Co-routine functionality goes here.
+ }
+
+ // Must end every co-routine with a call to crEND();
+ crEND();
+ }</pre>
+ * \defgroup crSTART crSTART
+ * \ingroup Tasks
+ */
+#define crEND() }
+
+/*
+ * These macros are intended for internal use by the co-routine implementation
+ * only. The macros should not be used directly by application writers.
+ */
+#define crSET_STATE0( xHandle ) ( ( corCRCB * )( xHandle ) )->uxState = (__LINE__ * 2); return; case (__LINE__ * 2):
+#define crSET_STATE1( xHandle ) ( ( corCRCB * )( xHandle ) )->uxState = ((__LINE__ * 2)+1); return; case ((__LINE__ * 2)+1):
+
+/**
+ * croutine. h
+ *<pre>
+ crDELAY( xCoRoutineHandle xHandle, portTickType xTicksToDelay );</pre>
+ *
+ * Delay a co-routine for a fixed period of time.
+ *
+ * crDELAY can only be called from the co-routine function itself - not
+ * from within a function called by the co-routine function. This is because
+ * co-routines do not maintain their own stack.
+ *
+ * @param xHandle The handle of the co-routine to delay. This is the xHandle
+ * parameter of the co-routine function.
+ *
+ * @param xTickToDelay The number of ticks that the co-routine should delay
+ * for. The actual amount of time this equates to is defined by
+ * configTICK_RATE_HZ (set in FreeRTOSConfig.h). The constant portTICK_RATE_MS
+ * can be used to convert ticks to milliseconds.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ // Co-routine to be created.
+ void vACoRoutine( xCoRoutineHandle xHandle, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxIndex )
+ {
+ // Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
+ // This may not be necessary for const variables.
+ // We are to delay for 200ms.
+ static const xTickType xDelayTime = 200 / portTICK_RATE_MS;
+
+ // Must start every co-routine with a call to crSTART();
+ crSTART( xHandle );
+
+ for( ;; )
+ {
+ // Delay for 200ms.
+ crDELAY( xHandle, xDelayTime );
+
+ // Do something here.
+ }
+
+ // Must end every co-routine with a call to crEND();
+ crEND();
+ }</pre>
+ * \defgroup crDELAY crDELAY
+ * \ingroup Tasks
+ */
+#define crDELAY( xHandle, xTicksToDelay ) \
+ if( ( xTicksToDelay ) > 0 ) \
+ { \
+ vCoRoutineAddToDelayedList( ( xTicksToDelay ), NULL ); \
+ } \
+ crSET_STATE0( ( xHandle ) );
+
+/**
+ * <pre>
+ crQUEUE_SEND(
+ xCoRoutineHandle xHandle,
+ xQueueHandle pxQueue,
+ void *pvItemToQueue,
+ portTickType xTicksToWait,
+ portBASE_TYPE *pxResult
+ )</pre>
+ *
+ * The macro's crQUEUE_SEND() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE() are the co-routine
+ * equivalent to the xQueueSend() and xQueueReceive() functions used by tasks.
+ *
+ * crQUEUE_SEND and crQUEUE_RECEIVE can only be used from a co-routine whereas
+ * xQueueSend() and xQueueReceive() can only be used from tasks.
+ *
+ * crQUEUE_SEND can only be called from the co-routine function itself - not
+ * from within a function called by the co-routine function. This is because
+ * co-routines do not maintain their own stack.
+ *
+ * See the co-routine section of the WEB documentation for information on
+ * passing data between tasks and co-routines and between ISR's and
+ * co-routines.
+ *
+ * @param xHandle The handle of the calling co-routine. This is the xHandle
+ * parameter of the co-routine function.
+ *
+ * @param pxQueue The handle of the queue on which the data will be posted.
+ * The handle is obtained as the return value when the queue is created using
+ * the xQueueCreate() API function.
+ *
+ * @param pvItemToQueue A pointer to the data being posted onto the queue.
+ * The number of bytes of each queued item is specified when the queue is
+ * created. This number of bytes is copied from pvItemToQueue into the queue
+ * itself.
+ *
+ * @param xTickToDelay The number of ticks that the co-routine should block
+ * to wait for space to become available on the queue, should space not be
+ * available immediately. The actual amount of time this equates to is defined
+ * by configTICK_RATE_HZ (set in FreeRTOSConfig.h). The constant
+ * portTICK_RATE_MS can be used to convert ticks to milliseconds (see example
+ * below).
+ *
+ * @param pxResult The variable pointed to by pxResult will be set to pdPASS if
+ * data was successfully posted onto the queue, otherwise it will be set to an
+ * error defined within ProjDefs.h.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ // Co-routine function that blocks for a fixed period then posts a number onto
+ // a queue.
+ static void prvCoRoutineFlashTask( xCoRoutineHandle xHandle, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxIndex )
+ {
+ // Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
+ static portBASE_TYPE xNumberToPost = 0;
+ static portBASE_TYPE xResult;
+
+ // Co-routines must begin with a call to crSTART().
+ crSTART( xHandle );
+
+ for( ;; )
+ {
+ // This assumes the queue has already been created.
+ crQUEUE_SEND( xHandle, xCoRoutineQueue, &xNumberToPost, NO_DELAY, &xResult );
+
+ if( xResult != pdPASS )
+ {
+ // The message was not posted!
+ }
+
+ // Increment the number to be posted onto the queue.
+ xNumberToPost++;
+
+ // Delay for 100 ticks.
+ crDELAY( xHandle, 100 );
+ }
+
+ // Co-routines must end with a call to crEND().
+ crEND();
+ }</pre>
+ * \defgroup crQUEUE_SEND crQUEUE_SEND
+ * \ingroup Tasks
+ */
+#define crQUEUE_SEND( xHandle, pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, xTicksToWait, pxResult ) \
+{ \
+ *( pxResult ) = xQueueCRSend( ( pxQueue) , ( pvItemToQueue) , ( xTicksToWait ) ); \
+ if( *( pxResult ) == errQUEUE_BLOCKED ) \
+ { \
+ crSET_STATE0( ( xHandle ) ); \
+ *pxResult = xQueueCRSend( ( pxQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), 0 ); \
+ } \
+ if( *pxResult == errQUEUE_YIELD ) \
+ { \
+ crSET_STATE1( ( xHandle ) ); \
+ *pxResult = pdPASS; \
+ } \
+}
+
+/**
+ * croutine. h
+ * <pre>
+ crQUEUE_RECEIVE(
+ xCoRoutineHandle xHandle,
+ xQueueHandle pxQueue,
+ void *pvBuffer,
+ portTickType xTicksToWait,
+ portBASE_TYPE *pxResult
+ )</pre>
+ *
+ * The macro's crQUEUE_SEND() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE() are the co-routine
+ * equivalent to the xQueueSend() and xQueueReceive() functions used by tasks.
+ *
+ * crQUEUE_SEND and crQUEUE_RECEIVE can only be used from a co-routine whereas
+ * xQueueSend() and xQueueReceive() can only be used from tasks.
+ *
+ * crQUEUE_RECEIVE can only be called from the co-routine function itself - not
+ * from within a function called by the co-routine function. This is because
+ * co-routines do not maintain their own stack.
+ *
+ * See the co-routine section of the WEB documentation for information on
+ * passing data between tasks and co-routines and between ISR's and
+ * co-routines.
+ *
+ * @param xHandle The handle of the calling co-routine. This is the xHandle
+ * parameter of the co-routine function.
+ *
+ * @param pxQueue The handle of the queue from which the data will be received.
+ * The handle is obtained as the return value when the queue is created using
+ * the xQueueCreate() API function.
+ *
+ * @param pvBuffer The buffer into which the received item is to be copied.
+ * The number of bytes of each queued item is specified when the queue is
+ * created. This number of bytes is copied into pvBuffer.
+ *
+ * @param xTickToDelay The number of ticks that the co-routine should block
+ * to wait for data to become available from the queue, should data not be
+ * available immediately. The actual amount of time this equates to is defined
+ * by configTICK_RATE_HZ (set in FreeRTOSConfig.h). The constant
+ * portTICK_RATE_MS can be used to convert ticks to milliseconds (see the
+ * crQUEUE_SEND example).
+ *
+ * @param pxResult The variable pointed to by pxResult will be set to pdPASS if
+ * data was successfully retrieved from the queue, otherwise it will be set to
+ * an error code as defined within ProjDefs.h.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ // A co-routine receives the number of an LED to flash from a queue. It
+ // blocks on the queue until the number is received.
+ static void prvCoRoutineFlashWorkTask( xCoRoutineHandle xHandle, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxIndex )
+ {
+ // Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
+ static portBASE_TYPE xResult;
+ static unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxLEDToFlash;
+
+ // All co-routines must start with a call to crSTART().
+ crSTART( xHandle );
+
+ for( ;; )
+ {
+ // Wait for data to become available on the queue.
+ crQUEUE_RECEIVE( xHandle, xCoRoutineQueue, &uxLEDToFlash, portMAX_DELAY, &xResult );
+
+ if( xResult == pdPASS )
+ {
+ // We received the LED to flash - flash it!
+ vParTestToggleLED( uxLEDToFlash );
+ }
+ }
+
+ crEND();
+ }</pre>
+ * \defgroup crQUEUE_RECEIVE crQUEUE_RECEIVE
+ * \ingroup Tasks
+ */
+#define crQUEUE_RECEIVE( xHandle, pxQueue, pvBuffer, xTicksToWait, pxResult ) \
+{ \
+ *( pxResult ) = xQueueCRReceive( ( pxQueue) , ( pvBuffer ), ( xTicksToWait ) ); \
+ if( *( pxResult ) == errQUEUE_BLOCKED ) \
+ { \
+ crSET_STATE0( ( xHandle ) ); \
+ *( pxResult ) = xQueueCRReceive( ( pxQueue) , ( pvBuffer ), 0 ); \
+ } \
+ if( *( pxResult ) == errQUEUE_YIELD ) \
+ { \
+ crSET_STATE1( ( xHandle ) ); \
+ *( pxResult ) = pdPASS; \
+ } \
+}
+
+/**
+ * croutine. h
+ * <pre>
+ crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR(
+ xQueueHandle pxQueue,
+ void *pvItemToQueue,
+ portBASE_TYPE xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken
+ )</pre>
+ *
+ * The macro's crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR() are the
+ * co-routine equivalent to the xQueueSendFromISR() and xQueueReceiveFromISR()
+ * functions used by tasks.
+ *
+ * crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR() can only be used to
+ * pass data between a co-routine and and ISR, whereas xQueueSendFromISR() and
+ * xQueueReceiveFromISR() can only be used to pass data between a task and and
+ * ISR.
+ *
+ * crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR can only be called from an ISR to send data to a queue
+ * that is being used from within a co-routine.
+ *
+ * See the co-routine section of the WEB documentation for information on
+ * passing data between tasks and co-routines and between ISR's and
+ * co-routines.
+ *
+ * @param xQueue The handle to the queue on which the item is to be posted.
+ *
+ * @param pvItemToQueue A pointer to the item that is to be placed on the
+ * queue. The size of the items the queue will hold was defined when the
+ * queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from pvItemToQueue
+ * into the queue storage area.
+ *
+ * @param xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken This is included so an ISR can post onto
+ * the same queue multiple times from a single interrupt. The first call
+ * should always pass in pdFALSE. Subsequent calls should pass in
+ * the value returned from the previous call.
+ *
+ * @return pdTRUE if a co-routine was woken by posting onto the queue. This is
+ * used by the ISR to determine if a context switch may be required following
+ * the ISR.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ // A co-routine that blocks on a queue waiting for characters to be received.
+ static void vReceivingCoRoutine( xCoRoutineHandle xHandle, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxIndex )
+ {
+ char cRxedChar;
+ portBASE_TYPE xResult;
+
+ // All co-routines must start with a call to crSTART().
+ crSTART( xHandle );
+
+ for( ;; )
+ {
+ // Wait for data to become available on the queue. This assumes the
+ // queue xCommsRxQueue has already been created!
+ crQUEUE_RECEIVE( xHandle, xCommsRxQueue, &uxLEDToFlash, portMAX_DELAY, &xResult );
+
+ // Was a character received?
+ if( xResult == pdPASS )
+ {
+ // Process the character here.
+ }
+ }
+
+ // All co-routines must end with a call to crEND().
+ crEND();
+ }
+
+ // An ISR that uses a queue to send characters received on a serial port to
+ // a co-routine.
+ void vUART_ISR( void )
+ {
+ char cRxedChar;
+ portBASE_TYPE xCRWokenByPost = pdFALSE;
+
+ // We loop around reading characters until there are none left in the UART.
+ while( UART_RX_REG_NOT_EMPTY() )
+ {
+ // Obtain the character from the UART.
+ cRxedChar = UART_RX_REG;
+
+ // Post the character onto a queue. xCRWokenByPost will be pdFALSE
+ // the first time around the loop. If the post causes a co-routine
+ // to be woken (unblocked) then xCRWokenByPost will be set to pdTRUE.
+ // In this manner we can ensure that if more than one co-routine is
+ // blocked on the queue only one is woken by this ISR no matter how
+ // many characters are posted to the queue.
+ xCRWokenByPost = crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR( xCommsRxQueue, &cRxedChar, xCRWokenByPost );
+ }
+ }</pre>
+ * \defgroup crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR
+ * \ingroup Tasks
+ */
+#define crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR( pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken ) xQueueCRSendFromISR( ( pxQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), ( xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken ) )
+
+
+/**
+ * croutine. h
+ * <pre>
+ crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR(
+ xQueueHandle pxQueue,
+ void *pvBuffer,
+ portBASE_TYPE * pxCoRoutineWoken
+ )</pre>
+ *
+ * The macro's crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR() are the
+ * co-routine equivalent to the xQueueSendFromISR() and xQueueReceiveFromISR()
+ * functions used by tasks.
+ *
+ * crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR() can only be used to
+ * pass data between a co-routine and and ISR, whereas xQueueSendFromISR() and
+ * xQueueReceiveFromISR() can only be used to pass data between a task and and
+ * ISR.
+ *
+ * crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR can only be called from an ISR to receive data
+ * from a queue that is being used from within a co-routine (a co-routine
+ * posted to the queue).
+ *
+ * See the co-routine section of the WEB documentation for information on
+ * passing data between tasks and co-routines and between ISR's and
+ * co-routines.
+ *
+ * @param xQueue The handle to the queue on which the item is to be posted.
+ *
+ * @param pvBuffer A pointer to a buffer into which the received item will be
+ * placed. The size of the items the queue will hold was defined when the
+ * queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from the queue into
+ * pvBuffer.
+ *
+ * @param pxCoRoutineWoken A co-routine may be blocked waiting for space to become
+ * available on the queue. If crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR causes such a
+ * co-routine to unblock *pxCoRoutineWoken will get set to pdTRUE, otherwise
+ * *pxCoRoutineWoken will remain unchanged.
+ *
+ * @return pdTRUE an item was successfully received from the queue, otherwise
+ * pdFALSE.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ // A co-routine that posts a character to a queue then blocks for a fixed
+ // period. The character is incremented each time.
+ static void vSendingCoRoutine( xCoRoutineHandle xHandle, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxIndex )
+ {
+ // cChar holds its value while this co-routine is blocked and must therefore
+ // be declared static.
+ static char cCharToTx = 'a';
+ portBASE_TYPE xResult;
+
+ // All co-routines must start with a call to crSTART().
+ crSTART( xHandle );
+
+ for( ;; )
+ {
+ // Send the next character to the queue.
+ crQUEUE_SEND( xHandle, xCoRoutineQueue, &cCharToTx, NO_DELAY, &xResult );
+
+ if( xResult == pdPASS )
+ {
+ // The character was successfully posted to the queue.
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ // Could not post the character to the queue.
+ }
+
+ // Enable the UART Tx interrupt to cause an interrupt in this
+ // hypothetical UART. The interrupt will obtain the character
+ // from the queue and send it.
+ ENABLE_RX_INTERRUPT();
+
+ // Increment to the next character then block for a fixed period.
+ // cCharToTx will maintain its value across the delay as it is
+ // declared static.
+ cCharToTx++;
+ if( cCharToTx > 'x' )
+ {
+ cCharToTx = 'a';
+ }
+ crDELAY( 100 );
+ }
+
+ // All co-routines must end with a call to crEND().
+ crEND();
+ }
+
+ // An ISR that uses a queue to receive characters to send on a UART.
+ void vUART_ISR( void )
+ {
+ char cCharToTx;
+ portBASE_TYPE xCRWokenByPost = pdFALSE;
+
+ while( UART_TX_REG_EMPTY() )
+ {
+ // Are there any characters in the queue waiting to be sent?
+ // xCRWokenByPost will automatically be set to pdTRUE if a co-routine
+ // is woken by the post - ensuring that only a single co-routine is
+ // woken no matter how many times we go around this loop.
+ if( crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR( pxQueue, &cCharToTx, &xCRWokenByPost ) )
+ {
+ SEND_CHARACTER( cCharToTx );
+ }
+ }
+ }</pre>
+ * \defgroup crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR
+ * \ingroup Tasks
+ */
+#define crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR( pxQueue, pvBuffer, pxCoRoutineWoken ) xQueueCRReceiveFromISR( ( pxQueue ), ( pvBuffer ), ( pxCoRoutineWoken ) )
+
+/*
+ * This function is intended for internal use by the co-routine macros only.
+ * The macro nature of the co-routine implementation requires that the
+ * prototype appears here. The function should not be used by application
+ * writers.
+ *
+ * Removes the current co-routine from its ready list and places it in the
+ * appropriate delayed list.
+ */
+void vCoRoutineAddToDelayedList( portTickType xTicksToDelay, xList *pxEventList );
+
+/*
+ * This function is intended for internal use by the queue implementation only.
+ * The function should not be used by application writers.
+ *
+ * Removes the highest priority co-routine from the event list and places it in
+ * the pending ready list.
+ */
+signed portBASE_TYPE xCoRoutineRemoveFromEventList( const xList *pxEventList );
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* CO_ROUTINE_H */
diff --git a/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/heap_2.c b/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/heap_2.c
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..d135d8f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/heap_2.c
@@ -0,0 +1,278 @@
+/*
+ FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
+
+
+ ***************************************************************************
+ * *
+ * FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. *
+ * Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also *
+ * available. *
+ * *
+ * Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by *
+ * ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an *
+ * in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help *
+ * the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing *
+ * professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions *
+ * for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! *
+ * *
+ * >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< *
+ * *
+ * Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! *
+ * *
+ ***************************************************************************
+
+
+ This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
+
+ FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+ the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
+ Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception.
+ >>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to
+ distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to
+ provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
+ kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+ WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+ or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
+ more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
+ License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it
+ can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained
+ by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the
+ FreeRTOS WEB site.
+
+ 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+
+ http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and
+ contact details.
+
+ http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety
+ critical systems.
+
+ http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting,
+ licensing and training services.
+*/
+
+/*
+ * A sample implementation of pvPortMalloc() and vPortFree() that permits
+ * allocated blocks to be freed, but does not combine adjacent free blocks
+ * into a single larger block.
+ *
+ * See heap_1.c and heap_3.c for alternative implementations, and the memory
+ * management pages of http://www.FreeRTOS.org for more information.
+ */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining
+all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers. That should only be done when
+task.h is included from an application file. */
+#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
+
+#include "FreeRTOS.h"
+#include "task.h"
+
+#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
+
+/* Allocate the memory for the heap. The struct is used to force byte
+alignment without using any non-portable code. */
+static union xRTOS_HEAP
+{
+ #if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 8
+ volatile portDOUBLE dDummy;
+ #else
+ volatile unsigned long ulDummy;
+ #endif
+ unsigned char ucHeap[ configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE ];
+} xHeap;
+
+/* Define the linked list structure. This is used to link free blocks in order
+of their size. */
+typedef struct A_BLOCK_LINK
+{
+ struct A_BLOCK_LINK *pxNextFreeBlock; /*<< The next free block in the list. */
+ size_t xBlockSize; /*<< The size of the free block. */
+} xBlockLink;
+
+
+static const unsigned short heapSTRUCT_SIZE = ( sizeof( xBlockLink ) + portBYTE_ALIGNMENT - ( sizeof( xBlockLink ) % portBYTE_ALIGNMENT ) );
+#define heapMINIMUM_BLOCK_SIZE ( ( size_t ) ( heapSTRUCT_SIZE * 2 ) )
+
+/* Create a couple of list links to mark the start and end of the list. */
+static xBlockLink xStart, xEnd;
+
+/* Keeps track of the number of free bytes remaining, but says nothing about
+fragmentation. */
+static size_t xFreeBytesRemaining = configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE;
+
+/* STATIC FUNCTIONS ARE DEFINED AS MACROS TO MINIMIZE THE FUNCTION CALL DEPTH. */
+
+/*
+ * Insert a block into the list of free blocks - which is ordered by size of
+ * the block. Small blocks at the start of the list and large blocks at the end
+ * of the list.
+ */
+#define prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( pxBlockToInsert ) \
+{ \
+xBlockLink *pxIterator; \
+size_t xBlockSize; \
+ \
+ xBlockSize = pxBlockToInsert->xBlockSize; \
+ \
+ /* Iterate through the list until a block is found that has a larger size */ \
+ /* than the block we are inserting. */ \
+ for( pxIterator = &xStart; pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock->xBlockSize < xBlockSize; pxIterator = pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock ) \
+ { \
+ /* There is nothing to do here - just iterate to the correct position. */ \
+ } \
+ \
+ /* Update the list to include the block being inserted in the correct */ \
+ /* position. */ \
+ pxBlockToInsert->pxNextFreeBlock = pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock; \
+ pxIterator->pxNextFreeBlock = pxBlockToInsert; \
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#define prvHeapInit() \
+{ \
+xBlockLink *pxFirstFreeBlock; \
+ \
+ /* xStart is used to hold a pointer to the first item in the list of free */ \
+ /* blocks. The void cast is used to prevent compiler warnings. */ \
+ xStart.pxNextFreeBlock = ( void * ) xHeap.ucHeap; \
+ xStart.xBlockSize = ( size_t ) 0; \
+ \
+ /* xEnd is used to mark the end of the list of free blocks. */ \
+ xEnd.xBlockSize = configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE; \
+ xEnd.pxNextFreeBlock = NULL; \
+ \
+ /* To start with there is a single free block that is sized to take up the \
+ entire heap space. */ \
+ pxFirstFreeBlock = ( void * ) xHeap.ucHeap; \
+ pxFirstFreeBlock->xBlockSize = configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE; \
+ pxFirstFreeBlock->pxNextFreeBlock = &xEnd; \
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void *pvPortMalloc( size_t xWantedSize )
+{
+xBlockLink *pxBlock, *pxPreviousBlock, *pxNewBlockLink;
+static portBASE_TYPE xHeapHasBeenInitialised = pdFALSE;
+void *pvReturn = NULL;
+
+ vTaskSuspendAll();
+ {
+ /* If this is the first call to malloc then the heap will require
+ initialisation to setup the list of free blocks. */
+ if( xHeapHasBeenInitialised == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ prvHeapInit();
+ xHeapHasBeenInitialised = pdTRUE;
+ }
+
+ /* The wanted size is increased so it can contain a xBlockLink
+ structure in addition to the requested amount of bytes. */
+ if( xWantedSize > 0 )
+ {
+ xWantedSize += heapSTRUCT_SIZE;
+
+ /* Ensure that blocks are always aligned to the required number of bytes. */
+ if( xWantedSize & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK )
+ {
+ /* Byte alignment required. */
+ xWantedSize += ( portBYTE_ALIGNMENT - ( xWantedSize & portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) );
+ }
+ }
+
+ if( ( xWantedSize > 0 ) && ( xWantedSize < configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE ) )
+ {
+ /* Blocks are stored in byte order - traverse the list from the start
+ (smallest) block until one of adequate size is found. */
+ pxPreviousBlock = &xStart;
+ pxBlock = xStart.pxNextFreeBlock;
+ while( ( pxBlock->xBlockSize < xWantedSize ) && ( pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock ) )
+ {
+ pxPreviousBlock = pxBlock;
+ pxBlock = pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock;
+ }
+
+ /* If we found the end marker then a block of adequate size was not found. */
+ if( pxBlock != &xEnd )
+ {
+ /* Return the memory space - jumping over the xBlockLink structure
+ at its start. */
+ pvReturn = ( void * ) ( ( ( unsigned char * ) pxPreviousBlock->pxNextFreeBlock ) + heapSTRUCT_SIZE );
+
+ /* This block is being returned for use so must be taken our of the
+ list of free blocks. */
+ pxPreviousBlock->pxNextFreeBlock = pxBlock->pxNextFreeBlock;
+
+ /* If the block is larger than required it can be split into two. */
+ if( ( pxBlock->xBlockSize - xWantedSize ) > heapMINIMUM_BLOCK_SIZE )
+ {
+ /* This block is to be split into two. Create a new block
+ following the number of bytes requested. The void cast is
+ used to prevent byte alignment warnings from the compiler. */
+ pxNewBlockLink = ( void * ) ( ( ( unsigned char * ) pxBlock ) + xWantedSize );
+
+ /* Calculate the sizes of two blocks split from the single
+ block. */
+ pxNewBlockLink->xBlockSize = pxBlock->xBlockSize - xWantedSize;
+ pxBlock->xBlockSize = xWantedSize;
+
+ /* Insert the new block into the list of free blocks. */
+ prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( ( pxNewBlockLink ) );
+ }
+
+ xFreeBytesRemaining -= pxBlock->xBlockSize;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ xTaskResumeAll();
+
+ #if( configUSE_MALLOC_FAILED_HOOK == 1 )
+ {
+ if( pvReturn == NULL )
+ {
+ extern void vApplicationMallocFailedHook( void );
+ vApplicationMallocFailedHook();
+ }
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ return pvReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vPortFree( void *pv )
+{
+unsigned char *puc = ( unsigned char * ) pv;
+xBlockLink *pxLink;
+
+ if( pv )
+ {
+ /* The memory being freed will have an xBlockLink structure immediately
+ before it. */
+ puc -= heapSTRUCT_SIZE;
+
+ /* This casting is to keep the compiler from issuing warnings. */
+ pxLink = ( void * ) puc;
+
+ vTaskSuspendAll();
+ {
+ /* Add this block to the list of free blocks. */
+ prvInsertBlockIntoFreeList( ( ( xBlockLink * ) pxLink ) );
+ xFreeBytesRemaining += pxLink->xBlockSize;
+ }
+ xTaskResumeAll();
+ }
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+size_t xPortGetFreeHeapSize( void )
+{
+ return xFreeBytesRemaining;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vPortInitialiseBlocks( void )
+{
+ /* This just exists to keep the linker quiet. */
+}
diff --git a/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/list.c b/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/list.c
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..872b7dd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/list.c
@@ -0,0 +1,197 @@
+/*
+ FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
+
+
+ FreeRTOS supports many tools and architectures. V7.0.0 is sponsored by:
+ Atollic AB - Atollic provides professional embedded systems development
+ tools for C/C++ development, code analysis and test automation.
+ See http://www.atollic.com
+
+
+ ***************************************************************************
+ * *
+ * FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. *
+ * Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also *
+ * available. *
+ * *
+ * Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by *
+ * ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an *
+ * in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help *
+ * the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing *
+ * professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions *
+ * for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! *
+ * *
+ * >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< *
+ * *
+ * Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! *
+ * *
+ ***************************************************************************
+
+
+ This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
+
+ FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+ the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
+ Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception.
+ >>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to
+ distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to
+ provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
+ kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+ WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+ or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
+ more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
+ License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it
+ can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained
+ by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the
+ FreeRTOS WEB site.
+
+ 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+
+ http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and
+ contact details.
+
+ http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety
+ critical systems.
+
+ http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting,
+ licensing and training services.
+*/
+
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include "FreeRTOS.h"
+#include "list.h"
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------
+ * PUBLIC LIST API documented in list.h
+ *----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vListInitialise( xList *pxList )
+{
+ /* The list structure contains a list item which is used to mark the
+ end of the list. To initialise the list the list end is inserted
+ as the only list entry. */
+ pxList->pxIndex = ( xListItem * ) &( pxList->xListEnd );
+
+ /* The list end value is the highest possible value in the list to
+ ensure it remains at the end of the list. */
+ pxList->xListEnd.xItemValue = portMAX_DELAY;
+
+ /* The list end next and previous pointers point to itself so we know
+ when the list is empty. */
+ pxList->xListEnd.pxNext = ( xListItem * ) &( pxList->xListEnd );
+ pxList->xListEnd.pxPrevious = ( xListItem * ) &( pxList->xListEnd );
+
+ pxList->uxNumberOfItems = ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0U;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vListInitialiseItem( xListItem *pxItem )
+{
+ /* Make sure the list item is not recorded as being on a list. */
+ pxItem->pvContainer = NULL;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vListInsertEnd( xList *pxList, xListItem *pxNewListItem )
+{
+volatile xListItem * pxIndex;
+
+ /* Insert a new list item into pxList, but rather than sort the list,
+ makes the new list item the last item to be removed by a call to
+ pvListGetOwnerOfNextEntry. This means it has to be the item pointed to by
+ the pxIndex member. */
+ pxIndex = pxList->pxIndex;
+
+ pxNewListItem->pxNext = pxIndex->pxNext;
+ pxNewListItem->pxPrevious = pxList->pxIndex;
+ pxIndex->pxNext->pxPrevious = ( volatile xListItem * ) pxNewListItem;
+ pxIndex->pxNext = ( volatile xListItem * ) pxNewListItem;
+ pxList->pxIndex = ( volatile xListItem * ) pxNewListItem;
+
+ /* Remember which list the item is in. */
+ pxNewListItem->pvContainer = ( void * ) pxList;
+
+ ( pxList->uxNumberOfItems )++;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vListInsert( xList *pxList, xListItem *pxNewListItem )
+{
+volatile xListItem *pxIterator;
+portTickType xValueOfInsertion;
+
+ /* Insert the new list item into the list, sorted in ulListItem order. */
+ xValueOfInsertion = pxNewListItem->xItemValue;
+
+ /* If the list already contains a list item with the same item value then
+ the new list item should be placed after it. This ensures that TCB's which
+ are stored in ready lists (all of which have the same ulListItem value)
+ get an equal share of the CPU. However, if the xItemValue is the same as
+ the back marker the iteration loop below will not end. This means we need
+ to guard against this by checking the value first and modifying the
+ algorithm slightly if necessary. */
+ if( xValueOfInsertion == portMAX_DELAY )
+ {
+ pxIterator = pxList->xListEnd.pxPrevious;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* *** NOTE ***********************************************************
+ If you find your application is crashing here then likely causes are:
+ 1) Stack overflow -
+ see http://www.freertos.org/Stacks-and-stack-overflow-checking.html
+ 2) Incorrect interrupt priority assignment, especially on Cortex-M3
+ parts where numerically high priority values denote low actual
+ interrupt priories, which can seem counter intuitive. See
+ configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY on http://www.freertos.org/a00110.html
+ 3) Calling an API function from within a critical section or when
+ the scheduler is suspended.
+ 4) Using a queue or semaphore before it has been initialised or
+ before the scheduler has been started (are interrupts firing
+ before vTaskStartScheduler() has been called?).
+ See http://www.freertos.org/FAQHelp.html for more tips.
+ **********************************************************************/
+
+ for( pxIterator = ( xListItem * ) &( pxList->xListEnd ); pxIterator->pxNext->xItemValue <= xValueOfInsertion; pxIterator = pxIterator->pxNext )
+ {
+ /* There is nothing to do here, we are just iterating to the
+ wanted insertion position. */
+ }
+ }
+
+ pxNewListItem->pxNext = pxIterator->pxNext;
+ pxNewListItem->pxNext->pxPrevious = ( volatile xListItem * ) pxNewListItem;
+ pxNewListItem->pxPrevious = pxIterator;
+ pxIterator->pxNext = ( volatile xListItem * ) pxNewListItem;
+
+ /* Remember which list the item is in. This allows fast removal of the
+ item later. */
+ pxNewListItem->pvContainer = ( void * ) pxList;
+
+ ( pxList->uxNumberOfItems )++;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vListRemove( xListItem *pxItemToRemove )
+{
+xList * pxList;
+
+ pxItemToRemove->pxNext->pxPrevious = pxItemToRemove->pxPrevious;
+ pxItemToRemove->pxPrevious->pxNext = pxItemToRemove->pxNext;
+
+ /* The list item knows which list it is in. Obtain the list from the list
+ item. */
+ pxList = ( xList * ) pxItemToRemove->pvContainer;
+
+ /* Make sure the index is left pointing to a valid item. */
+ if( pxList->pxIndex == pxItemToRemove )
+ {
+ pxList->pxIndex = pxItemToRemove->pxPrevious;
+ }
+
+ pxItemToRemove->pvContainer = NULL;
+ ( pxList->uxNumberOfItems )--;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
diff --git a/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/list.h b/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/list.h
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..01e69cb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/list.h
@@ -0,0 +1,314 @@
+/*
+ FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
+
+
+ FreeRTOS supports many tools and architectures. V7.0.0 is sponsored by:
+ Atollic AB - Atollic provides professional embedded systems development
+ tools for C/C++ development, code analysis and test automation.
+ See http://www.atollic.com
+
+
+ ***************************************************************************
+ * *
+ * FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. *
+ * Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also *
+ * available. *
+ * *
+ * Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by *
+ * ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an *
+ * in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help *
+ * the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing *
+ * professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions *
+ * for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! *
+ * *
+ * >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< *
+ * *
+ * Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! *
+ * *
+ ***************************************************************************
+
+
+ This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
+
+ FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+ the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
+ Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception.
+ >>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to
+ distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to
+ provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
+ kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+ WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+ or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
+ more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
+ License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it
+ can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained
+ by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the
+ FreeRTOS WEB site.
+
+ 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+
+ http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and
+ contact details.
+
+ http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety
+ critical systems.
+
+ http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting,
+ licensing and training services.
+*/
+
+/*
+ * This is the list implementation used by the scheduler. While it is tailored
+ * heavily for the schedulers needs, it is also available for use by
+ * application code.
+ *
+ * xLists can only store pointers to xListItems. Each xListItem contains a
+ * numeric value (xItemValue). Most of the time the lists are sorted in
+ * descending item value order.
+ *
+ * Lists are created already containing one list item. The value of this
+ * item is the maximum possible that can be stored, it is therefore always at
+ * the end of the list and acts as a marker. The list member pxHead always
+ * points to this marker - even though it is at the tail of the list. This
+ * is because the tail contains a wrap back pointer to the true head of
+ * the list.
+ *
+ * In addition to it's value, each list item contains a pointer to the next
+ * item in the list (pxNext), a pointer to the list it is in (pxContainer)
+ * and a pointer to back to the object that contains it. These later two
+ * pointers are included for efficiency of list manipulation. There is
+ * effectively a two way link between the object containing the list item and
+ * the list item itself.
+ *
+ *
+ * \page ListIntroduction List Implementation
+ * \ingroup FreeRTOSIntro
+ */
+
+
+#ifndef LIST_H
+#define LIST_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+/*
+ * Definition of the only type of object that a list can contain.
+ */
+struct xLIST_ITEM
+{
+ portTickType xItemValue; /*< The value being listed. In most cases this is used to sort the list in descending order. */
+ volatile struct xLIST_ITEM * pxNext; /*< Pointer to the next xListItem in the list. */
+ volatile struct xLIST_ITEM * pxPrevious;/*< Pointer to the previous xListItem in the list. */
+ void * pvOwner; /*< Pointer to the object (normally a TCB) that contains the list item. There is therefore a two way link between the object containing the list item and the list item itself. */
+ void * pvContainer; /*< Pointer to the list in which this list item is placed (if any). */
+};
+typedef struct xLIST_ITEM xListItem; /* For some reason lint wants this as two separate definitions. */
+
+struct xMINI_LIST_ITEM
+{
+ portTickType xItemValue;
+ volatile struct xLIST_ITEM *pxNext;
+ volatile struct xLIST_ITEM *pxPrevious;
+};
+typedef struct xMINI_LIST_ITEM xMiniListItem;
+
+/*
+ * Definition of the type of queue used by the scheduler.
+ */
+typedef struct xLIST
+{
+ volatile unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxNumberOfItems;
+ volatile xListItem * pxIndex; /*< Used to walk through the list. Points to the last item returned by a call to pvListGetOwnerOfNextEntry (). */
+ volatile xMiniListItem xListEnd; /*< List item that contains the maximum possible item value meaning it is always at the end of the list and is therefore used as a marker. */
+} xList;
+
+/*
+ * Access macro to set the owner of a list item. The owner of a list item
+ * is the object (usually a TCB) that contains the list item.
+ *
+ * \page listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER
+ * \ingroup LinkedList
+ */
+#define listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( pxListItem, pxOwner ) ( pxListItem )->pvOwner = ( void * ) ( pxOwner )
+
+/*
+ * Access macro to set the value of the list item. In most cases the value is
+ * used to sort the list in descending order.
+ *
+ * \page listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE
+ * \ingroup LinkedList
+ */
+#define listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( pxListItem, xValue ) ( pxListItem )->xItemValue = ( xValue )
+
+/*
+ * Access macro the retrieve the value of the list item. The value can
+ * represent anything - for example a the priority of a task, or the time at
+ * which a task should be unblocked.
+ *
+ * \page listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE
+ * \ingroup LinkedList
+ */
+#define listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( pxListItem ) ( ( pxListItem )->xItemValue )
+
+/*
+ * Access macro the retrieve the value of the list item at the head of a given
+ * list.
+ *
+ * \page listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE
+ * \ingroup LinkedList
+ */
+#define listGET_ITEM_VALUE_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxList ) ( (&( ( pxList )->xListEnd ))->pxNext->xItemValue )
+
+/*
+ * Access macro to determine if a list contains any items. The macro will
+ * only have the value true if the list is empty.
+ *
+ * \page listLIST_IS_EMPTY listLIST_IS_EMPTY
+ * \ingroup LinkedList
+ */
+#define listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxList ) ( ( pxList )->uxNumberOfItems == ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0 )
+
+/*
+ * Access macro to return the number of items in the list.
+ */
+#define listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( pxList ) ( ( pxList )->uxNumberOfItems )
+
+/*
+ * Access function to obtain the owner of the next entry in a list.
+ *
+ * The list member pxIndex is used to walk through a list. Calling
+ * listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY increments pxIndex to the next item in the list
+ * and returns that entries pxOwner parameter. Using multiple calls to this
+ * function it is therefore possible to move through every item contained in
+ * a list.
+ *
+ * The pxOwner parameter of a list item is a pointer to the object that owns
+ * the list item. In the scheduler this is normally a task control block.
+ * The pxOwner parameter effectively creates a two way link between the list
+ * item and its owner.
+ *
+ * @param pxList The list from which the next item owner is to be returned.
+ *
+ * \page listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY
+ * \ingroup LinkedList
+ */
+#define listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxTCB, pxList ) \
+{ \
+xList * const pxConstList = ( pxList ); \
+ /* Increment the index to the next item and return the item, ensuring */ \
+ /* we don't return the marker used at the end of the list. */ \
+ ( pxConstList )->pxIndex = ( pxConstList )->pxIndex->pxNext; \
+ if( ( pxConstList )->pxIndex == ( xListItem * ) &( ( pxConstList )->xListEnd ) ) \
+ { \
+ ( pxConstList )->pxIndex = ( pxConstList )->pxIndex->pxNext; \
+ } \
+ ( pxTCB ) = ( pxConstList )->pxIndex->pvOwner; \
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Access function to obtain the owner of the first entry in a list. Lists
+ * are normally sorted in ascending item value order.
+ *
+ * This function returns the pxOwner member of the first item in the list.
+ * The pxOwner parameter of a list item is a pointer to the object that owns
+ * the list item. In the scheduler this is normally a task control block.
+ * The pxOwner parameter effectively creates a two way link between the list
+ * item and its owner.
+ *
+ * @param pxList The list from which the owner of the head item is to be
+ * returned.
+ *
+ * \page listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY
+ * \ingroup LinkedList
+ */
+#define listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxList ) ( (&( ( pxList )->xListEnd ))->pxNext->pvOwner )
+
+/*
+ * Check to see if a list item is within a list. The list item maintains a
+ * "container" pointer that points to the list it is in. All this macro does
+ * is check to see if the container and the list match.
+ *
+ * @param pxList The list we want to know if the list item is within.
+ * @param pxListItem The list item we want to know if is in the list.
+ * @return pdTRUE is the list item is in the list, otherwise pdFALSE.
+ * pointer against
+ */
+#define listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( pxList, pxListItem ) ( ( pxListItem )->pvContainer == ( void * ) ( pxList ) )
+
+/*
+ * Must be called before a list is used! This initialises all the members
+ * of the list structure and inserts the xListEnd item into the list as a
+ * marker to the back of the list.
+ *
+ * @param pxList Pointer to the list being initialised.
+ *
+ * \page vListInitialise vListInitialise
+ * \ingroup LinkedList
+ */
+void vListInitialise( xList *pxList );
+
+/*
+ * Must be called before a list item is used. This sets the list container to
+ * null so the item does not think that it is already contained in a list.
+ *
+ * @param pxItem Pointer to the list item being initialised.
+ *
+ * \page vListInitialiseItem vListInitialiseItem
+ * \ingroup LinkedList
+ */
+void vListInitialiseItem( xListItem *pxItem );
+
+/*
+ * Insert a list item into a list. The item will be inserted into the list in
+ * a position determined by its item value (descending item value order).
+ *
+ * @param pxList The list into which the item is to be inserted.
+ *
+ * @param pxNewListItem The item to that is to be placed in the list.
+ *
+ * \page vListInsert vListInsert
+ * \ingroup LinkedList
+ */
+void vListInsert( xList *pxList, xListItem *pxNewListItem );
+
+/*
+ * Insert a list item into a list. The item will be inserted in a position
+ * such that it will be the last item within the list returned by multiple
+ * calls to listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY.
+ *
+ * The list member pvIndex is used to walk through a list. Calling
+ * listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY increments pvIndex to the next item in the list.
+ * Placing an item in a list using vListInsertEnd effectively places the item
+ * in the list position pointed to by pvIndex. This means that every other
+ * item within the list will be returned by listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY before
+ * the pvIndex parameter again points to the item being inserted.
+ *
+ * @param pxList The list into which the item is to be inserted.
+ *
+ * @param pxNewListItem The list item to be inserted into the list.
+ *
+ * \page vListInsertEnd vListInsertEnd
+ * \ingroup LinkedList
+ */
+void vListInsertEnd( xList *pxList, xListItem *pxNewListItem );
+
+/*
+ * Remove an item from a list. The list item has a pointer to the list that
+ * it is in, so only the list item need be passed into the function.
+ *
+ * @param vListRemove The item to be removed. The item will remove itself from
+ * the list pointed to by it's pxContainer parameter.
+ *
+ * \page vListRemove vListRemove
+ * \ingroup LinkedList
+ */
+void vListRemove( xListItem *pxItemToRemove );
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/mpu_wrappers.h b/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/mpu_wrappers.h
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..a0c2723
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/mpu_wrappers.h
@@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
+/*
+ FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
+
+
+ FreeRTOS supports many tools and architectures. V7.0.0 is sponsored by:
+ Atollic AB - Atollic provides professional embedded systems development
+ tools for C/C++ development, code analysis and test automation.
+ See http://www.atollic.com
+
+
+ ***************************************************************************
+ * *
+ * FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. *
+ * Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also *
+ * available. *
+ * *
+ * Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by *
+ * ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an *
+ * in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help *
+ * the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing *
+ * professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions *
+ * for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! *
+ * *
+ * >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< *
+ * *
+ * Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! *
+ * *
+ ***************************************************************************
+
+
+ This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
+
+ FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+ the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
+ Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception.
+ >>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to
+ distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to
+ provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
+ kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+ WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+ or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
+ more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
+ License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it
+ can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained
+ by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the
+ FreeRTOS WEB site.
+
+ 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+
+ http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and
+ contact details.
+
+ http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety
+ critical systems.
+
+ http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting,
+ licensing and training services.
+*/
+
+#ifndef MPU_WRAPPERS_H
+#define MPU_WRAPPERS_H
+
+/* This file redefines API functions to be called through a wrapper macro, but
+only for ports that are using the MPU. */
+#ifdef portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS
+
+ /* MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE will be defined when this file is
+ included from queue.c or task.c to prevent it from having an effect within
+ those files. */
+ #ifndef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
+
+ #define xTaskGenericCreate MPU_xTaskGenericCreate
+ #define vTaskAllocateMPURegions MPU_vTaskAllocateMPURegions
+ #define vTaskDelete MPU_vTaskDelete
+ #define vTaskDelayUntil MPU_vTaskDelayUntil
+ #define vTaskDelay MPU_vTaskDelay
+ #define uxTaskPriorityGet MPU_uxTaskPriorityGet
+ #define vTaskPrioritySet MPU_vTaskPrioritySet
+ #define vTaskSuspend MPU_vTaskSuspend
+ #define xTaskIsTaskSuspended MPU_xTaskIsTaskSuspended
+ #define vTaskResume MPU_vTaskResume
+ #define vTaskSuspendAll MPU_vTaskSuspendAll
+ #define xTaskResumeAll MPU_xTaskResumeAll
+ #define xTaskGetTickCount MPU_xTaskGetTickCount
+ #define uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks MPU_uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks
+ #define vTaskList MPU_vTaskList
+ #define vTaskGetRunTimeStats MPU_vTaskGetRunTimeStats
+ #define vTaskStartTrace MPU_vTaskStartTrace
+ #define ulTaskEndTrace MPU_ulTaskEndTrace
+ #define vTaskSetApplicationTaskTag MPU_vTaskSetApplicationTaskTag
+ #define xTaskGetApplicationTaskTag MPU_xTaskGetApplicationTaskTag
+ #define xTaskCallApplicationTaskHook MPU_xTaskCallApplicationTaskHook
+ #define uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark MPU_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark
+ #define xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle MPU_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle
+ #define xTaskGetSchedulerState MPU_xTaskGetSchedulerState
+
+ #define xQueueCreate MPU_xQueueCreate
+ #define xQueueCreateMutex MPU_xQueueCreateMutex
+ #define xQueueGiveMutexRecursive MPU_xQueueGiveMutexRecursive
+ #define xQueueTakeMutexRecursive MPU_xQueueTakeMutexRecursive
+ #define xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore MPU_xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore
+ #define xQueueGenericSend MPU_xQueueGenericSend
+ #define xQueueAltGenericSend MPU_xQueueAltGenericSend
+ #define xQueueAltGenericReceive MPU_xQueueAltGenericReceive
+ #define xQueueGenericReceive MPU_xQueueGenericReceive
+ #define uxQueueMessagesWaiting MPU_uxQueueMessagesWaiting
+ #define vQueueDelete MPU_vQueueDelete
+
+ #define pvPortMalloc MPU_pvPortMalloc
+ #define vPortFree MPU_vPortFree
+ #define xPortGetFreeHeapSize MPU_xPortGetFreeHeapSize
+ #define vPortInitialiseBlocks MPU_vPortInitialiseBlocks
+
+ #if configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0
+ #define vQueueAddToRegistry MPU_vQueueAddToRegistry
+ #define vQueueUnregisterQueue MPU_vQueueUnregisterQueue
+ #endif
+
+ /* Remove the privileged function macro. */
+ #define PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION
+
+ #else /* MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE */
+
+ /* Ensure API functions go in the privileged execution section. */
+ #define PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION __attribute__((section("privileged_functions")))
+ #define PRIVILEGED_DATA __attribute__((section("privileged_data")))
+ //#define PRIVILEGED_DATA
+
+ #endif /* MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE */
+
+#else /* portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS */
+
+ #define PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION
+ #define PRIVILEGED_DATA
+ #define portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS 0
+
+#endif /* portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS */
+
+
+#endif /* MPU_WRAPPERS_H */
+
diff --git a/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/port.c b/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/port.c
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..dc01720
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/port.c
@@ -0,0 +1,292 @@
+/*
+ FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
+
+
+ ***************************************************************************
+ * *
+ * FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. *
+ * Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also *
+ * available. *
+ * *
+ * Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by *
+ * ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an *
+ * in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help *
+ * the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing *
+ * professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions *
+ * for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! *
+ * *
+ * >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< *
+ * *
+ * Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! *
+ * *
+ ***************************************************************************
+
+
+ This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
+
+ FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+ the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
+ Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception.
+ >>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to
+ distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to
+ provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
+ kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+ WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+ or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
+ more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
+ License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it
+ can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained
+ by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the
+ FreeRTOS WEB site.
+
+ 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+
+ http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and
+ contact details.
+
+ http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety
+ critical systems.
+
+ http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting,
+ licensing and training services.
+*/
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------
+ * Implementation of functions defined in portable.h for the ARM CM3 port.
+ *----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Scheduler includes. */
+#include "FreeRTOS.h"
+#include "task.h"
+
+/* For backward compatibility, ensure configKERNEL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY is
+defined. The value should also ensure backward compatibility.
+FreeRTOS.org versions prior to V4.4.0 did not include this definition. */
+#ifndef configKERNEL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY
+ #define configKERNEL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY 255
+#endif
+
+/* Constants required to manipulate the NVIC. */
+#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_CTRL ( ( volatile unsigned long *) 0xe000e010 )
+#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD ( ( volatile unsigned long *) 0xe000e014 )
+#define portNVIC_INT_CTRL ( ( volatile unsigned long *) 0xe000ed04 )
+#define portNVIC_SYSPRI2 ( ( volatile unsigned long *) 0xe000ed20 )
+#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_CLK 0x00000004
+#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_INT 0x00000002
+#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_ENABLE 0x00000001
+#define portNVIC_PENDSVSET 0x10000000
+#define portNVIC_PENDSV_PRI ( ( ( unsigned long ) configKERNEL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY ) << 16 )
+#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_PRI ( ( ( unsigned long ) configKERNEL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY ) << 24 )
+
+/* Constants required to set up the initial stack. */
+#define portINITIAL_XPSR ( 0x01000000 )
+
+/* The priority used by the kernel is assigned to a variable to make access
+from inline assembler easier. */
+const unsigned long ulKernelPriority = configKERNEL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY;
+
+/* Each task maintains its own interrupt status in the critical nesting
+variable. */
+static unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxCriticalNesting = 0xaaaaaaaa;
+
+/*
+ * Setup the timer to generate the tick interrupts.
+ */
+static void prvSetupTimerInterrupt( void );
+
+/*
+ * Exception handlers.
+ */
+void xPortPendSVHandler( void ) __attribute__ (( naked ));
+void xPortSysTickHandler( void );
+void vPortSVCHandler( void ) __attribute__ (( naked ));
+
+/*
+ * Start first task is a separate function so it can be tested in isolation.
+ */
+void vPortStartFirstTask( void ) __attribute__ (( naked ));
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*
+ * See header file for description.
+ */
+portSTACK_TYPE *pxPortInitialiseStack( portSTACK_TYPE *pxTopOfStack, pdTASK_CODE pxCode, void *pvParameters )
+{
+ /* Simulate the stack frame as it would be created by a context switch
+ interrupt. */
+ pxTopOfStack--; /* Offset added to account for the way the MCU uses the stack on entry/exit of interrupts. */
+ *pxTopOfStack = portINITIAL_XPSR; /* xPSR */
+ pxTopOfStack--;
+ *pxTopOfStack = ( portSTACK_TYPE ) pxCode; /* PC */
+ pxTopOfStack--;
+ *pxTopOfStack = 0; /* LR */
+ pxTopOfStack -= 5; /* R12, R3, R2 and R1. */
+ *pxTopOfStack = ( portSTACK_TYPE ) pvParameters; /* R0 */
+ pxTopOfStack -= 8; /* R11, R10, R9, R8, R7, R6, R5 and R4. */
+
+ return pxTopOfStack;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+// !!! Maple
+// void vPortSVCHandler( void )
+void __exc_svc( void )
+// !!! Maple
+{
+ __asm volatile (
+ " ldr r3, pxCurrentTCBConst2 \n" /* Restore the context. */
+ " ldr r1, [r3] \n" /* Use pxCurrentTCBConst to get the pxCurrentTCB address. */
+ " ldr r0, [r1] \n" /* The first item in pxCurrentTCB is the task top of stack. */
+ " ldmia r0!, {r4-r11} \n" /* Pop the registers that are not automatically saved on exception entry and the critical nesting count. */
+ " msr psp, r0 \n" /* Restore the task stack pointer. */
+ " mov r0, #0 \n"
+ " msr basepri, r0 \n"
+ " orr r14, #0xd \n"
+ " bx r14 \n"
+ " \n"
+ " .align 2 \n"
+ "pxCurrentTCBConst2: .word pxCurrentTCB \n"
+ );
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vPortStartFirstTask( void )
+{
+ __asm volatile(
+ " ldr r0, =0xE000ED08 \n" /* Use the NVIC offset register to locate the stack. */
+ " ldr r0, [r0] \n"
+ " ldr r0, [r0] \n"
+ " msr msp, r0 \n" /* Set the msp back to the start of the stack. */
+ " cpsie i \n" /* Globally enable interrupts. */
+ " svc 0 \n" /* System call to start first task. */
+ " nop \n"
+ );
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*
+ * See header file for description.
+ */
+portBASE_TYPE xPortStartScheduler( void )
+{
+ /* Make PendSV, CallSV and SysTick the same priroity as the kernel. */
+ *(portNVIC_SYSPRI2) |= portNVIC_PENDSV_PRI;
+ *(portNVIC_SYSPRI2) |= portNVIC_SYSTICK_PRI;
+
+// !!! Maple
+ systick_attach_callback(&xPortSysTickHandler);
+// /* Start the timer that generates the tick ISR. Interrupts are disabled
+// here already. */
+// prvSetupTimerInterrupt();
+// !!! Maple
+
+ /* Initialise the critical nesting count ready for the first task. */
+ uxCriticalNesting = 0;
+
+ /* Start the first task. */
+ vPortStartFirstTask();
+
+ /* Should not get here! */
+ return 0;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vPortEndScheduler( void )
+{
+ /* It is unlikely that the CM3 port will require this function as there
+ is nothing to return to. */
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vPortYieldFromISR( void )
+{
+ /* Set a PendSV to request a context switch. */
+ *(portNVIC_INT_CTRL) = portNVIC_PENDSVSET;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vPortEnterCritical( void )
+{
+ portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+ uxCriticalNesting++;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vPortExitCritical( void )
+{
+ uxCriticalNesting--;
+ if( uxCriticalNesting == 0 )
+ {
+ portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+ }
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+// !!! Maple
+// void xPortPendSVHandler( void )
+void __exc_pendsv( void )
+// !!! Maple
+{
+ /* This is a naked function. */
+
+ __asm volatile
+ (
+ " mrs r0, psp \n"
+ " \n"
+ " ldr r3, pxCurrentTCBConst \n" /* Get the location of the current TCB. */
+ " ldr r2, [r3] \n"
+ " \n"
+ " stmdb r0!, {r4-r11} \n" /* Save the remaining registers. */
+ " str r0, [r2] \n" /* Save the new top of stack into the first member of the TCB. */
+ " \n"
+ " stmdb sp!, {r3, r14} \n"
+ " mov r0, %0 \n"
+ " msr basepri, r0 \n"
+ " bl vTaskSwitchContext \n"
+ " mov r0, #0 \n"
+ " msr basepri, r0 \n"
+ " ldmia sp!, {r3, r14} \n"
+ " \n" /* Restore the context, including the critical nesting count. */
+ " ldr r1, [r3] \n"
+ " ldr r0, [r1] \n" /* The first item in pxCurrentTCB is the task top of stack. */
+ " ldmia r0!, {r4-r11} \n" /* Pop the registers. */
+ " msr psp, r0 \n"
+ " bx r14 \n"
+ " \n"
+ " .align 2 \n"
+ "pxCurrentTCBConst: .word pxCurrentTCB \n"
+ ::"i"(configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY)
+ );
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void xPortSysTickHandler( void )
+{
+unsigned long ulDummy;
+
+ /* If using preemption, also force a context switch. */
+ #if configUSE_PREEMPTION == 1
+ *(portNVIC_INT_CTRL) = portNVIC_PENDSVSET;
+ #endif
+
+ ulDummy = portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR();
+ {
+ vTaskIncrementTick();
+ }
+ portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( ulDummy );
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*
+ * Setup the systick timer to generate the tick interrupts at the required
+ * frequency.
+ */
+void prvSetupTimerInterrupt( void )
+{
+ /* Configure SysTick to interrupt at the requested rate. */
+ *(portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD) = ( configCPU_CLOCK_HZ / configTICK_RATE_HZ ) - 1UL;
+ *(portNVIC_SYSTICK_CTRL) = portNVIC_SYSTICK_CLK | portNVIC_SYSTICK_INT | portNVIC_SYSTICK_ENABLE;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
diff --git a/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/portable.h b/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/portable.h
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..b48a675
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/portable.h
@@ -0,0 +1,396 @@
+/*
+ FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
+
+
+ FreeRTOS supports many tools and architectures. V7.0.0 is sponsored by:
+ Atollic AB - Atollic provides professional embedded systems development
+ tools for C/C++ development, code analysis and test automation.
+ See http://www.atollic.com
+
+
+ ***************************************************************************
+ * *
+ * FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. *
+ * Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also *
+ * available. *
+ * *
+ * Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by *
+ * ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an *
+ * in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help *
+ * the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing *
+ * professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions *
+ * for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! *
+ * *
+ * >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< *
+ * *
+ * Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! *
+ * *
+ ***************************************************************************
+
+
+ This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
+
+ FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+ the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
+ Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception.
+ >>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to
+ distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to
+ provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
+ kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+ WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+ or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
+ more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
+ License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it
+ can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained
+ by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the
+ FreeRTOS WEB site.
+
+ 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+
+ http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and
+ contact details.
+
+ http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety
+ critical systems.
+
+ http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting,
+ licensing and training services.
+*/
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------
+ * Portable layer API. Each function must be defined for each port.
+ *----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#ifndef PORTABLE_H
+#define PORTABLE_H
+
+/* Include the macro file relevant to the port being used. */
+
+#ifdef OPEN_WATCOM_INDUSTRIAL_PC_PORT
+ #include "..\..\Source\portable\owatcom\16bitdos\pc\portmacro.h"
+ typedef void ( __interrupt __far *pxISR )();
+#endif
+
+#ifdef OPEN_WATCOM_FLASH_LITE_186_PORT
+ #include "..\..\Source\portable\owatcom\16bitdos\flsh186\portmacro.h"
+ typedef void ( __interrupt __far *pxISR )();
+#endif
+
+#ifdef GCC_MEGA_AVR
+ #include "../portable/GCC/ATMega323/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef IAR_MEGA_AVR
+ #include "../portable/IAR/ATMega323/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef MPLAB_PIC24_PORT
+ #include "..\..\Source\portable\MPLAB\PIC24_dsPIC\portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef MPLAB_DSPIC_PORT
+ #include "..\..\Source\portable\MPLAB\PIC24_dsPIC\portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef MPLAB_PIC18F_PORT
+ #include "..\..\Source\portable\MPLAB\PIC18F\portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef MPLAB_PIC32MX_PORT
+ #include "..\..\Source\portable\MPLAB\PIC32MX\portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _FEDPICC
+ #include "libFreeRTOS/Include/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SDCC_CYGNAL
+ #include "../../Source/portable/SDCC/Cygnal/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef GCC_ARM7
+ #include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM7_LPC2000/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef GCC_ARM7_ECLIPSE
+ #include "portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef ROWLEY_LPC23xx
+ #include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM7_LPC23xx/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef IAR_MSP430
+ #include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\MSP430\portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef GCC_MSP430
+ #include "../../Source/portable/GCC/MSP430F449/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef ROWLEY_MSP430
+ #include "../../Source/portable/Rowley/MSP430F449/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef ARM7_LPC21xx_KEIL_RVDS
+ #include "..\..\Source\portable\RVDS\ARM7_LPC21xx\portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SAM7_GCC
+ #include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM7_AT91SAM7S/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SAM7_IAR
+ #include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\AtmelSAM7S64\portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SAM9XE_IAR
+ #include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\AtmelSAM9XE\portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef LPC2000_IAR
+ #include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\LPC2000\portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef STR71X_IAR
+ #include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\STR71x\portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef STR75X_IAR
+ #include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\STR75x\portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef STR75X_GCC
+ #include "..\..\Source\portable\GCC\STR75x\portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef STR91X_IAR
+ #include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\STR91x\portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef GCC_H8S
+ #include "../../Source/portable/GCC/H8S2329/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef GCC_AT91FR40008
+ #include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM7_AT91FR40008/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef RVDS_ARMCM3_LM3S102
+ #include "../../Source/portable/RVDS/ARM_CM3/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef GCC_ARMCM3_LM3S102
+ #include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM_CM3/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef GCC_ARMCM3
+ #include "portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef IAR_ARM_CM3
+ #include "../../Source/portable/IAR/ARM_CM3/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef IAR_ARMCM3_LM
+ #include "../../Source/portable/IAR/ARM_CM3/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HCS12_CODE_WARRIOR
+ #include "../../Source/portable/CodeWarrior/HCS12/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef MICROBLAZE_GCC
+ #include "../../Source/portable/GCC/MicroBlaze/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef TERN_EE
+ #include "..\..\Source\portable\Paradigm\Tern_EE\small\portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef GCC_HCS12
+ #include "../../Source/portable/GCC/HCS12/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef GCC_MCF5235
+ #include "../../Source/portable/GCC/MCF5235/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef COLDFIRE_V2_GCC
+ #include "../../../Source/portable/GCC/ColdFire_V2/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef COLDFIRE_V2_CODEWARRIOR
+ #include "../../Source/portable/CodeWarrior/ColdFire_V2/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef GCC_PPC405
+ #include "../../Source/portable/GCC/PPC405_Xilinx/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef GCC_PPC440
+ #include "../../Source/portable/GCC/PPC440_Xilinx/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _16FX_SOFTUNE
+ #include "..\..\Source\portable\Softune\MB96340\portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef BCC_INDUSTRIAL_PC_PORT
+ /* A short file name has to be used in place of the normal
+ FreeRTOSConfig.h when using the Borland compiler. */
+ #include "frconfig.h"
+ #include "..\portable\BCC\16BitDOS\PC\prtmacro.h"
+ typedef void ( __interrupt __far *pxISR )();
+#endif
+
+#ifdef BCC_FLASH_LITE_186_PORT
+ /* A short file name has to be used in place of the normal
+ FreeRTOSConfig.h when using the Borland compiler. */
+ #include "frconfig.h"
+ #include "..\portable\BCC\16BitDOS\flsh186\prtmacro.h"
+ typedef void ( __interrupt __far *pxISR )();
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+ #ifdef __AVR32_AVR32A__
+ #include "portmacro.h"
+ #endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __ICCAVR32__
+ #ifdef __CORE__
+ #if __CORE__ == __AVR32A__
+ #include "portmacro.h"
+ #endif
+ #endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __91467D
+ #include "portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __96340
+ #include "portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Fx3__
+ #include "../../Source/portable/IAR/V850ES/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Jx3__
+ #include "../../Source/portable/IAR/V850ES/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Jx3_L__
+ #include "../../Source/portable/IAR/V850ES/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Jx2__
+ #include "../../Source/portable/IAR/V850ES/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Hx2__
+ #include "../../Source/portable/IAR/V850ES/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __IAR_78K0R_Kx3__
+ #include "../../Source/portable/IAR/78K0R/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __IAR_78K0R_Kx3L__
+ #include "../../Source/portable/IAR/78K0R/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+/* Catch all to ensure portmacro.h is included in the build. Newer demos
+have the path as part of the project options, rather than as relative from
+the project location. If portENTER_CRITICAL() has not been defined then
+portmacro.h has not yet been included - as every portmacro.h provides a
+portENTER_CRITICAL() definition. Check the demo application for your demo
+to find the path to the correct portmacro.h file. */
+#ifndef portENTER_CRITICAL
+ #include "portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 8
+ #define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ( 0x0007 )
+#endif
+
+#if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 4
+ #define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ( 0x0003 )
+#endif
+
+#if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 2
+ #define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ( 0x0001 )
+#endif
+
+#if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 1
+ #define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ( 0x0000 )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK
+ #error "Invalid portBYTE_ALIGNMENT definition"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef portNUM_CONFIGURABLE_REGIONS
+ #define portNUM_CONFIGURABLE_REGIONS 1
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#include "mpu_wrappers.h"
+
+/*
+ * Setup the stack of a new task so it is ready to be placed under the
+ * scheduler control. The registers have to be placed on the stack in
+ * the order that the port expects to find them.
+ *
+ */
+#if( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 )
+ portSTACK_TYPE *pxPortInitialiseStack( portSTACK_TYPE *pxTopOfStack, pdTASK_CODE pxCode, void *pvParameters, portBASE_TYPE xRunPrivileged ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+#else
+ portSTACK_TYPE *pxPortInitialiseStack( portSTACK_TYPE *pxTopOfStack, pdTASK_CODE pxCode, void *pvParameters );
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Map to the memory management routines required for the port.
+ */
+void *pvPortMalloc( size_t xSize ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+void vPortFree( void *pv ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+void vPortInitialiseBlocks( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+size_t xPortGetFreeHeapSize( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Setup the hardware ready for the scheduler to take control. This generally
+ * sets up a tick interrupt and sets timers for the correct tick frequency.
+ */
+portBASE_TYPE xPortStartScheduler( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Undo any hardware/ISR setup that was performed by xPortStartScheduler() so
+ * the hardware is left in its original condition after the scheduler stops
+ * executing.
+ */
+void vPortEndScheduler( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * The structures and methods of manipulating the MPU are contained within the
+ * port layer.
+ *
+ * Fills the xMPUSettings structure with the memory region information
+ * contained in xRegions.
+ */
+#if( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 )
+ struct xMEMORY_REGION;
+ void vPortStoreTaskMPUSettings( xMPU_SETTINGS *xMPUSettings, const struct xMEMORY_REGION * const xRegions, portSTACK_TYPE *pxBottomOfStack, unsigned short usStackDepth ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* PORTABLE_H */
+
diff --git a/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/portmacro.h b/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/portmacro.h
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..7f2d1af
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/portmacro.h
@@ -0,0 +1,156 @@
+/*
+ FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
+
+
+ ***************************************************************************
+ * *
+ * FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. *
+ * Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also *
+ * available. *
+ * *
+ * Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by *
+ * ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an *
+ * in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help *
+ * the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing *
+ * professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions *
+ * for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! *
+ * *
+ * >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< *
+ * *
+ * Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! *
+ * *
+ ***************************************************************************
+
+
+ This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
+
+ FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+ the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
+ Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception.
+ >>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to
+ distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to
+ provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
+ kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+ WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+ or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
+ more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
+ License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it
+ can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained
+ by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the
+ FreeRTOS WEB site.
+
+ 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+
+ http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and
+ contact details.
+
+ http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety
+ critical systems.
+
+ http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting,
+ licensing and training services.
+*/
+
+
+#ifndef PORTMACRO_H
+#define PORTMACRO_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------
+ * Port specific definitions.
+ *
+ * The settings in this file configure FreeRTOS correctly for the
+ * given hardware and compiler.
+ *
+ * These settings should not be altered.
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+/* Type definitions. */
+#define portCHAR char
+#define portFLOAT float
+#define portDOUBLE double
+#define portLONG long
+#define portSHORT short
+#define portSTACK_TYPE unsigned portLONG
+#define portBASE_TYPE long
+
+#if( configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS == 1 )
+ typedef unsigned portSHORT portTickType;
+ #define portMAX_DELAY ( portTickType ) 0xffff
+#else
+ typedef unsigned portLONG portTickType;
+ #define portMAX_DELAY ( portTickType ) 0xffffffff
+#endif
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Architecture specifics. */
+#define portSTACK_GROWTH ( -1 )
+#define portTICK_RATE_MS ( ( portTickType ) 1000 / configTICK_RATE_HZ )
+#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT 8
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+
+/* Scheduler utilities. */
+extern void vPortYieldFromISR( void );
+
+#define portYIELD() vPortYieldFromISR()
+
+#define portEND_SWITCHING_ISR( xSwitchRequired ) if( xSwitchRequired ) vPortYieldFromISR()
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+
+/* Critical section management. */
+
+/*
+ * Set basepri to portMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY without effecting other
+ * registers. r0 is clobbered.
+ */
+#define portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK() \
+ __asm volatile \
+ ( \
+ " mov r0, %0 \n" \
+ " msr basepri, r0 \n" \
+ ::"i"(configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY):"r0" \
+ )
+
+/*
+ * Set basepri back to 0 without effective other registers.
+ * r0 is clobbered.
+ */
+#define portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK() \
+ __asm volatile \
+ ( \
+ " mov r0, #0 \n" \
+ " msr basepri, r0 \n" \
+ :::"r0" \
+ )
+
+#define portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR() 0;portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK()
+#define portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR(x) portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK();(void)x
+
+
+extern void vPortEnterCritical( void );
+extern void vPortExitCritical( void );
+
+#define portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS() portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK()
+#define portENABLE_INTERRUPTS() portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK()
+#define portENTER_CRITICAL() vPortEnterCritical()
+#define portEXIT_CRITICAL() vPortExitCritical()
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Task function macros as described on the FreeRTOS.org WEB site. */
+#define portTASK_FUNCTION_PROTO( vFunction, pvParameters ) void vFunction( void *pvParameters )
+#define portTASK_FUNCTION( vFunction, pvParameters ) void vFunction( void *pvParameters )
+
+#define portNOP()
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* PORTMACRO_H */
+
diff --git a/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/projdefs.h b/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/projdefs.h
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..18366fa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/projdefs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+/*
+ FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
+
+
+ FreeRTOS supports many tools and architectures. V7.0.0 is sponsored by:
+ Atollic AB - Atollic provides professional embedded systems development
+ tools for C/C++ development, code analysis and test automation.
+ See http://www.atollic.com
+
+
+ ***************************************************************************
+ * *
+ * FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. *
+ * Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also *
+ * available. *
+ * *
+ * Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by *
+ * ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an *
+ * in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help *
+ * the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing *
+ * professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions *
+ * for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! *
+ * *
+ * >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< *
+ * *
+ * Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! *
+ * *
+ ***************************************************************************
+
+
+ This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
+
+ FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+ the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
+ Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception.
+ >>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to
+ distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to
+ provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
+ kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+ WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+ or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
+ more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
+ License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it
+ can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained
+ by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the
+ FreeRTOS WEB site.
+
+ 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+
+ http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and
+ contact details.
+
+ http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety
+ critical systems.
+
+ http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting,
+ licensing and training services.
+*/
+
+#ifndef PROJDEFS_H
+#define PROJDEFS_H
+
+/* Defines the prototype to which task functions must conform. */
+typedef void (*pdTASK_CODE)( void * );
+
+#define pdTRUE ( 1 )
+#define pdFALSE ( 0 )
+
+#define pdPASS ( 1 )
+#define pdFAIL ( 0 )
+#define errQUEUE_EMPTY ( 0 )
+#define errQUEUE_FULL ( 0 )
+
+/* Error definitions. */
+#define errCOULD_NOT_ALLOCATE_REQUIRED_MEMORY ( -1 )
+#define errNO_TASK_TO_RUN ( -2 )
+#define errQUEUE_BLOCKED ( -4 )
+#define errQUEUE_YIELD ( -5 )
+
+#endif /* PROJDEFS_H */
+
+
+
diff --git a/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/queue.c b/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/queue.c
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..c7ed600
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/queue.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1539 @@
+/*
+ FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
+
+
+ FreeRTOS supports many tools and architectures. V7.0.0 is sponsored by:
+ Atollic AB - Atollic provides professional embedded systems development
+ tools for C/C++ development, code analysis and test automation.
+ See http://www.atollic.com
+
+
+ ***************************************************************************
+ * *
+ * FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. *
+ * Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also *
+ * available. *
+ * *
+ * Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by *
+ * ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an *
+ * in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help *
+ * the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing *
+ * professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions *
+ * for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! *
+ * *
+ * >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< *
+ * *
+ * Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! *
+ * *
+ ***************************************************************************
+
+
+ This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
+
+ FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+ the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
+ Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception.
+ >>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to
+ distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to
+ provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
+ kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+ WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+ or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
+ more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
+ License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it
+ can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained
+ by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the
+ FreeRTOS WEB site.
+
+ 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+
+ http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and
+ contact details.
+
+ http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety
+ critical systems.
+
+ http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting,
+ licensing and training services.
+*/
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining
+all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers. That should only be done when
+task.h is included from an application file. */
+#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
+
+#include "FreeRTOS.h"
+#include "task.h"
+#include "croutine.h"
+
+#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------
+ * PUBLIC LIST API documented in list.h
+ *----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Constants used with the cRxLock and cTxLock structure members. */
+#define queueUNLOCKED ( ( signed portBASE_TYPE ) -1 )
+#define queueLOCKED_UNMODIFIED ( ( signed portBASE_TYPE ) 0 )
+
+#define queueERRONEOUS_UNBLOCK ( -1 )
+
+/* For internal use only. */
+#define queueSEND_TO_BACK ( 0 )
+#define queueSEND_TO_FRONT ( 1 )
+
+/* Effectively make a union out of the xQUEUE structure. */
+#define pxMutexHolder pcTail
+#define uxQueueType pcHead
+#define uxRecursiveCallCount pcReadFrom
+#define queueQUEUE_IS_MUTEX NULL
+
+/* Semaphores do not actually store or copy data, so have an items size of
+zero. */
+#define queueSEMAPHORE_QUEUE_ITEM_LENGTH ( 0 )
+#define queueDONT_BLOCK ( ( portTickType ) 0 )
+#define queueMUTEX_GIVE_BLOCK_TIME ( ( portTickType ) 0 )
+
+/*
+ * Definition of the queue used by the scheduler.
+ * Items are queued by copy, not reference.
+ */
+typedef struct QueueDefinition
+{
+ signed char *pcHead; /*< Points to the beginning of the queue storage area. */
+ signed char *pcTail; /*< Points to the byte at the end of the queue storage area. Once more byte is allocated than necessary to store the queue items, this is used as a marker. */
+
+ signed char *pcWriteTo; /*< Points to the free next place in the storage area. */
+ signed char *pcReadFrom; /*< Points to the last place that a queued item was read from. */
+
+ xList xTasksWaitingToSend; /*< List of tasks that are blocked waiting to post onto this queue. Stored in priority order. */
+ xList xTasksWaitingToReceive; /*< List of tasks that are blocked waiting to read from this queue. Stored in priority order. */
+
+ volatile unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxMessagesWaiting;/*< The number of items currently in the queue. */
+ unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxLength; /*< The length of the queue defined as the number of items it will hold, not the number of bytes. */
+ unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxItemSize; /*< The size of each items that the queue will hold. */
+
+ signed portBASE_TYPE xRxLock; /*< Stores the number of items received from the queue (removed from the queue) while the queue was locked. Set to queueUNLOCKED when the queue is not locked. */
+ signed portBASE_TYPE xTxLock; /*< Stores the number of items transmitted to the queue (added to the queue) while the queue was locked. Set to queueUNLOCKED when the queue is not locked. */
+
+} xQUEUE;
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*
+ * Inside this file xQueueHandle is a pointer to a xQUEUE structure.
+ * To keep the definition private the API header file defines it as a
+ * pointer to void.
+ */
+typedef xQUEUE * xQueueHandle;
+
+/*
+ * Prototypes for public functions are included here so we don't have to
+ * include the API header file (as it defines xQueueHandle differently). These
+ * functions are documented in the API header file.
+ */
+xQueueHandle xQueueCreate( unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxQueueLength, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxItemSize ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueGenericSend( xQueueHandle xQueue, const void * const pvItemToQueue, portTickType xTicksToWait, portBASE_TYPE xCopyPosition ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxQueueMessagesWaiting( const xQueueHandle pxQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+void vQueueDelete( xQueueHandle xQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueGenericSendFromISR( xQueueHandle pxQueue, const void * const pvItemToQueue, signed portBASE_TYPE *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken, portBASE_TYPE xCopyPosition ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueGenericReceive( xQueueHandle pxQueue, void * const pvBuffer, portTickType xTicksToWait, portBASE_TYPE xJustPeeking ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueReceiveFromISR( xQueueHandle pxQueue, void * const pvBuffer, signed portBASE_TYPE *pxTaskWoken ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+xQueueHandle xQueueCreateMutex( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+xQueueHandle xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore( unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxCountValue, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxInitialCount ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+portBASE_TYPE xQueueTakeMutexRecursive( xQueueHandle xMutex, portTickType xBlockTime ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+portBASE_TYPE xQueueGiveMutexRecursive( xQueueHandle xMutex ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueAltGenericSend( xQueueHandle pxQueue, const void * const pvItemToQueue, portTickType xTicksToWait, portBASE_TYPE xCopyPosition ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueAltGenericReceive( xQueueHandle pxQueue, void * const pvBuffer, portTickType xTicksToWait, portBASE_TYPE xJustPeeking ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueIsQueueEmptyFromISR( const xQueueHandle pxQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueIsQueueFullFromISR( const xQueueHandle pxQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxQueueMessagesWaitingFromISR( const xQueueHandle pxQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+void vQueueWaitForMessageRestricted( xQueueHandle pxQueue, portTickType xTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Co-routine queue functions differ from task queue functions. Co-routines are
+ * an optional component.
+ */
+#if configUSE_CO_ROUTINES == 1
+ signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueCRSendFromISR( xQueueHandle pxQueue, const void *pvItemToQueue, signed portBASE_TYPE xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+ signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueCRReceiveFromISR( xQueueHandle pxQueue, void *pvBuffer, signed portBASE_TYPE *pxTaskWoken ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+ signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueCRSend( xQueueHandle pxQueue, const void *pvItemToQueue, portTickType xTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+ signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueCRReceive( xQueueHandle pxQueue, void *pvBuffer, portTickType xTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * The queue registry is just a means for kernel aware debuggers to locate
+ * queue structures. It has no other purpose so is an optional component.
+ */
+#if configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0
+
+ /* The type stored within the queue registry array. This allows a name
+ to be assigned to each queue making kernel aware debugging a little
+ more user friendly. */
+ typedef struct QUEUE_REGISTRY_ITEM
+ {
+ signed char *pcQueueName;
+ xQueueHandle xHandle;
+ } xQueueRegistryItem;
+
+ /* The queue registry is simply an array of xQueueRegistryItem structures.
+ The pcQueueName member of a structure being NULL is indicative of the
+ array position being vacant. */
+ xQueueRegistryItem xQueueRegistry[ configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE ];
+
+ /* Removes a queue from the registry by simply setting the pcQueueName
+ member to NULL. */
+ static void vQueueUnregisterQueue( xQueueHandle xQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+ void vQueueAddToRegistry( xQueueHandle xQueue, signed char *pcQueueName ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Unlocks a queue locked by a call to prvLockQueue. Locking a queue does not
+ * prevent an ISR from adding or removing items to the queue, but does prevent
+ * an ISR from removing tasks from the queue event lists. If an ISR finds a
+ * queue is locked it will instead increment the appropriate queue lock count
+ * to indicate that a task may require unblocking. When the queue in unlocked
+ * these lock counts are inspected, and the appropriate action taken.
+ */
+static void prvUnlockQueue( xQueueHandle pxQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Uses a critical section to determine if there is any data in a queue.
+ *
+ * @return pdTRUE if the queue contains no items, otherwise pdFALSE.
+ */
+static signed portBASE_TYPE prvIsQueueEmpty( const xQueueHandle pxQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Uses a critical section to determine if there is any space in a queue.
+ *
+ * @return pdTRUE if there is no space, otherwise pdFALSE;
+ */
+static signed portBASE_TYPE prvIsQueueFull( const xQueueHandle pxQueue ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Copies an item into the queue, either at the front of the queue or the
+ * back of the queue.
+ */
+static void prvCopyDataToQueue( xQUEUE *pxQueue, const void *pvItemToQueue, portBASE_TYPE xPosition ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Copies an item out of a queue.
+ */
+static void prvCopyDataFromQueue( xQUEUE * const pxQueue, const void *pvBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*
+ * Macro to mark a queue as locked. Locking a queue prevents an ISR from
+ * accessing the queue event lists.
+ */
+#define prvLockQueue( pxQueue ) \
+ taskENTER_CRITICAL(); \
+ { \
+ if( ( pxQueue )->xRxLock == queueUNLOCKED ) \
+ { \
+ ( pxQueue )->xRxLock = queueLOCKED_UNMODIFIED; \
+ } \
+ if( ( pxQueue )->xTxLock == queueUNLOCKED ) \
+ { \
+ ( pxQueue )->xTxLock = queueLOCKED_UNMODIFIED; \
+ } \
+ } \
+ taskEXIT_CRITICAL()
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------
+ * PUBLIC QUEUE MANAGEMENT API documented in queue.h
+ *----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+xQueueHandle xQueueCreate( unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxQueueLength, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxItemSize )
+{
+xQUEUE *pxNewQueue;
+size_t xQueueSizeInBytes;
+xQueueHandle xReturn = NULL;
+
+ /* Allocate the new queue structure. */
+ if( uxQueueLength > ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0 )
+ {
+ pxNewQueue = ( xQUEUE * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( xQUEUE ) );
+ if( pxNewQueue != NULL )
+ {
+ /* Create the list of pointers to queue items. The queue is one byte
+ longer than asked for to make wrap checking easier/faster. */
+ xQueueSizeInBytes = ( size_t ) ( uxQueueLength * uxItemSize ) + ( size_t ) 1;
+
+ pxNewQueue->pcHead = ( signed char * ) pvPortMalloc( xQueueSizeInBytes );
+ if( pxNewQueue->pcHead != NULL )
+ {
+ /* Initialise the queue members as described above where the
+ queue type is defined. */
+ pxNewQueue->pcTail = pxNewQueue->pcHead + ( uxQueueLength * uxItemSize );
+ pxNewQueue->uxMessagesWaiting = ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0U;
+ pxNewQueue->pcWriteTo = pxNewQueue->pcHead;
+ pxNewQueue->pcReadFrom = pxNewQueue->pcHead + ( ( uxQueueLength - ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 1U ) * uxItemSize );
+ pxNewQueue->uxLength = uxQueueLength;
+ pxNewQueue->uxItemSize = uxItemSize;
+ pxNewQueue->xRxLock = queueUNLOCKED;
+ pxNewQueue->xTxLock = queueUNLOCKED;
+
+ /* Likewise ensure the event queues start with the correct state. */
+ vListInitialise( &( pxNewQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) );
+ vListInitialise( &( pxNewQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) );
+
+ traceQUEUE_CREATE( pxNewQueue );
+ xReturn = pxNewQueue;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ traceQUEUE_CREATE_FAILED();
+ vPortFree( pxNewQueue );
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ configASSERT( xReturn );
+
+ return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+
+ xQueueHandle xQueueCreateMutex( void )
+ {
+ xQUEUE *pxNewQueue;
+
+ /* Allocate the new queue structure. */
+ pxNewQueue = ( xQUEUE * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( xQUEUE ) );
+ if( pxNewQueue != NULL )
+ {
+ /* Information required for priority inheritance. */
+ pxNewQueue->pxMutexHolder = NULL;
+ pxNewQueue->uxQueueType = queueQUEUE_IS_MUTEX;
+
+ /* Queues used as a mutex no data is actually copied into or out
+ of the queue. */
+ pxNewQueue->pcWriteTo = NULL;
+ pxNewQueue->pcReadFrom = NULL;
+
+ /* Each mutex has a length of 1 (like a binary semaphore) and
+ an item size of 0 as nothing is actually copied into or out
+ of the mutex. */
+ pxNewQueue->uxMessagesWaiting = ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0U;
+ pxNewQueue->uxLength = ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 1U;
+ pxNewQueue->uxItemSize = ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0U;
+ pxNewQueue->xRxLock = queueUNLOCKED;
+ pxNewQueue->xTxLock = queueUNLOCKED;
+
+ /* Ensure the event queues start with the correct state. */
+ vListInitialise( &( pxNewQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) );
+ vListInitialise( &( pxNewQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) );
+
+ /* Start with the semaphore in the expected state. */
+ xQueueGenericSend( pxNewQueue, NULL, ( portTickType ) 0U, queueSEND_TO_BACK );
+
+ traceCREATE_MUTEX( pxNewQueue );
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ traceCREATE_MUTEX_FAILED();
+ }
+
+ configASSERT( pxNewQueue );
+ return pxNewQueue;
+ }
+
+#endif /* configUSE_MUTEXES */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES == 1
+
+ portBASE_TYPE xQueueGiveMutexRecursive( xQueueHandle pxMutex )
+ {
+ portBASE_TYPE xReturn;
+
+ configASSERT( pxMutex );
+
+ /* If this is the task that holds the mutex then pxMutexHolder will not
+ change outside of this task. If this task does not hold the mutex then
+ pxMutexHolder can never coincidentally equal the tasks handle, and as
+ this is the only condition we are interested in it does not matter if
+ pxMutexHolder is accessed simultaneously by another task. Therefore no
+ mutual exclusion is required to test the pxMutexHolder variable. */
+ if( pxMutex->pxMutexHolder == xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle() )
+ {
+ traceGIVE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE( pxMutex );
+
+ /* uxRecursiveCallCount cannot be zero if pxMutexHolder is equal to
+ the task handle, therefore no underflow check is required. Also,
+ uxRecursiveCallCount is only modified by the mutex holder, and as
+ there can only be one, no mutual exclusion is required to modify the
+ uxRecursiveCallCount member. */
+ ( pxMutex->uxRecursiveCallCount )--;
+
+ /* Have we unwound the call count? */
+ if( pxMutex->uxRecursiveCallCount == 0 )
+ {
+ /* Return the mutex. This will automatically unblock any other
+ task that might be waiting to access the mutex. */
+ xQueueGenericSend( pxMutex, NULL, queueMUTEX_GIVE_BLOCK_TIME, queueSEND_TO_BACK );
+ }
+
+ xReturn = pdPASS;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* We cannot give the mutex because we are not the holder. */
+ xReturn = pdFAIL;
+
+ traceGIVE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE_FAILED( pxMutex );
+ }
+
+ return xReturn;
+ }
+
+#endif /* configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES == 1
+
+ portBASE_TYPE xQueueTakeMutexRecursive( xQueueHandle pxMutex, portTickType xBlockTime )
+ {
+ portBASE_TYPE xReturn;
+
+ configASSERT( pxMutex );
+
+ /* Comments regarding mutual exclusion as per those within
+ xQueueGiveMutexRecursive(). */
+
+ traceTAKE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE( pxMutex );
+
+ if( pxMutex->pxMutexHolder == xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle() )
+ {
+ ( pxMutex->uxRecursiveCallCount )++;
+ xReturn = pdPASS;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ xReturn = xQueueGenericReceive( pxMutex, NULL, xBlockTime, pdFALSE );
+
+ /* pdPASS will only be returned if we successfully obtained the mutex,
+ we may have blocked to reach here. */
+ if( xReturn == pdPASS )
+ {
+ ( pxMutex->uxRecursiveCallCount )++;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ traceTAKE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE_FAILED( pxMutex );
+ }
+ }
+
+ return xReturn;
+ }
+
+#endif /* configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if configUSE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORES == 1
+
+ xQueueHandle xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore( unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxCountValue, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxInitialCount )
+ {
+ xQueueHandle pxHandle;
+
+ pxHandle = xQueueCreate( ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) uxCountValue, queueSEMAPHORE_QUEUE_ITEM_LENGTH );
+
+ if( pxHandle != NULL )
+ {
+ pxHandle->uxMessagesWaiting = uxInitialCount;
+
+ traceCREATE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE();
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ traceCREATE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE_FAILED();
+ }
+
+ configASSERT( pxHandle );
+ return pxHandle;
+ }
+
+#endif /* configUSE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORES */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueGenericSend( xQueueHandle pxQueue, const void * const pvItemToQueue, portTickType xTicksToWait, portBASE_TYPE xCopyPosition )
+{
+signed portBASE_TYPE xEntryTimeSet = pdFALSE;
+xTimeOutType xTimeOut;
+
+ configASSERT( pxQueue );
+ configASSERT( !( ( pvItemToQueue == NULL ) && ( pxQueue->uxItemSize != ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0U ) ) );
+
+ /* This function relaxes the coding standard somewhat to allow return
+ statements within the function itself. This is done in the interest
+ of execution time efficiency. */
+ for( ;; )
+ {
+ taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+ {
+ /* Is there room on the queue now? To be running we must be
+ the highest priority task wanting to access the queue. */
+ if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting < pxQueue->uxLength )
+ {
+ traceQUEUE_SEND( pxQueue );
+ prvCopyDataToQueue( pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, xCopyPosition );
+
+ /* If there was a task waiting for data to arrive on the
+ queue then unblock it now. */
+ if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdTRUE )
+ {
+ /* The unblocked task has a priority higher than
+ our own so yield immediately. Yes it is ok to do
+ this from within the critical section - the kernel
+ takes care of that. */
+ portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
+ }
+ }
+
+ taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+ /* Return to the original privilege level before exiting the
+ function. */
+ return pdPASS;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if( xTicksToWait == ( portTickType ) 0 )
+ {
+ /* The queue was full and no block time is specified (or
+ the block time has expired) so leave now. */
+ taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+ /* Return to the original privilege level before exiting
+ the function. */
+ traceQUEUE_SEND_FAILED( pxQueue );
+ return errQUEUE_FULL;
+ }
+ else if( xEntryTimeSet == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ /* The queue was full and a block time was specified so
+ configure the timeout structure. */
+ vTaskSetTimeOutState( &xTimeOut );
+ xEntryTimeSet = pdTRUE;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+ /* Interrupts and other tasks can send to and receive from the queue
+ now the critical section has been exited. */
+
+ vTaskSuspendAll();
+ prvLockQueue( pxQueue );
+
+ /* Update the timeout state to see if it has expired yet. */
+ if( xTaskCheckForTimeOut( &xTimeOut, &xTicksToWait ) == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ if( prvIsQueueFull( pxQueue ) )
+ {
+ traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_SEND( pxQueue );
+ vTaskPlaceOnEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ), xTicksToWait );
+
+ /* Unlocking the queue means queue events can effect the
+ event list. It is possible that interrupts occurring now
+ remove this task from the event list again - but as the
+ scheduler is suspended the task will go onto the pending
+ ready last instead of the actual ready list. */
+ prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue );
+
+ /* Resuming the scheduler will move tasks from the pending
+ ready list into the ready list - so it is feasible that this
+ task is already in a ready list before it yields - in which
+ case the yield will not cause a context switch unless there
+ is also a higher priority task in the pending ready list. */
+ if( !xTaskResumeAll() )
+ {
+ portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Try again. */
+ prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue );
+ ( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* The timeout has expired. */
+ prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue );
+ ( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
+
+ /* Return to the original privilege level before exiting the
+ function. */
+ traceQUEUE_SEND_FAILED( pxQueue );
+ return errQUEUE_FULL;
+ }
+ }
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if configUSE_ALTERNATIVE_API == 1
+
+ signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueAltGenericSend( xQueueHandle pxQueue, const void * const pvItemToQueue, portTickType xTicksToWait, portBASE_TYPE xCopyPosition )
+ {
+ signed portBASE_TYPE xEntryTimeSet = pdFALSE;
+ xTimeOutType xTimeOut;
+
+ configASSERT( pxQueue );
+ configASSERT( !( ( pvItemToQueue == NULL ) && ( pxQueue->uxItemSize != ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0U ) ) );
+
+ for( ;; )
+ {
+ taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+ {
+ /* Is there room on the queue now? To be running we must be
+ the highest priority task wanting to access the queue. */
+ if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting < pxQueue->uxLength )
+ {
+ traceQUEUE_SEND( pxQueue );
+ prvCopyDataToQueue( pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, xCopyPosition );
+
+ /* If there was a task waiting for data to arrive on the
+ queue then unblock it now. */
+ if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdTRUE )
+ {
+ /* The unblocked task has a priority higher than
+ our own so yield immediately. */
+ portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
+ }
+ }
+
+ taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+ return pdPASS;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if( xTicksToWait == ( portTickType ) 0 )
+ {
+ taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+ return errQUEUE_FULL;
+ }
+ else if( xEntryTimeSet == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ vTaskSetTimeOutState( &xTimeOut );
+ xEntryTimeSet = pdTRUE;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+ taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+ {
+ if( xTaskCheckForTimeOut( &xTimeOut, &xTicksToWait ) == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ if( prvIsQueueFull( pxQueue ) )
+ {
+ traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_SEND( pxQueue );
+ vTaskPlaceOnEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ), xTicksToWait );
+ portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+ traceQUEUE_SEND_FAILED( pxQueue );
+ return errQUEUE_FULL;
+ }
+ }
+ taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+ }
+ }
+
+#endif /* configUSE_ALTERNATIVE_API */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if configUSE_ALTERNATIVE_API == 1
+
+ signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueAltGenericReceive( xQueueHandle pxQueue, void * const pvBuffer, portTickType xTicksToWait, portBASE_TYPE xJustPeeking )
+ {
+ signed portBASE_TYPE xEntryTimeSet = pdFALSE;
+ xTimeOutType xTimeOut;
+ signed char *pcOriginalReadPosition;
+
+ configASSERT( pxQueue );
+ configASSERT( !( ( pvBuffer == NULL ) && ( pxQueue->uxItemSize != ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0U ) ) );
+
+ for( ;; )
+ {
+ taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+ {
+ if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting > ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0 )
+ {
+ /* Remember our read position in case we are just peeking. */
+ pcOriginalReadPosition = pxQueue->pcReadFrom;
+
+ prvCopyDataFromQueue( pxQueue, pvBuffer );
+
+ if( xJustPeeking == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ traceQUEUE_RECEIVE( pxQueue );
+
+ /* We are actually removing data. */
+ --( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting );
+
+ #if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+ {
+ if( pxQueue->uxQueueType == queueQUEUE_IS_MUTEX )
+ {
+ /* Record the information required to implement
+ priority inheritance should it become necessary. */
+ pxQueue->pxMutexHolder = xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle();
+ }
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) == pdTRUE )
+ {
+ portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ traceQUEUE_PEEK( pxQueue );
+
+ /* We are not removing the data, so reset our read
+ pointer. */
+ pxQueue->pcReadFrom = pcOriginalReadPosition;
+
+ /* The data is being left in the queue, so see if there are
+ any other tasks waiting for the data. */
+ if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ /* Tasks that are removed from the event list will get added to
+ the pending ready list as the scheduler is still suspended. */
+ if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE )
+ {
+ /* The task waiting has a higher priority than this task. */
+ portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
+ }
+ }
+
+ }
+
+ taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+ return pdPASS;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if( xTicksToWait == ( portTickType ) 0 )
+ {
+ taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+ traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FAILED( pxQueue );
+ return errQUEUE_EMPTY;
+ }
+ else if( xEntryTimeSet == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ vTaskSetTimeOutState( &xTimeOut );
+ xEntryTimeSet = pdTRUE;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+ taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+ {
+ if( xTaskCheckForTimeOut( &xTimeOut, &xTicksToWait ) == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ if( prvIsQueueEmpty( pxQueue ) )
+ {
+ traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_RECEIVE( pxQueue );
+
+ #if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+ {
+ if( pxQueue->uxQueueType == queueQUEUE_IS_MUTEX )
+ {
+ portENTER_CRITICAL();
+ vTaskPriorityInherit( ( void * ) pxQueue->pxMutexHolder );
+ portEXIT_CRITICAL();
+ }
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ vTaskPlaceOnEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ), xTicksToWait );
+ portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+ traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FAILED( pxQueue );
+ return errQUEUE_EMPTY;
+ }
+ }
+ taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+ }
+ }
+
+
+#endif /* configUSE_ALTERNATIVE_API */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueGenericSendFromISR( xQueueHandle pxQueue, const void * const pvItemToQueue, signed portBASE_TYPE *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken, portBASE_TYPE xCopyPosition )
+{
+signed portBASE_TYPE xReturn;
+unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxSavedInterruptStatus;
+
+ configASSERT( pxQueue );
+ configASSERT( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+ configASSERT( !( ( pvItemToQueue == NULL ) && ( pxQueue->uxItemSize != ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0U ) ) );
+
+ /* Similar to xQueueGenericSend, except we don't block if there is no room
+ in the queue. Also we don't directly wake a task that was blocked on a
+ queue read, instead we return a flag to say whether a context switch is
+ required or not (i.e. has a task with a higher priority than us been woken
+ by this post). */
+ uxSavedInterruptStatus = portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR();
+ {
+ if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting < pxQueue->uxLength )
+ {
+ traceQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR( pxQueue );
+
+ prvCopyDataToQueue( pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, xCopyPosition );
+
+ /* If the queue is locked we do not alter the event list. This will
+ be done when the queue is unlocked later. */
+ if( pxQueue->xTxLock == queueUNLOCKED )
+ {
+ if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE )
+ {
+ /* The task waiting has a higher priority so record that a
+ context switch is required. */
+ *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdTRUE;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Increment the lock count so the task that unlocks the queue
+ knows that data was posted while it was locked. */
+ ++( pxQueue->xTxLock );
+ }
+
+ xReturn = pdPASS;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ traceQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR_FAILED( pxQueue );
+ xReturn = errQUEUE_FULL;
+ }
+ }
+ portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptStatus );
+
+ return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueGenericReceive( xQueueHandle pxQueue, void * const pvBuffer, portTickType xTicksToWait, portBASE_TYPE xJustPeeking )
+{
+signed portBASE_TYPE xEntryTimeSet = pdFALSE;
+xTimeOutType xTimeOut;
+signed char *pcOriginalReadPosition;
+
+ configASSERT( pxQueue );
+ configASSERT( !( ( pvBuffer == NULL ) && ( pxQueue->uxItemSize != ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0U ) ) );
+
+ /* This function relaxes the coding standard somewhat to allow return
+ statements within the function itself. This is done in the interest
+ of execution time efficiency. */
+
+ for( ;; )
+ {
+ taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+ {
+ /* Is there data in the queue now? To be running we must be
+ the highest priority task wanting to access the queue. */
+ if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting > ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0 )
+ {
+ /* Remember our read position in case we are just peeking. */
+ pcOriginalReadPosition = pxQueue->pcReadFrom;
+
+ prvCopyDataFromQueue( pxQueue, pvBuffer );
+
+ if( xJustPeeking == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ traceQUEUE_RECEIVE( pxQueue );
+
+ /* We are actually removing data. */
+ --( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting );
+
+ #if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+ {
+ if( pxQueue->uxQueueType == queueQUEUE_IS_MUTEX )
+ {
+ /* Record the information required to implement
+ priority inheritance should it become necessary. */
+ pxQueue->pxMutexHolder = xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle();
+ }
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) == pdTRUE )
+ {
+ portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ traceQUEUE_PEEK( pxQueue );
+
+ /* We are not removing the data, so reset our read
+ pointer. */
+ pxQueue->pcReadFrom = pcOriginalReadPosition;
+
+ /* The data is being left in the queue, so see if there are
+ any other tasks waiting for the data. */
+ if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ /* Tasks that are removed from the event list will get added to
+ the pending ready list as the scheduler is still suspended. */
+ if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE )
+ {
+ /* The task waiting has a higher priority than this task. */
+ portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
+ }
+ }
+
+ }
+
+ taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+ return pdPASS;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if( xTicksToWait == ( portTickType ) 0 )
+ {
+ /* The queue was empty and no block time is specified (or
+ the block time has expired) so leave now. */
+ taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+ traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FAILED( pxQueue );
+ return errQUEUE_EMPTY;
+ }
+ else if( xEntryTimeSet == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ /* The queue was empty and a block time was specified so
+ configure the timeout structure. */
+ vTaskSetTimeOutState( &xTimeOut );
+ xEntryTimeSet = pdTRUE;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+ /* Interrupts and other tasks can send to and receive from the queue
+ now the critical section has been exited. */
+
+ vTaskSuspendAll();
+ prvLockQueue( pxQueue );
+
+ /* Update the timeout state to see if it has expired yet. */
+ if( xTaskCheckForTimeOut( &xTimeOut, &xTicksToWait ) == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ if( prvIsQueueEmpty( pxQueue ) )
+ {
+ traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_RECEIVE( pxQueue );
+
+ #if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+ {
+ if( pxQueue->uxQueueType == queueQUEUE_IS_MUTEX )
+ {
+ portENTER_CRITICAL();
+ {
+ vTaskPriorityInherit( ( void * ) pxQueue->pxMutexHolder );
+ }
+ portEXIT_CRITICAL();
+ }
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ vTaskPlaceOnEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ), xTicksToWait );
+ prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue );
+ if( !xTaskResumeAll() )
+ {
+ portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Try again. */
+ prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue );
+ ( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue );
+ ( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
+ traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FAILED( pxQueue );
+ return errQUEUE_EMPTY;
+ }
+ }
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueReceiveFromISR( xQueueHandle pxQueue, void * const pvBuffer, signed portBASE_TYPE *pxTaskWoken )
+{
+signed portBASE_TYPE xReturn;
+unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxSavedInterruptStatus;
+
+ configASSERT( pxQueue );
+ configASSERT( pxTaskWoken );
+ configASSERT( !( ( pvBuffer == NULL ) && ( pxQueue->uxItemSize != ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0U ) ) );
+
+ uxSavedInterruptStatus = portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR();
+ {
+ /* We cannot block from an ISR, so check there is data available. */
+ if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting > ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0 )
+ {
+ traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR( pxQueue );
+
+ prvCopyDataFromQueue( pxQueue, pvBuffer );
+ --( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting );
+
+ /* If the queue is locked we will not modify the event list. Instead
+ we update the lock count so the task that unlocks the queue will know
+ that an ISR has removed data while the queue was locked. */
+ if( pxQueue->xRxLock == queueUNLOCKED )
+ {
+ if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) != pdFALSE )
+ {
+ /* The task waiting has a higher priority than us so
+ force a context switch. */
+ *pxTaskWoken = pdTRUE;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Increment the lock count so the task that unlocks the queue
+ knows that data was removed while it was locked. */
+ ++( pxQueue->xRxLock );
+ }
+
+ xReturn = pdPASS;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ xReturn = pdFAIL;
+ traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR_FAILED( pxQueue );
+ }
+ }
+ portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptStatus );
+
+ return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxQueueMessagesWaiting( const xQueueHandle pxQueue )
+{
+unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxReturn;
+
+ configASSERT( pxQueue );
+
+ taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+ uxReturn = pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting;
+ taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+ return uxReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxQueueMessagesWaitingFromISR( const xQueueHandle pxQueue )
+{
+unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxReturn;
+
+ configASSERT( pxQueue );
+
+ uxReturn = pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting;
+
+ return uxReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vQueueDelete( xQueueHandle pxQueue )
+{
+ configASSERT( pxQueue );
+
+ traceQUEUE_DELETE( pxQueue );
+ vQueueUnregisterQueue( pxQueue );
+ vPortFree( pxQueue->pcHead );
+ vPortFree( pxQueue );
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvCopyDataToQueue( xQUEUE *pxQueue, const void *pvItemToQueue, portBASE_TYPE xPosition )
+{
+ if( pxQueue->uxItemSize == ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0 )
+ {
+ #if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+ {
+ if( pxQueue->uxQueueType == queueQUEUE_IS_MUTEX )
+ {
+ /* The mutex is no longer being held. */
+ vTaskPriorityDisinherit( ( void * ) pxQueue->pxMutexHolder );
+ pxQueue->pxMutexHolder = NULL;
+ }
+ }
+ #endif
+ }
+ else if( xPosition == queueSEND_TO_BACK )
+ {
+ memcpy( ( void * ) pxQueue->pcWriteTo, pvItemToQueue, ( unsigned ) pxQueue->uxItemSize );
+ pxQueue->pcWriteTo += pxQueue->uxItemSize;
+ if( pxQueue->pcWriteTo >= pxQueue->pcTail )
+ {
+ pxQueue->pcWriteTo = pxQueue->pcHead;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ memcpy( ( void * ) pxQueue->pcReadFrom, pvItemToQueue, ( unsigned ) pxQueue->uxItemSize );
+ pxQueue->pcReadFrom -= pxQueue->uxItemSize;
+ if( pxQueue->pcReadFrom < pxQueue->pcHead )
+ {
+ pxQueue->pcReadFrom = ( pxQueue->pcTail - pxQueue->uxItemSize );
+ }
+ }
+
+ ++( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting );
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvCopyDataFromQueue( xQUEUE * const pxQueue, const void *pvBuffer )
+{
+ if( pxQueue->uxQueueType != queueQUEUE_IS_MUTEX )
+ {
+ pxQueue->pcReadFrom += pxQueue->uxItemSize;
+ if( pxQueue->pcReadFrom >= pxQueue->pcTail )
+ {
+ pxQueue->pcReadFrom = pxQueue->pcHead;
+ }
+ memcpy( ( void * ) pvBuffer, ( void * ) pxQueue->pcReadFrom, ( unsigned ) pxQueue->uxItemSize );
+ }
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvUnlockQueue( xQueueHandle pxQueue )
+{
+ /* THIS FUNCTION MUST BE CALLED WITH THE SCHEDULER SUSPENDED. */
+
+ /* The lock counts contains the number of extra data items placed or
+ removed from the queue while the queue was locked. When a queue is
+ locked items can be added or removed, but the event lists cannot be
+ updated. */
+ taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+ {
+ /* See if data was added to the queue while it was locked. */
+ while( pxQueue->xTxLock > queueLOCKED_UNMODIFIED )
+ {
+ /* Data was posted while the queue was locked. Are any tasks
+ blocked waiting for data to become available? */
+ if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ /* Tasks that are removed from the event list will get added to
+ the pending ready list as the scheduler is still suspended. */
+ if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE )
+ {
+ /* The task waiting has a higher priority so record that a
+ context switch is required. */
+ vTaskMissedYield();
+ }
+
+ --( pxQueue->xTxLock );
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ pxQueue->xTxLock = queueUNLOCKED;
+ }
+ taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+ /* Do the same for the Rx lock. */
+ taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+ {
+ while( pxQueue->xRxLock > queueLOCKED_UNMODIFIED )
+ {
+ if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ if( xTaskRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) != pdFALSE )
+ {
+ vTaskMissedYield();
+ }
+
+ --( pxQueue->xRxLock );
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ pxQueue->xRxLock = queueUNLOCKED;
+ }
+ taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static signed portBASE_TYPE prvIsQueueEmpty( const xQueueHandle pxQueue )
+{
+signed portBASE_TYPE xReturn;
+
+ taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+ xReturn = ( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting == ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0 );
+ taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+ return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueIsQueueEmptyFromISR( const xQueueHandle pxQueue )
+{
+signed portBASE_TYPE xReturn;
+
+ configASSERT( pxQueue );
+ xReturn = ( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting == ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0 );
+
+ return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static signed portBASE_TYPE prvIsQueueFull( const xQueueHandle pxQueue )
+{
+signed portBASE_TYPE xReturn;
+
+ taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+ xReturn = ( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting == pxQueue->uxLength );
+ taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+ return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueIsQueueFullFromISR( const xQueueHandle pxQueue )
+{
+signed portBASE_TYPE xReturn;
+
+ configASSERT( pxQueue );
+ xReturn = ( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting == pxQueue->uxLength );
+
+ return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if configUSE_CO_ROUTINES == 1
+signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueCRSend( xQueueHandle pxQueue, const void *pvItemToQueue, portTickType xTicksToWait )
+{
+signed portBASE_TYPE xReturn;
+
+ /* If the queue is already full we may have to block. A critical section
+ is required to prevent an interrupt removing something from the queue
+ between the check to see if the queue is full and blocking on the queue. */
+ portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+ {
+ if( prvIsQueueFull( pxQueue ) )
+ {
+ /* The queue is full - do we want to block or just leave without
+ posting? */
+ if( xTicksToWait > ( portTickType ) 0 )
+ {
+ /* As this is called from a coroutine we cannot block directly, but
+ return indicating that we need to block. */
+ vCoRoutineAddToDelayedList( xTicksToWait, &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) );
+ portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+ return errQUEUE_BLOCKED;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+ return errQUEUE_FULL;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+
+ portNOP();
+
+ portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+ {
+ if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting < pxQueue->uxLength )
+ {
+ /* There is room in the queue, copy the data into the queue. */
+ prvCopyDataToQueue( pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, queueSEND_TO_BACK );
+ xReturn = pdPASS;
+
+ /* Were any co-routines waiting for data to become available? */
+ if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ /* In this instance the co-routine could be placed directly
+ into the ready list as we are within a critical section.
+ Instead the same pending ready list mechanism is used as if
+ the event were caused from within an interrupt. */
+ if( xCoRoutineRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE )
+ {
+ /* The co-routine waiting has a higher priority so record
+ that a yield might be appropriate. */
+ xReturn = errQUEUE_YIELD;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ xReturn = errQUEUE_FULL;
+ }
+ }
+ portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+
+ return xReturn;
+}
+#endif
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if configUSE_CO_ROUTINES == 1
+signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueCRReceive( xQueueHandle pxQueue, void *pvBuffer, portTickType xTicksToWait )
+{
+signed portBASE_TYPE xReturn;
+
+ /* If the queue is already empty we may have to block. A critical section
+ is required to prevent an interrupt adding something to the queue
+ between the check to see if the queue is empty and blocking on the queue. */
+ portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+ {
+ if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting == ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0 )
+ {
+ /* There are no messages in the queue, do we want to block or just
+ leave with nothing? */
+ if( xTicksToWait > ( portTickType ) 0 )
+ {
+ /* As this is a co-routine we cannot block directly, but return
+ indicating that we need to block. */
+ vCoRoutineAddToDelayedList( xTicksToWait, &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) );
+ portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+ return errQUEUE_BLOCKED;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+ return errQUEUE_FULL;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+
+ portNOP();
+
+ portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+ {
+ if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting > ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0 )
+ {
+ /* Data is available from the queue. */
+ pxQueue->pcReadFrom += pxQueue->uxItemSize;
+ if( pxQueue->pcReadFrom >= pxQueue->pcTail )
+ {
+ pxQueue->pcReadFrom = pxQueue->pcHead;
+ }
+ --( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting );
+ memcpy( ( void * ) pvBuffer, ( void * ) pxQueue->pcReadFrom, ( unsigned ) pxQueue->uxItemSize );
+
+ xReturn = pdPASS;
+
+ /* Were any co-routines waiting for space to become available? */
+ if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ /* In this instance the co-routine could be placed directly
+ into the ready list as we are within a critical section.
+ Instead the same pending ready list mechanism is used as if
+ the event were caused from within an interrupt. */
+ if( xCoRoutineRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) != pdFALSE )
+ {
+ xReturn = errQUEUE_YIELD;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ xReturn = pdFAIL;
+ }
+ }
+ portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+
+ return xReturn;
+}
+#endif
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+
+
+#if configUSE_CO_ROUTINES == 1
+signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueCRSendFromISR( xQueueHandle pxQueue, const void *pvItemToQueue, signed portBASE_TYPE xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken )
+{
+ /* Cannot block within an ISR so if there is no space on the queue then
+ exit without doing anything. */
+ if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting < pxQueue->uxLength )
+ {
+ prvCopyDataToQueue( pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, queueSEND_TO_BACK );
+
+ /* We only want to wake one co-routine per ISR, so check that a
+ co-routine has not already been woken. */
+ if( !xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken )
+ {
+ if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ if( xCoRoutineRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ) ) != pdFALSE )
+ {
+ return pdTRUE;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ return xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken;
+}
+#endif
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if configUSE_CO_ROUTINES == 1
+signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueCRReceiveFromISR( xQueueHandle pxQueue, void *pvBuffer, signed portBASE_TYPE *pxCoRoutineWoken )
+{
+signed portBASE_TYPE xReturn;
+
+ /* We cannot block from an ISR, so check there is data available. If
+ not then just leave without doing anything. */
+ if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting > ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0 )
+ {
+ /* Copy the data from the queue. */
+ pxQueue->pcReadFrom += pxQueue->uxItemSize;
+ if( pxQueue->pcReadFrom >= pxQueue->pcTail )
+ {
+ pxQueue->pcReadFrom = pxQueue->pcHead;
+ }
+ --( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting );
+ memcpy( ( void * ) pvBuffer, ( void * ) pxQueue->pcReadFrom, ( unsigned ) pxQueue->uxItemSize );
+
+ if( !( *pxCoRoutineWoken ) )
+ {
+ if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ if( xCoRoutineRemoveFromEventList( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToSend ) ) != pdFALSE )
+ {
+ *pxCoRoutineWoken = pdTRUE;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ xReturn = pdPASS;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ xReturn = pdFAIL;
+ }
+
+ return xReturn;
+}
+#endif
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0
+
+ void vQueueAddToRegistry( xQueueHandle xQueue, signed char *pcQueueName )
+ {
+ unsigned portBASE_TYPE ux;
+
+ /* See if there is an empty space in the registry. A NULL name denotes
+ a free slot. */
+ for( ux = ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0U; ux < configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE; ux++ )
+ {
+ if( xQueueRegistry[ ux ].pcQueueName == NULL )
+ {
+ /* Store the information on this queue. */
+ xQueueRegistry[ ux ].pcQueueName = pcQueueName;
+ xQueueRegistry[ ux ].xHandle = xQueue;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+#endif
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0
+
+ static void vQueueUnregisterQueue( xQueueHandle xQueue )
+ {
+ unsigned portBASE_TYPE ux;
+
+ /* See if the handle of the queue being unregistered in actually in the
+ registry. */
+ for( ux = ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0U; ux < configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE; ux++ )
+ {
+ if( xQueueRegistry[ ux ].xHandle == xQueue )
+ {
+ /* Set the name to NULL to show that this slot if free again. */
+ xQueueRegistry[ ux ].pcQueueName = NULL;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ }
+
+#endif
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if configUSE_TIMERS == 1
+
+ void vQueueWaitForMessageRestricted( xQueueHandle pxQueue, portTickType xTicksToWait )
+ {
+ /* This function should not be called by application code hence the
+ 'Restricted' in its name. It is not part of the public API. It is
+ designed for use by kernel code, and has special calling requirements.
+ It can result in vListInsert() being called on a list that can only
+ possibly ever have one item in it, so the list will be fast, but even
+ so it should be called with the scheduler locked and not from a critical
+ section. */
+
+ /* Only do anything if there are no messages in the queue. This function
+ will not actually cause the task to block, just place it on a blocked
+ list. It will not block until the scheduler is unlocked - at which
+ time a yield will be performed. If an item is added to the queue while
+ the queue is locked, and the calling task blocks on the queue, then the
+ calling task will be immediately unblocked when the queue is unlocked. */
+ prvLockQueue( pxQueue );
+ if( pxQueue->uxMessagesWaiting == ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0U )
+ {
+ /* There is nothing in the queue, block for the specified period. */
+ vTaskPlaceOnEventListRestricted( &( pxQueue->xTasksWaitingToReceive ), xTicksToWait );
+ }
+ prvUnlockQueue( pxQueue );
+ }
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/queue.h b/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/queue.h
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..9a6c86a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/queue.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1270 @@
+/*
+ FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
+
+
+ FreeRTOS supports many tools and architectures. V7.0.0 is sponsored by:
+ Atollic AB - Atollic provides professional embedded systems development
+ tools for C/C++ development, code analysis and test automation.
+ See http://www.atollic.com
+
+
+ ***************************************************************************
+ * *
+ * FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. *
+ * Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also *
+ * available. *
+ * *
+ * Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by *
+ * ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an *
+ * in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help *
+ * the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing *
+ * professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions *
+ * for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! *
+ * *
+ * >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< *
+ * *
+ * Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! *
+ * *
+ ***************************************************************************
+
+
+ This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
+
+ FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+ the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
+ Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception.
+ >>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to
+ distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to
+ provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
+ kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+ WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+ or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
+ more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
+ License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it
+ can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained
+ by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the
+ FreeRTOS WEB site.
+
+ 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+
+ http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and
+ contact details.
+
+ http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety
+ critical systems.
+
+ http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting,
+ licensing and training services.
+*/
+
+
+#ifndef QUEUE_H
+#define QUEUE_H
+
+#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H
+ #error "#include FreeRTOS.h" must appear in source files before "#include queue.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+
+#include "mpu_wrappers.h"
+
+/**
+ * Type by which queues are referenced. For example, a call to xQueueCreate
+ * returns (via a pointer parameter) an xQueueHandle variable that can then
+ * be used as a parameter to xQueueSend(), xQueueReceive(), etc.
+ */
+typedef void * xQueueHandle;
+
+
+/* For internal use only. */
+#define queueSEND_TO_BACK ( 0 )
+#define queueSEND_TO_FRONT ( 1 )
+
+
+/**
+ * queue. h
+ * <pre>
+ xQueueHandle xQueueCreate(
+ unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxQueueLength,
+ unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxItemSize
+ );
+ * </pre>
+ *
+ * Creates a new queue instance. This allocates the storage required by the
+ * new queue and returns a handle for the queue.
+ *
+ * @param uxQueueLength The maximum number of items that the queue can contain.
+ *
+ * @param uxItemSize The number of bytes each item in the queue will require.
+ * Items are queued by copy, not by reference, so this is the number of bytes
+ * that will be copied for each posted item. Each item on the queue must be
+ * the same size.
+ *
+ * @return If the queue is successfully create then a handle to the newly
+ * created queue is returned. If the queue cannot be created then 0 is
+ * returned.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ struct AMessage
+ {
+ char ucMessageID;
+ char ucData[ 20 ];
+ };
+
+ void vATask( void *pvParameters )
+ {
+ xQueueHandle xQueue1, xQueue2;
+
+ // Create a queue capable of containing 10 unsigned long values.
+ xQueue1 = xQueueCreate( 10, sizeof( unsigned long ) );
+ if( xQueue1 == 0 )
+ {
+ // Queue was not created and must not be used.
+ }
+
+ // Create a queue capable of containing 10 pointers to AMessage structures.
+ // These should be passed by pointer as they contain a lot of data.
+ xQueue2 = xQueueCreate( 10, sizeof( struct AMessage * ) );
+ if( xQueue2 == 0 )
+ {
+ // Queue was not created and must not be used.
+ }
+
+ // ... Rest of task code.
+ }
+ </pre>
+ * \defgroup xQueueCreate xQueueCreate
+ * \ingroup QueueManagement
+ */
+xQueueHandle xQueueCreate( unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxQueueLength, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxItemSize );
+
+/**
+ * queue. h
+ * <pre>
+ portBASE_TYPE xQueueSendToToFront(
+ xQueueHandle xQueue,
+ const void * pvItemToQueue,
+ portTickType xTicksToWait
+ );
+ * </pre>
+ *
+ * This is a macro that calls xQueueGenericSend().
+ *
+ * Post an item to the front of a queue. The item is queued by copy, not by
+ * reference. This function must not be called from an interrupt service
+ * routine. See xQueueSendFromISR () for an alternative which may be used
+ * in an ISR.
+ *
+ * @param xQueue The handle to the queue on which the item is to be posted.
+ *
+ * @param pvItemToQueue A pointer to the item that is to be placed on the
+ * queue. The size of the items the queue will hold was defined when the
+ * queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from pvItemToQueue
+ * into the queue storage area.
+ *
+ * @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time the task should block
+ * waiting for space to become available on the queue, should it already
+ * be full. The call will return immediately if this is set to 0 and the
+ * queue is full. The time is defined in tick periods so the constant
+ * portTICK_RATE_MS should be used to convert to real time if this is required.
+ *
+ * @return pdTRUE if the item was successfully posted, otherwise errQUEUE_FULL.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ struct AMessage
+ {
+ char ucMessageID;
+ char ucData[ 20 ];
+ } xMessage;
+
+ unsigned long ulVar = 10UL;
+
+ void vATask( void *pvParameters )
+ {
+ xQueueHandle xQueue1, xQueue2;
+ struct AMessage *pxMessage;
+
+ // Create a queue capable of containing 10 unsigned long values.
+ xQueue1 = xQueueCreate( 10, sizeof( unsigned long ) );
+
+ // Create a queue capable of containing 10 pointers to AMessage structures.
+ // These should be passed by pointer as they contain a lot of data.
+ xQueue2 = xQueueCreate( 10, sizeof( struct AMessage * ) );
+
+ // ...
+
+ if( xQueue1 != 0 )
+ {
+ // Send an unsigned long. Wait for 10 ticks for space to become
+ // available if necessary.
+ if( xQueueSendToFront( xQueue1, ( void * ) &ulVar, ( portTickType ) 10 ) != pdPASS )
+ {
+ // Failed to post the message, even after 10 ticks.
+ }
+ }
+
+ if( xQueue2 != 0 )
+ {
+ // Send a pointer to a struct AMessage object. Don't block if the
+ // queue is already full.
+ pxMessage = & xMessage;
+ xQueueSendToFront( xQueue2, ( void * ) &pxMessage, ( portTickType ) 0 );
+ }
+
+ // ... Rest of task code.
+ }
+ </pre>
+ * \defgroup xQueueSend xQueueSend
+ * \ingroup QueueManagement
+ */
+#define xQueueSendToFront( xQueue, pvItemToQueue, xTicksToWait ) xQueueGenericSend( ( xQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), ( xTicksToWait ), queueSEND_TO_FRONT )
+
+/**
+ * queue. h
+ * <pre>
+ portBASE_TYPE xQueueSendToBack(
+ xQueueHandle xQueue,
+ const void * pvItemToQueue,
+ portTickType xTicksToWait
+ );
+ * </pre>
+ *
+ * This is a macro that calls xQueueGenericSend().
+ *
+ * Post an item to the back of a queue. The item is queued by copy, not by
+ * reference. This function must not be called from an interrupt service
+ * routine. See xQueueSendFromISR () for an alternative which may be used
+ * in an ISR.
+ *
+ * @param xQueue The handle to the queue on which the item is to be posted.
+ *
+ * @param pvItemToQueue A pointer to the item that is to be placed on the
+ * queue. The size of the items the queue will hold was defined when the
+ * queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from pvItemToQueue
+ * into the queue storage area.
+ *
+ * @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time the task should block
+ * waiting for space to become available on the queue, should it already
+ * be full. The call will return immediately if this is set to 0 and the queue
+ * is full. The time is defined in tick periods so the constant
+ * portTICK_RATE_MS should be used to convert to real time if this is required.
+ *
+ * @return pdTRUE if the item was successfully posted, otherwise errQUEUE_FULL.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ struct AMessage
+ {
+ char ucMessageID;
+ char ucData[ 20 ];
+ } xMessage;
+
+ unsigned long ulVar = 10UL;
+
+ void vATask( void *pvParameters )
+ {
+ xQueueHandle xQueue1, xQueue2;
+ struct AMessage *pxMessage;
+
+ // Create a queue capable of containing 10 unsigned long values.
+ xQueue1 = xQueueCreate( 10, sizeof( unsigned long ) );
+
+ // Create a queue capable of containing 10 pointers to AMessage structures.
+ // These should be passed by pointer as they contain a lot of data.
+ xQueue2 = xQueueCreate( 10, sizeof( struct AMessage * ) );
+
+ // ...
+
+ if( xQueue1 != 0 )
+ {
+ // Send an unsigned long. Wait for 10 ticks for space to become
+ // available if necessary.
+ if( xQueueSendToBack( xQueue1, ( void * ) &ulVar, ( portTickType ) 10 ) != pdPASS )
+ {
+ // Failed to post the message, even after 10 ticks.
+ }
+ }
+
+ if( xQueue2 != 0 )
+ {
+ // Send a pointer to a struct AMessage object. Don't block if the
+ // queue is already full.
+ pxMessage = & xMessage;
+ xQueueSendToBack( xQueue2, ( void * ) &pxMessage, ( portTickType ) 0 );
+ }
+
+ // ... Rest of task code.
+ }
+ </pre>
+ * \defgroup xQueueSend xQueueSend
+ * \ingroup QueueManagement
+ */
+#define xQueueSendToBack( xQueue, pvItemToQueue, xTicksToWait ) xQueueGenericSend( ( xQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), ( xTicksToWait ), queueSEND_TO_BACK )
+
+/**
+ * queue. h
+ * <pre>
+ portBASE_TYPE xQueueSend(
+ xQueueHandle xQueue,
+ const void * pvItemToQueue,
+ portTickType xTicksToWait
+ );
+ * </pre>
+ *
+ * This is a macro that calls xQueueGenericSend(). It is included for
+ * backward compatibility with versions of FreeRTOS.org that did not
+ * include the xQueueSendToFront() and xQueueSendToBack() macros. It is
+ * equivalent to xQueueSendToBack().
+ *
+ * Post an item on a queue. The item is queued by copy, not by reference.
+ * This function must not be called from an interrupt service routine.
+ * See xQueueSendFromISR () for an alternative which may be used in an ISR.
+ *
+ * @param xQueue The handle to the queue on which the item is to be posted.
+ *
+ * @param pvItemToQueue A pointer to the item that is to be placed on the
+ * queue. The size of the items the queue will hold was defined when the
+ * queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from pvItemToQueue
+ * into the queue storage area.
+ *
+ * @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time the task should block
+ * waiting for space to become available on the queue, should it already
+ * be full. The call will return immediately if this is set to 0 and the
+ * queue is full. The time is defined in tick periods so the constant
+ * portTICK_RATE_MS should be used to convert to real time if this is required.
+ *
+ * @return pdTRUE if the item was successfully posted, otherwise errQUEUE_FULL.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ struct AMessage
+ {
+ char ucMessageID;
+ char ucData[ 20 ];
+ } xMessage;
+
+ unsigned long ulVar = 10UL;
+
+ void vATask( void *pvParameters )
+ {
+ xQueueHandle xQueue1, xQueue2;
+ struct AMessage *pxMessage;
+
+ // Create a queue capable of containing 10 unsigned long values.
+ xQueue1 = xQueueCreate( 10, sizeof( unsigned long ) );
+
+ // Create a queue capable of containing 10 pointers to AMessage structures.
+ // These should be passed by pointer as they contain a lot of data.
+ xQueue2 = xQueueCreate( 10, sizeof( struct AMessage * ) );
+
+ // ...
+
+ if( xQueue1 != 0 )
+ {
+ // Send an unsigned long. Wait for 10 ticks for space to become
+ // available if necessary.
+ if( xQueueSend( xQueue1, ( void * ) &ulVar, ( portTickType ) 10 ) != pdPASS )
+ {
+ // Failed to post the message, even after 10 ticks.
+ }
+ }
+
+ if( xQueue2 != 0 )
+ {
+ // Send a pointer to a struct AMessage object. Don't block if the
+ // queue is already full.
+ pxMessage = & xMessage;
+ xQueueSend( xQueue2, ( void * ) &pxMessage, ( portTickType ) 0 );
+ }
+
+ // ... Rest of task code.
+ }
+ </pre>
+ * \defgroup xQueueSend xQueueSend
+ * \ingroup QueueManagement
+ */
+#define xQueueSend( xQueue, pvItemToQueue, xTicksToWait ) xQueueGenericSend( ( xQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), ( xTicksToWait ), queueSEND_TO_BACK )
+
+
+/**
+ * queue. h
+ * <pre>
+ portBASE_TYPE xQueueGenericSend(
+ xQueueHandle xQueue,
+ const void * pvItemToQueue,
+ portTickType xTicksToWait
+ portBASE_TYPE xCopyPosition
+ );
+ * </pre>
+ *
+ * It is preferred that the macros xQueueSend(), xQueueSendToFront() and
+ * xQueueSendToBack() are used in place of calling this function directly.
+ *
+ * Post an item on a queue. The item is queued by copy, not by reference.
+ * This function must not be called from an interrupt service routine.
+ * See xQueueSendFromISR () for an alternative which may be used in an ISR.
+ *
+ * @param xQueue The handle to the queue on which the item is to be posted.
+ *
+ * @param pvItemToQueue A pointer to the item that is to be placed on the
+ * queue. The size of the items the queue will hold was defined when the
+ * queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from pvItemToQueue
+ * into the queue storage area.
+ *
+ * @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time the task should block
+ * waiting for space to become available on the queue, should it already
+ * be full. The call will return immediately if this is set to 0 and the
+ * queue is full. The time is defined in tick periods so the constant
+ * portTICK_RATE_MS should be used to convert to real time if this is required.
+ *
+ * @param xCopyPosition Can take the value queueSEND_TO_BACK to place the
+ * item at the back of the queue, or queueSEND_TO_FRONT to place the item
+ * at the front of the queue (for high priority messages).
+ *
+ * @return pdTRUE if the item was successfully posted, otherwise errQUEUE_FULL.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ struct AMessage
+ {
+ char ucMessageID;
+ char ucData[ 20 ];
+ } xMessage;
+
+ unsigned long ulVar = 10UL;
+
+ void vATask( void *pvParameters )
+ {
+ xQueueHandle xQueue1, xQueue2;
+ struct AMessage *pxMessage;
+
+ // Create a queue capable of containing 10 unsigned long values.
+ xQueue1 = xQueueCreate( 10, sizeof( unsigned long ) );
+
+ // Create a queue capable of containing 10 pointers to AMessage structures.
+ // These should be passed by pointer as they contain a lot of data.
+ xQueue2 = xQueueCreate( 10, sizeof( struct AMessage * ) );
+
+ // ...
+
+ if( xQueue1 != 0 )
+ {
+ // Send an unsigned long. Wait for 10 ticks for space to become
+ // available if necessary.
+ if( xQueueGenericSend( xQueue1, ( void * ) &ulVar, ( portTickType ) 10, queueSEND_TO_BACK ) != pdPASS )
+ {
+ // Failed to post the message, even after 10 ticks.
+ }
+ }
+
+ if( xQueue2 != 0 )
+ {
+ // Send a pointer to a struct AMessage object. Don't block if the
+ // queue is already full.
+ pxMessage = & xMessage;
+ xQueueGenericSend( xQueue2, ( void * ) &pxMessage, ( portTickType ) 0, queueSEND_TO_BACK );
+ }
+
+ // ... Rest of task code.
+ }
+ </pre>
+ * \defgroup xQueueSend xQueueSend
+ * \ingroup QueueManagement
+ */
+signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueGenericSend( xQueueHandle pxQueue, const void * const pvItemToQueue, portTickType xTicksToWait, portBASE_TYPE xCopyPosition );
+
+/**
+ * queue. h
+ * <pre>
+ portBASE_TYPE xQueuePeek(
+ xQueueHandle xQueue,
+ void *pvBuffer,
+ portTickType xTicksToWait
+ );</pre>
+ *
+ * This is a macro that calls the xQueueGenericReceive() function.
+ *
+ * Receive an item from a queue without removing the item from the queue.
+ * The item is received by copy so a buffer of adequate size must be
+ * provided. The number of bytes copied into the buffer was defined when
+ * the queue was created.
+ *
+ * Successfully received items remain on the queue so will be returned again
+ * by the next call, or a call to xQueueReceive().
+ *
+ * This macro must not be used in an interrupt service routine.
+ *
+ * @param pxQueue The handle to the queue from which the item is to be
+ * received.
+ *
+ * @param pvBuffer Pointer to the buffer into which the received item will
+ * be copied.
+ *
+ * @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time the task should block
+ * waiting for an item to receive should the queue be empty at the time
+ * of the call. The time is defined in tick periods so the constant
+ * portTICK_RATE_MS should be used to convert to real time if this is required.
+ * xQueuePeek() will return immediately if xTicksToWait is 0 and the queue
+ * is empty.
+ *
+ * @return pdTRUE if an item was successfully received from the queue,
+ * otherwise pdFALSE.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ struct AMessage
+ {
+ char ucMessageID;
+ char ucData[ 20 ];
+ } xMessage;
+
+ xQueueHandle xQueue;
+
+ // Task to create a queue and post a value.
+ void vATask( void *pvParameters )
+ {
+ struct AMessage *pxMessage;
+
+ // Create a queue capable of containing 10 pointers to AMessage structures.
+ // These should be passed by pointer as they contain a lot of data.
+ xQueue = xQueueCreate( 10, sizeof( struct AMessage * ) );
+ if( xQueue == 0 )
+ {
+ // Failed to create the queue.
+ }
+
+ // ...
+
+ // Send a pointer to a struct AMessage object. Don't block if the
+ // queue is already full.
+ pxMessage = & xMessage;
+ xQueueSend( xQueue, ( void * ) &pxMessage, ( portTickType ) 0 );
+
+ // ... Rest of task code.
+ }
+
+ // Task to peek the data from the queue.
+ void vADifferentTask( void *pvParameters )
+ {
+ struct AMessage *pxRxedMessage;
+
+ if( xQueue != 0 )
+ {
+ // Peek a message on the created queue. Block for 10 ticks if a
+ // message is not immediately available.
+ if( xQueuePeek( xQueue, &( pxRxedMessage ), ( portTickType ) 10 ) )
+ {
+ // pcRxedMessage now points to the struct AMessage variable posted
+ // by vATask, but the item still remains on the queue.
+ }
+ }
+
+ // ... Rest of task code.
+ }
+ </pre>
+ * \defgroup xQueueReceive xQueueReceive
+ * \ingroup QueueManagement
+ */
+#define xQueuePeek( xQueue, pvBuffer, xTicksToWait ) xQueueGenericReceive( ( xQueue ), ( pvBuffer ), ( xTicksToWait ), pdTRUE )
+
+/**
+ * queue. h
+ * <pre>
+ portBASE_TYPE xQueueReceive(
+ xQueueHandle xQueue,
+ void *pvBuffer,
+ portTickType xTicksToWait
+ );</pre>
+ *
+ * This is a macro that calls the xQueueGenericReceive() function.
+ *
+ * Receive an item from a queue. The item is received by copy so a buffer of
+ * adequate size must be provided. The number of bytes copied into the buffer
+ * was defined when the queue was created.
+ *
+ * Successfully received items are removed from the queue.
+ *
+ * This function must not be used in an interrupt service routine. See
+ * xQueueReceiveFromISR for an alternative that can.
+ *
+ * @param pxQueue The handle to the queue from which the item is to be
+ * received.
+ *
+ * @param pvBuffer Pointer to the buffer into which the received item will
+ * be copied.
+ *
+ * @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time the task should block
+ * waiting for an item to receive should the queue be empty at the time
+ * of the call. xQueueReceive() will return immediately if xTicksToWait
+ * is zero and the queue is empty. The time is defined in tick periods so the
+ * constant portTICK_RATE_MS should be used to convert to real time if this is
+ * required.
+ *
+ * @return pdTRUE if an item was successfully received from the queue,
+ * otherwise pdFALSE.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ struct AMessage
+ {
+ char ucMessageID;
+ char ucData[ 20 ];
+ } xMessage;
+
+ xQueueHandle xQueue;
+
+ // Task to create a queue and post a value.
+ void vATask( void *pvParameters )
+ {
+ struct AMessage *pxMessage;
+
+ // Create a queue capable of containing 10 pointers to AMessage structures.
+ // These should be passed by pointer as they contain a lot of data.
+ xQueue = xQueueCreate( 10, sizeof( struct AMessage * ) );
+ if( xQueue == 0 )
+ {
+ // Failed to create the queue.
+ }
+
+ // ...
+
+ // Send a pointer to a struct AMessage object. Don't block if the
+ // queue is already full.
+ pxMessage = & xMessage;
+ xQueueSend( xQueue, ( void * ) &pxMessage, ( portTickType ) 0 );
+
+ // ... Rest of task code.
+ }
+
+ // Task to receive from the queue.
+ void vADifferentTask( void *pvParameters )
+ {
+ struct AMessage *pxRxedMessage;
+
+ if( xQueue != 0 )
+ {
+ // Receive a message on the created queue. Block for 10 ticks if a
+ // message is not immediately available.
+ if( xQueueReceive( xQueue, &( pxRxedMessage ), ( portTickType ) 10 ) )
+ {
+ // pcRxedMessage now points to the struct AMessage variable posted
+ // by vATask.
+ }
+ }
+
+ // ... Rest of task code.
+ }
+ </pre>
+ * \defgroup xQueueReceive xQueueReceive
+ * \ingroup QueueManagement
+ */
+#define xQueueReceive( xQueue, pvBuffer, xTicksToWait ) xQueueGenericReceive( ( xQueue ), ( pvBuffer ), ( xTicksToWait ), pdFALSE )
+
+
+/**
+ * queue. h
+ * <pre>
+ portBASE_TYPE xQueueGenericReceive(
+ xQueueHandle xQueue,
+ void *pvBuffer,
+ portTickType xTicksToWait
+ portBASE_TYPE xJustPeek
+ );</pre>
+ *
+ * It is preferred that the macro xQueueReceive() be used rather than calling
+ * this function directly.
+ *
+ * Receive an item from a queue. The item is received by copy so a buffer of
+ * adequate size must be provided. The number of bytes copied into the buffer
+ * was defined when the queue was created.
+ *
+ * This function must not be used in an interrupt service routine. See
+ * xQueueReceiveFromISR for an alternative that can.
+ *
+ * @param pxQueue The handle to the queue from which the item is to be
+ * received.
+ *
+ * @param pvBuffer Pointer to the buffer into which the received item will
+ * be copied.
+ *
+ * @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time the task should block
+ * waiting for an item to receive should the queue be empty at the time
+ * of the call. The time is defined in tick periods so the constant
+ * portTICK_RATE_MS should be used to convert to real time if this is required.
+ * xQueueGenericReceive() will return immediately if the queue is empty and
+ * xTicksToWait is 0.
+ *
+ * @param xJustPeek When set to true, the item received from the queue is not
+ * actually removed from the queue - meaning a subsequent call to
+ * xQueueReceive() will return the same item. When set to false, the item
+ * being received from the queue is also removed from the queue.
+ *
+ * @return pdTRUE if an item was successfully received from the queue,
+ * otherwise pdFALSE.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ struct AMessage
+ {
+ char ucMessageID;
+ char ucData[ 20 ];
+ } xMessage;
+
+ xQueueHandle xQueue;
+
+ // Task to create a queue and post a value.
+ void vATask( void *pvParameters )
+ {
+ struct AMessage *pxMessage;
+
+ // Create a queue capable of containing 10 pointers to AMessage structures.
+ // These should be passed by pointer as they contain a lot of data.
+ xQueue = xQueueCreate( 10, sizeof( struct AMessage * ) );
+ if( xQueue == 0 )
+ {
+ // Failed to create the queue.
+ }
+
+ // ...
+
+ // Send a pointer to a struct AMessage object. Don't block if the
+ // queue is already full.
+ pxMessage = & xMessage;
+ xQueueSend( xQueue, ( void * ) &pxMessage, ( portTickType ) 0 );
+
+ // ... Rest of task code.
+ }
+
+ // Task to receive from the queue.
+ void vADifferentTask( void *pvParameters )
+ {
+ struct AMessage *pxRxedMessage;
+
+ if( xQueue != 0 )
+ {
+ // Receive a message on the created queue. Block for 10 ticks if a
+ // message is not immediately available.
+ if( xQueueGenericReceive( xQueue, &( pxRxedMessage ), ( portTickType ) 10 ) )
+ {
+ // pcRxedMessage now points to the struct AMessage variable posted
+ // by vATask.
+ }
+ }
+
+ // ... Rest of task code.
+ }
+ </pre>
+ * \defgroup xQueueReceive xQueueReceive
+ * \ingroup QueueManagement
+ */
+signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueGenericReceive( xQueueHandle xQueue, void * const pvBuffer, portTickType xTicksToWait, portBASE_TYPE xJustPeek );
+
+/**
+ * queue. h
+ * <pre>unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxQueueMessagesWaiting( const xQueueHandle xQueue );</pre>
+ *
+ * Return the number of messages stored in a queue.
+ *
+ * @param xQueue A handle to the queue being queried.
+ *
+ * @return The number of messages available in the queue.
+ *
+ * \page uxQueueMessagesWaiting uxQueueMessagesWaiting
+ * \ingroup QueueManagement
+ */
+unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxQueueMessagesWaiting( const xQueueHandle xQueue );
+
+/**
+ * queue. h
+ * <pre>void vQueueDelete( xQueueHandle xQueue );</pre>
+ *
+ * Delete a queue - freeing all the memory allocated for storing of items
+ * placed on the queue.
+ *
+ * @param xQueue A handle to the queue to be deleted.
+ *
+ * \page vQueueDelete vQueueDelete
+ * \ingroup QueueManagement
+ */
+void vQueueDelete( xQueueHandle pxQueue );
+
+/**
+ * queue. h
+ * <pre>
+ portBASE_TYPE xQueueSendToFrontFromISR(
+ xQueueHandle pxQueue,
+ const void *pvItemToQueue,
+ portBASE_TYPE *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken
+ );
+ </pre>
+ *
+ * This is a macro that calls xQueueGenericSendFromISR().
+ *
+ * Post an item to the front of a queue. It is safe to use this macro from
+ * within an interrupt service routine.
+ *
+ * Items are queued by copy not reference so it is preferable to only
+ * queue small items, especially when called from an ISR. In most cases
+ * it would be preferable to store a pointer to the item being queued.
+ *
+ * @param xQueue The handle to the queue on which the item is to be posted.
+ *
+ * @param pvItemToQueue A pointer to the item that is to be placed on the
+ * queue. The size of the items the queue will hold was defined when the
+ * queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from pvItemToQueue
+ * into the queue storage area.
+ *
+ * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken xQueueSendToFrontFromISR() will set
+ * *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken to pdTRUE if sending to the queue caused a task
+ * to unblock, and the unblocked task has a priority higher than the currently
+ * running task. If xQueueSendToFromFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE then
+ * a context switch should be requested before the interrupt is exited.
+ *
+ * @return pdTRUE if the data was successfully sent to the queue, otherwise
+ * errQUEUE_FULL.
+ *
+ * Example usage for buffered IO (where the ISR can obtain more than one value
+ * per call):
+ <pre>
+ void vBufferISR( void )
+ {
+ char cIn;
+ portBASE_TYPE xHigherPrioritTaskWoken;
+
+ // We have not woken a task at the start of the ISR.
+ xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE;
+
+ // Loop until the buffer is empty.
+ do
+ {
+ // Obtain a byte from the buffer.
+ cIn = portINPUT_BYTE( RX_REGISTER_ADDRESS );
+
+ // Post the byte.
+ xQueueSendToFrontFromISR( xRxQueue, &cIn, &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+
+ } while( portINPUT_BYTE( BUFFER_COUNT ) );
+
+ // Now the buffer is empty we can switch context if necessary.
+ if( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
+ {
+ taskYIELD ();
+ }
+ }
+ </pre>
+ *
+ * \defgroup xQueueSendFromISR xQueueSendFromISR
+ * \ingroup QueueManagement
+ */
+#define xQueueSendToFrontFromISR( pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xQueueGenericSendFromISR( ( pxQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ), queueSEND_TO_FRONT )
+
+
+/**
+ * queue. h
+ * <pre>
+ portBASE_TYPE xQueueSendToBackFromISR(
+ xQueueHandle pxQueue,
+ const void *pvItemToQueue,
+ portBASE_TYPE *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken
+ );
+ </pre>
+ *
+ * This is a macro that calls xQueueGenericSendFromISR().
+ *
+ * Post an item to the back of a queue. It is safe to use this macro from
+ * within an interrupt service routine.
+ *
+ * Items are queued by copy not reference so it is preferable to only
+ * queue small items, especially when called from an ISR. In most cases
+ * it would be preferable to store a pointer to the item being queued.
+ *
+ * @param xQueue The handle to the queue on which the item is to be posted.
+ *
+ * @param pvItemToQueue A pointer to the item that is to be placed on the
+ * queue. The size of the items the queue will hold was defined when the
+ * queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from pvItemToQueue
+ * into the queue storage area.
+ *
+ * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken xQueueSendToBackFromISR() will set
+ * *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken to pdTRUE if sending to the queue caused a task
+ * to unblock, and the unblocked task has a priority higher than the currently
+ * running task. If xQueueSendToBackFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE then
+ * a context switch should be requested before the interrupt is exited.
+ *
+ * @return pdTRUE if the data was successfully sent to the queue, otherwise
+ * errQUEUE_FULL.
+ *
+ * Example usage for buffered IO (where the ISR can obtain more than one value
+ * per call):
+ <pre>
+ void vBufferISR( void )
+ {
+ char cIn;
+ portBASE_TYPE xHigherPriorityTaskWoken;
+
+ // We have not woken a task at the start of the ISR.
+ xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE;
+
+ // Loop until the buffer is empty.
+ do
+ {
+ // Obtain a byte from the buffer.
+ cIn = portINPUT_BYTE( RX_REGISTER_ADDRESS );
+
+ // Post the byte.
+ xQueueSendToBackFromISR( xRxQueue, &cIn, &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+
+ } while( portINPUT_BYTE( BUFFER_COUNT ) );
+
+ // Now the buffer is empty we can switch context if necessary.
+ if( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
+ {
+ taskYIELD ();
+ }
+ }
+ </pre>
+ *
+ * \defgroup xQueueSendFromISR xQueueSendFromISR
+ * \ingroup QueueManagement
+ */
+#define xQueueSendToBackFromISR( pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xQueueGenericSendFromISR( ( pxQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ), queueSEND_TO_BACK )
+
+/**
+ * queue. h
+ * <pre>
+ portBASE_TYPE xQueueSendFromISR(
+ xQueueHandle pxQueue,
+ const void *pvItemToQueue,
+ portBASE_TYPE *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken
+ );
+ </pre>
+ *
+ * This is a macro that calls xQueueGenericSendFromISR(). It is included
+ * for backward compatibility with versions of FreeRTOS.org that did not
+ * include the xQueueSendToBackFromISR() and xQueueSendToFrontFromISR()
+ * macros.
+ *
+ * Post an item to the back of a queue. It is safe to use this function from
+ * within an interrupt service routine.
+ *
+ * Items are queued by copy not reference so it is preferable to only
+ * queue small items, especially when called from an ISR. In most cases
+ * it would be preferable to store a pointer to the item being queued.
+ *
+ * @param xQueue The handle to the queue on which the item is to be posted.
+ *
+ * @param pvItemToQueue A pointer to the item that is to be placed on the
+ * queue. The size of the items the queue will hold was defined when the
+ * queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from pvItemToQueue
+ * into the queue storage area.
+ *
+ * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken xQueueSendFromISR() will set
+ * *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken to pdTRUE if sending to the queue caused a task
+ * to unblock, and the unblocked task has a priority higher than the currently
+ * running task. If xQueueSendFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE then
+ * a context switch should be requested before the interrupt is exited.
+ *
+ * @return pdTRUE if the data was successfully sent to the queue, otherwise
+ * errQUEUE_FULL.
+ *
+ * Example usage for buffered IO (where the ISR can obtain more than one value
+ * per call):
+ <pre>
+ void vBufferISR( void )
+ {
+ char cIn;
+ portBASE_TYPE xHigherPriorityTaskWoken;
+
+ // We have not woken a task at the start of the ISR.
+ xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE;
+
+ // Loop until the buffer is empty.
+ do
+ {
+ // Obtain a byte from the buffer.
+ cIn = portINPUT_BYTE( RX_REGISTER_ADDRESS );
+
+ // Post the byte.
+ xQueueSendFromISR( xRxQueue, &cIn, &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+
+ } while( portINPUT_BYTE( BUFFER_COUNT ) );
+
+ // Now the buffer is empty we can switch context if necessary.
+ if( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
+ {
+ // Actual macro used here is port specific.
+ taskYIELD_FROM_ISR ();
+ }
+ }
+ </pre>
+ *
+ * \defgroup xQueueSendFromISR xQueueSendFromISR
+ * \ingroup QueueManagement
+ */
+#define xQueueSendFromISR( pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xQueueGenericSendFromISR( ( pxQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ), queueSEND_TO_BACK )
+
+/**
+ * queue. h
+ * <pre>
+ portBASE_TYPE xQueueGenericSendFromISR(
+ xQueueHandle pxQueue,
+ const void *pvItemToQueue,
+ portBASE_TYPE *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken,
+ portBASE_TYPE xCopyPosition
+ );
+ </pre>
+ *
+ * It is preferred that the macros xQueueSendFromISR(),
+ * xQueueSendToFrontFromISR() and xQueueSendToBackFromISR() be used in place
+ * of calling this function directly.
+ *
+ * Post an item on a queue. It is safe to use this function from within an
+ * interrupt service routine.
+ *
+ * Items are queued by copy not reference so it is preferable to only
+ * queue small items, especially when called from an ISR. In most cases
+ * it would be preferable to store a pointer to the item being queued.
+ *
+ * @param xQueue The handle to the queue on which the item is to be posted.
+ *
+ * @param pvItemToQueue A pointer to the item that is to be placed on the
+ * queue. The size of the items the queue will hold was defined when the
+ * queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from pvItemToQueue
+ * into the queue storage area.
+ *
+ * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken xQueueGenericSendFromISR() will set
+ * *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken to pdTRUE if sending to the queue caused a task
+ * to unblock, and the unblocked task has a priority higher than the currently
+ * running task. If xQueueGenericSendFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE then
+ * a context switch should be requested before the interrupt is exited.
+ *
+ * @param xCopyPosition Can take the value queueSEND_TO_BACK to place the
+ * item at the back of the queue, or queueSEND_TO_FRONT to place the item
+ * at the front of the queue (for high priority messages).
+ *
+ * @return pdTRUE if the data was successfully sent to the queue, otherwise
+ * errQUEUE_FULL.
+ *
+ * Example usage for buffered IO (where the ISR can obtain more than one value
+ * per call):
+ <pre>
+ void vBufferISR( void )
+ {
+ char cIn;
+ portBASE_TYPE xHigherPriorityTaskWokenByPost;
+
+ // We have not woken a task at the start of the ISR.
+ xHigherPriorityTaskWokenByPost = pdFALSE;
+
+ // Loop until the buffer is empty.
+ do
+ {
+ // Obtain a byte from the buffer.
+ cIn = portINPUT_BYTE( RX_REGISTER_ADDRESS );
+
+ // Post each byte.
+ xQueueGenericSendFromISR( xRxQueue, &cIn, &xHigherPriorityTaskWokenByPost, queueSEND_TO_BACK );
+
+ } while( portINPUT_BYTE( BUFFER_COUNT ) );
+
+ // Now the buffer is empty we can switch context if necessary. Note that the
+ // name of the yield function required is port specific.
+ if( xHigherPriorityTaskWokenByPost )
+ {
+ taskYIELD_YIELD_FROM_ISR();
+ }
+ }
+ </pre>
+ *
+ * \defgroup xQueueSendFromISR xQueueSendFromISR
+ * \ingroup QueueManagement
+ */
+signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueGenericSendFromISR( xQueueHandle pxQueue, const void * const pvItemToQueue, signed portBASE_TYPE *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken, portBASE_TYPE xCopyPosition );
+
+/**
+ * queue. h
+ * <pre>
+ portBASE_TYPE xQueueReceiveFromISR(
+ xQueueHandle pxQueue,
+ void *pvBuffer,
+ portBASE_TYPE *pxTaskWoken
+ );
+ * </pre>
+ *
+ * Receive an item from a queue. It is safe to use this function from within an
+ * interrupt service routine.
+ *
+ * @param pxQueue The handle to the queue from which the item is to be
+ * received.
+ *
+ * @param pvBuffer Pointer to the buffer into which the received item will
+ * be copied.
+ *
+ * @param pxTaskWoken A task may be blocked waiting for space to become
+ * available on the queue. If xQueueReceiveFromISR causes such a task to
+ * unblock *pxTaskWoken will get set to pdTRUE, otherwise *pxTaskWoken will
+ * remain unchanged.
+ *
+ * @return pdTRUE if an item was successfully received from the queue,
+ * otherwise pdFALSE.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+
+ xQueueHandle xQueue;
+
+ // Function to create a queue and post some values.
+ void vAFunction( void *pvParameters )
+ {
+ char cValueToPost;
+ const portTickType xBlockTime = ( portTickType )0xff;
+
+ // Create a queue capable of containing 10 characters.
+ xQueue = xQueueCreate( 10, sizeof( char ) );
+ if( xQueue == 0 )
+ {
+ // Failed to create the queue.
+ }
+
+ // ...
+
+ // Post some characters that will be used within an ISR. If the queue
+ // is full then this task will block for xBlockTime ticks.
+ cValueToPost = 'a';
+ xQueueSend( xQueue, ( void * ) &cValueToPost, xBlockTime );
+ cValueToPost = 'b';
+ xQueueSend( xQueue, ( void * ) &cValueToPost, xBlockTime );
+
+ // ... keep posting characters ... this task may block when the queue
+ // becomes full.
+
+ cValueToPost = 'c';
+ xQueueSend( xQueue, ( void * ) &cValueToPost, xBlockTime );
+ }
+
+ // ISR that outputs all the characters received on the queue.
+ void vISR_Routine( void )
+ {
+ portBASE_TYPE xTaskWokenByReceive = pdFALSE;
+ char cRxedChar;
+
+ while( xQueueReceiveFromISR( xQueue, ( void * ) &cRxedChar, &xTaskWokenByReceive) )
+ {
+ // A character was received. Output the character now.
+ vOutputCharacter( cRxedChar );
+
+ // If removing the character from the queue woke the task that was
+ // posting onto the queue cTaskWokenByReceive will have been set to
+ // pdTRUE. No matter how many times this loop iterates only one
+ // task will be woken.
+ }
+
+ if( cTaskWokenByPost != ( char ) pdFALSE;
+ {
+ taskYIELD ();
+ }
+ }
+ </pre>
+ * \defgroup xQueueReceiveFromISR xQueueReceiveFromISR
+ * \ingroup QueueManagement
+ */
+signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueReceiveFromISR( xQueueHandle pxQueue, void * const pvBuffer, signed portBASE_TYPE *pxTaskWoken );
+
+/*
+ * Utilities to query queue that are safe to use from an ISR. These utilities
+ * should be used only from witin an ISR, or within a critical section.
+ */
+signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueIsQueueEmptyFromISR( const xQueueHandle pxQueue );
+signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueIsQueueFullFromISR( const xQueueHandle pxQueue );
+unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxQueueMessagesWaitingFromISR( const xQueueHandle pxQueue );
+
+
+/*
+ * xQueueAltGenericSend() is an alternative version of xQueueGenericSend().
+ * Likewise xQueueAltGenericReceive() is an alternative version of
+ * xQueueGenericReceive().
+ *
+ * The source code that implements the alternative (Alt) API is much
+ * simpler because it executes everything from within a critical section.
+ * This is the approach taken by many other RTOSes, but FreeRTOS.org has the
+ * preferred fully featured API too. The fully featured API has more
+ * complex code that takes longer to execute, but makes much less use of
+ * critical sections. Therefore the alternative API sacrifices interrupt
+ * responsiveness to gain execution speed, whereas the fully featured API
+ * sacrifices execution speed to ensure better interrupt responsiveness.
+ */
+signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueAltGenericSend( xQueueHandle pxQueue, const void * const pvItemToQueue, portTickType xTicksToWait, portBASE_TYPE xCopyPosition );
+signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueAltGenericReceive( xQueueHandle pxQueue, void * const pvBuffer, portTickType xTicksToWait, portBASE_TYPE xJustPeeking );
+#define xQueueAltSendToFront( xQueue, pvItemToQueue, xTicksToWait ) xQueueAltGenericSend( ( xQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), ( xTicksToWait ), queueSEND_TO_FRONT )
+#define xQueueAltSendToBack( xQueue, pvItemToQueue, xTicksToWait ) xQueueAltGenericSend( ( xQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), ( xTicksToWait ), queueSEND_TO_BACK )
+#define xQueueAltReceive( xQueue, pvBuffer, xTicksToWait ) xQueueAltGenericReceive( ( xQueue ), ( pvBuffer ), ( xTicksToWait ), pdFALSE )
+#define xQueueAltPeek( xQueue, pvBuffer, xTicksToWait ) xQueueAltGenericReceive( ( xQueue ), ( pvBuffer ), ( xTicksToWait ), pdTRUE )
+
+/*
+ * The functions defined above are for passing data to and from tasks. The
+ * functions below are the equivalents for passing data to and from
+ * co-routines.
+ *
+ * These functions are called from the co-routine macro implementation and
+ * should not be called directly from application code. Instead use the macro
+ * wrappers defined within croutine.h.
+ */
+signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueCRSendFromISR( xQueueHandle pxQueue, const void *pvItemToQueue, signed portBASE_TYPE xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken );
+signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueCRReceiveFromISR( xQueueHandle pxQueue, void *pvBuffer, signed portBASE_TYPE *pxTaskWoken );
+signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueCRSend( xQueueHandle pxQueue, const void *pvItemToQueue, portTickType xTicksToWait );
+signed portBASE_TYPE xQueueCRReceive( xQueueHandle pxQueue, void *pvBuffer, portTickType xTicksToWait );
+
+/*
+ * For internal use only. Use xSemaphoreCreateMutex() or
+ * xSemaphoreCreateCounting() instead of calling these functions directly.
+ */
+xQueueHandle xQueueCreateMutex( void );
+xQueueHandle xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore( unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxCountValue, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxInitialCount );
+
+/*
+ * For internal use only. Use xSemaphoreTakeMutexRecursive() or
+ * xSemaphoreGiveMutexRecursive() instead of calling these functions directly.
+ */
+portBASE_TYPE xQueueTakeMutexRecursive( xQueueHandle pxMutex, portTickType xBlockTime );
+portBASE_TYPE xQueueGiveMutexRecursive( xQueueHandle pxMutex );
+
+/*
+ * The registry is provided as a means for kernel aware debuggers to
+ * locate queues, semaphores and mutexes. Call vQueueAddToRegistry() add
+ * a queue, semaphore or mutex handle to the registry if you want the handle
+ * to be available to a kernel aware debugger. If you are not using a kernel
+ * aware debugger then this function can be ignored.
+ *
+ * configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE defines the maximum number of handles the
+ * registry can hold. configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE must be greater than 0
+ * within FreeRTOSConfig.h for the registry to be available. Its value
+ * does not effect the number of queues, semaphores and mutexes that can be
+ * created - just the number that the registry can hold.
+ *
+ * @param xQueue The handle of the queue being added to the registry. This
+ * is the handle returned by a call to xQueueCreate(). Semaphore and mutex
+ * handles can also be passed in here.
+ *
+ * @param pcName The name to be associated with the handle. This is the
+ * name that the kernel aware debugger will display.
+ */
+#if configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0U
+ void vQueueAddToRegistry( xQueueHandle xQueue, signed char *pcName );
+#endif
+
+/* Not a public API function, hence the 'Restricted' in the name. */
+void vQueueWaitForMessageRestricted( xQueueHandle pxQueue, portTickType xTicksToWait );
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* QUEUE_H */
+
diff --git a/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/semphr.h b/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/semphr.h
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..7a9e83f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/semphr.h
@@ -0,0 +1,717 @@
+/*
+ FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
+
+
+ FreeRTOS supports many tools and architectures. V7.0.0 is sponsored by:
+ Atollic AB - Atollic provides professional embedded systems development
+ tools for C/C++ development, code analysis and test automation.
+ See http://www.atollic.com
+
+
+ ***************************************************************************
+ * *
+ * FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. *
+ * Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also *
+ * available. *
+ * *
+ * Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by *
+ * ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an *
+ * in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help *
+ * the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing *
+ * professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions *
+ * for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! *
+ * *
+ * >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< *
+ * *
+ * Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! *
+ * *
+ ***************************************************************************
+
+
+ This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
+
+ FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+ the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
+ Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception.
+ >>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to
+ distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to
+ provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
+ kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+ WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+ or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
+ more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
+ License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it
+ can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained
+ by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the
+ FreeRTOS WEB site.
+
+ 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+
+ http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and
+ contact details.
+
+ http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety
+ critical systems.
+
+ http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting,
+ licensing and training services.
+*/
+
+#ifndef SEMAPHORE_H
+#define SEMAPHORE_H
+
+#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H
+ #error "#include FreeRTOS.h" must appear in source files before "#include semphr.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "queue.h"
+
+typedef xQueueHandle xSemaphoreHandle;
+
+#define semBINARY_SEMAPHORE_QUEUE_LENGTH ( ( unsigned char ) 1U )
+#define semSEMAPHORE_QUEUE_ITEM_LENGTH ( ( unsigned char ) 0U )
+#define semGIVE_BLOCK_TIME ( ( portTickType ) 0U )
+
+
+/**
+ * semphr. h
+ * <pre>vSemaphoreCreateBinary( xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphore )</pre>
+ *
+ * <i>Macro</i> that implements a semaphore by using the existing queue mechanism.
+ * The queue length is 1 as this is a binary semaphore. The data size is 0
+ * as we don't want to actually store any data - we just want to know if the
+ * queue is empty or full.
+ *
+ * This type of semaphore can be used for pure synchronisation between tasks or
+ * between an interrupt and a task. The semaphore need not be given back once
+ * obtained, so one task/interrupt can continuously 'give' the semaphore while
+ * another continuously 'takes' the semaphore. For this reason this type of
+ * semaphore does not use a priority inheritance mechanism. For an alternative
+ * that does use priority inheritance see xSemaphoreCreateMutex().
+ *
+ * @param xSemaphore Handle to the created semaphore. Should be of type xSemaphoreHandle.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphore;
+
+ void vATask( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+ // Semaphore cannot be used before a call to vSemaphoreCreateBinary ().
+ // This is a macro so pass the variable in directly.
+ vSemaphoreCreateBinary( xSemaphore );
+
+ if( xSemaphore != NULL )
+ {
+ // The semaphore was created successfully.
+ // The semaphore can now be used.
+ }
+ }
+ </pre>
+ * \defgroup vSemaphoreCreateBinary vSemaphoreCreateBinary
+ * \ingroup Semaphores
+ */
+#define vSemaphoreCreateBinary( xSemaphore ) { \
+ ( xSemaphore ) = xQueueCreate( ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 1, semSEMAPHORE_QUEUE_ITEM_LENGTH ); \
+ if( ( xSemaphore ) != NULL ) \
+ { \
+ xSemaphoreGive( ( xSemaphore ) ); \
+ } \
+ }
+
+/**
+ * semphr. h
+ * <pre>xSemaphoreTake(
+ * xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphore,
+ * portTickType xBlockTime
+ * )</pre>
+ *
+ * <i>Macro</i> to obtain a semaphore. The semaphore must have previously been
+ * created with a call to vSemaphoreCreateBinary(), xSemaphoreCreateMutex() or
+ * xSemaphoreCreateCounting().
+ *
+ * @param xSemaphore A handle to the semaphore being taken - obtained when
+ * the semaphore was created.
+ *
+ * @param xBlockTime The time in ticks to wait for the semaphore to become
+ * available. The macro portTICK_RATE_MS can be used to convert this to a
+ * real time. A block time of zero can be used to poll the semaphore. A block
+ * time of portMAX_DELAY can be used to block indefinitely (provided
+ * INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend is set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h).
+ *
+ * @return pdTRUE if the semaphore was obtained. pdFALSE
+ * if xBlockTime expired without the semaphore becoming available.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphore = NULL;
+
+ // A task that creates a semaphore.
+ void vATask( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+ // Create the semaphore to guard a shared resource.
+ vSemaphoreCreateBinary( xSemaphore );
+ }
+
+ // A task that uses the semaphore.
+ void vAnotherTask( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+ // ... Do other things.
+
+ if( xSemaphore != NULL )
+ {
+ // See if we can obtain the semaphore. If the semaphore is not available
+ // wait 10 ticks to see if it becomes free.
+ if( xSemaphoreTake( xSemaphore, ( portTickType ) 10 ) == pdTRUE )
+ {
+ // We were able to obtain the semaphore and can now access the
+ // shared resource.
+
+ // ...
+
+ // We have finished accessing the shared resource. Release the
+ // semaphore.
+ xSemaphoreGive( xSemaphore );
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ // We could not obtain the semaphore and can therefore not access
+ // the shared resource safely.
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ </pre>
+ * \defgroup xSemaphoreTake xSemaphoreTake
+ * \ingroup Semaphores
+ */
+#define xSemaphoreTake( xSemaphore, xBlockTime ) xQueueGenericReceive( ( xQueueHandle ) ( xSemaphore ), NULL, ( xBlockTime ), pdFALSE )
+
+/**
+ * semphr. h
+ * xSemaphoreTakeRecursive(
+ * xSemaphoreHandle xMutex,
+ * portTickType xBlockTime
+ * )
+ *
+ * <i>Macro</i> to recursively obtain, or 'take', a mutex type semaphore.
+ * The mutex must have previously been created using a call to
+ * xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex();
+ *
+ * configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES must be set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h for this
+ * macro to be available.
+ *
+ * This macro must not be used on mutexes created using xSemaphoreCreateMutex().
+ *
+ * A mutex used recursively can be 'taken' repeatedly by the owner. The mutex
+ * doesn't become available again until the owner has called
+ * xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() for each successful 'take' request. For example,
+ * if a task successfully 'takes' the same mutex 5 times then the mutex will
+ * not be available to any other task until it has also 'given' the mutex back
+ * exactly five times.
+ *
+ * @param xMutex A handle to the mutex being obtained. This is the
+ * handle returned by xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex();
+ *
+ * @param xBlockTime The time in ticks to wait for the semaphore to become
+ * available. The macro portTICK_RATE_MS can be used to convert this to a
+ * real time. A block time of zero can be used to poll the semaphore. If
+ * the task already owns the semaphore then xSemaphoreTakeRecursive() will
+ * return immediately no matter what the value of xBlockTime.
+ *
+ * @return pdTRUE if the semaphore was obtained. pdFALSE if xBlockTime
+ * expired without the semaphore becoming available.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ xSemaphoreHandle xMutex = NULL;
+
+ // A task that creates a mutex.
+ void vATask( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+ // Create the mutex to guard a shared resource.
+ xMutex = xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex();
+ }
+
+ // A task that uses the mutex.
+ void vAnotherTask( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+ // ... Do other things.
+
+ if( xMutex != NULL )
+ {
+ // See if we can obtain the mutex. If the mutex is not available
+ // wait 10 ticks to see if it becomes free.
+ if( xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xSemaphore, ( portTickType ) 10 ) == pdTRUE )
+ {
+ // We were able to obtain the mutex and can now access the
+ // shared resource.
+
+ // ...
+ // For some reason due to the nature of the code further calls to
+ // xSemaphoreTakeRecursive() are made on the same mutex. In real
+ // code these would not be just sequential calls as this would make
+ // no sense. Instead the calls are likely to be buried inside
+ // a more complex call structure.
+ xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xMutex, ( portTickType ) 10 );
+ xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xMutex, ( portTickType ) 10 );
+
+ // The mutex has now been 'taken' three times, so will not be
+ // available to another task until it has also been given back
+ // three times. Again it is unlikely that real code would have
+ // these calls sequentially, but instead buried in a more complex
+ // call structure. This is just for illustrative purposes.
+ xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex );
+ xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex );
+ xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex );
+
+ // Now the mutex can be taken by other tasks.
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ // We could not obtain the mutex and can therefore not access
+ // the shared resource safely.
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ </pre>
+ * \defgroup xSemaphoreTakeRecursive xSemaphoreTakeRecursive
+ * \ingroup Semaphores
+ */
+#define xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xMutex, xBlockTime ) xQueueTakeMutexRecursive( ( xMutex ), ( xBlockTime ) )
+
+
+/*
+ * xSemaphoreAltTake() is an alternative version of xSemaphoreTake().
+ *
+ * The source code that implements the alternative (Alt) API is much
+ * simpler because it executes everything from within a critical section.
+ * This is the approach taken by many other RTOSes, but FreeRTOS.org has the
+ * preferred fully featured API too. The fully featured API has more
+ * complex code that takes longer to execute, but makes much less use of
+ * critical sections. Therefore the alternative API sacrifices interrupt
+ * responsiveness to gain execution speed, whereas the fully featured API
+ * sacrifices execution speed to ensure better interrupt responsiveness.
+ */
+#define xSemaphoreAltTake( xSemaphore, xBlockTime ) xQueueAltGenericReceive( ( xQueueHandle ) ( xSemaphore ), NULL, ( xBlockTime ), pdFALSE )
+
+/**
+ * semphr. h
+ * <pre>xSemaphoreGive( xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphore )</pre>
+ *
+ * <i>Macro</i> to release a semaphore. The semaphore must have previously been
+ * created with a call to vSemaphoreCreateBinary(), xSemaphoreCreateMutex() or
+ * xSemaphoreCreateCounting(). and obtained using sSemaphoreTake().
+ *
+ * This macro must not be used from an ISR. See xSemaphoreGiveFromISR () for
+ * an alternative which can be used from an ISR.
+ *
+ * This macro must also not be used on semaphores created using
+ * xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex().
+ *
+ * @param xSemaphore A handle to the semaphore being released. This is the
+ * handle returned when the semaphore was created.
+ *
+ * @return pdTRUE if the semaphore was released. pdFALSE if an error occurred.
+ * Semaphores are implemented using queues. An error can occur if there is
+ * no space on the queue to post a message - indicating that the
+ * semaphore was not first obtained correctly.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphore = NULL;
+
+ void vATask( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+ // Create the semaphore to guard a shared resource.
+ vSemaphoreCreateBinary( xSemaphore );
+
+ if( xSemaphore != NULL )
+ {
+ if( xSemaphoreGive( xSemaphore ) != pdTRUE )
+ {
+ // We would expect this call to fail because we cannot give
+ // a semaphore without first "taking" it!
+ }
+
+ // Obtain the semaphore - don't block if the semaphore is not
+ // immediately available.
+ if( xSemaphoreTake( xSemaphore, ( portTickType ) 0 ) )
+ {
+ // We now have the semaphore and can access the shared resource.
+
+ // ...
+
+ // We have finished accessing the shared resource so can free the
+ // semaphore.
+ if( xSemaphoreGive( xSemaphore ) != pdTRUE )
+ {
+ // We would not expect this call to fail because we must have
+ // obtained the semaphore to get here.
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ </pre>
+ * \defgroup xSemaphoreGive xSemaphoreGive
+ * \ingroup Semaphores
+ */
+#define xSemaphoreGive( xSemaphore ) xQueueGenericSend( ( xQueueHandle ) ( xSemaphore ), NULL, semGIVE_BLOCK_TIME, queueSEND_TO_BACK )
+
+/**
+ * semphr. h
+ * <pre>xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xSemaphoreHandle xMutex )</pre>
+ *
+ * <i>Macro</i> to recursively release, or 'give', a mutex type semaphore.
+ * The mutex must have previously been created using a call to
+ * xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex();
+ *
+ * configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES must be set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h for this
+ * macro to be available.
+ *
+ * This macro must not be used on mutexes created using xSemaphoreCreateMutex().
+ *
+ * A mutex used recursively can be 'taken' repeatedly by the owner. The mutex
+ * doesn't become available again until the owner has called
+ * xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() for each successful 'take' request. For example,
+ * if a task successfully 'takes' the same mutex 5 times then the mutex will
+ * not be available to any other task until it has also 'given' the mutex back
+ * exactly five times.
+ *
+ * @param xMutex A handle to the mutex being released, or 'given'. This is the
+ * handle returned by xSemaphoreCreateMutex();
+ *
+ * @return pdTRUE if the semaphore was given.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ xSemaphoreHandle xMutex = NULL;
+
+ // A task that creates a mutex.
+ void vATask( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+ // Create the mutex to guard a shared resource.
+ xMutex = xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex();
+ }
+
+ // A task that uses the mutex.
+ void vAnotherTask( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+ // ... Do other things.
+
+ if( xMutex != NULL )
+ {
+ // See if we can obtain the mutex. If the mutex is not available
+ // wait 10 ticks to see if it becomes free.
+ if( xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xMutex, ( portTickType ) 10 ) == pdTRUE )
+ {
+ // We were able to obtain the mutex and can now access the
+ // shared resource.
+
+ // ...
+ // For some reason due to the nature of the code further calls to
+ // xSemaphoreTakeRecursive() are made on the same mutex. In real
+ // code these would not be just sequential calls as this would make
+ // no sense. Instead the calls are likely to be buried inside
+ // a more complex call structure.
+ xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xMutex, ( portTickType ) 10 );
+ xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xMutex, ( portTickType ) 10 );
+
+ // The mutex has now been 'taken' three times, so will not be
+ // available to another task until it has also been given back
+ // three times. Again it is unlikely that real code would have
+ // these calls sequentially, it would be more likely that the calls
+ // to xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() would be called as a call stack
+ // unwound. This is just for demonstrative purposes.
+ xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex );
+ xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex );
+ xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex );
+
+ // Now the mutex can be taken by other tasks.
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ // We could not obtain the mutex and can therefore not access
+ // the shared resource safely.
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ </pre>
+ * \defgroup xSemaphoreGiveRecursive xSemaphoreGiveRecursive
+ * \ingroup Semaphores
+ */
+#define xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex ) xQueueGiveMutexRecursive( ( xMutex ) )
+
+/*
+ * xSemaphoreAltGive() is an alternative version of xSemaphoreGive().
+ *
+ * The source code that implements the alternative (Alt) API is much
+ * simpler because it executes everything from within a critical section.
+ * This is the approach taken by many other RTOSes, but FreeRTOS.org has the
+ * preferred fully featured API too. The fully featured API has more
+ * complex code that takes longer to execute, but makes much less use of
+ * critical sections. Therefore the alternative API sacrifices interrupt
+ * responsiveness to gain execution speed, whereas the fully featured API
+ * sacrifices execution speed to ensure better interrupt responsiveness.
+ */
+#define xSemaphoreAltGive( xSemaphore ) xQueueAltGenericSend( ( xQueueHandle ) ( xSemaphore ), NULL, semGIVE_BLOCK_TIME, queueSEND_TO_BACK )
+
+/**
+ * semphr. h
+ * <pre>
+ xSemaphoreGiveFromISR(
+ xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphore,
+ signed portBASE_TYPE *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken
+ )</pre>
+ *
+ * <i>Macro</i> to release a semaphore. The semaphore must have previously been
+ * created with a call to vSemaphoreCreateBinary() or xSemaphoreCreateCounting().
+ *
+ * Mutex type semaphores (those created using a call to xSemaphoreCreateMutex())
+ * must not be used with this macro.
+ *
+ * This macro can be used from an ISR.
+ *
+ * @param xSemaphore A handle to the semaphore being released. This is the
+ * handle returned when the semaphore was created.
+ *
+ * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken xSemaphoreGiveFromISR() will set
+ * *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken to pdTRUE if giving the semaphore caused a task
+ * to unblock, and the unblocked task has a priority higher than the currently
+ * running task. If xSemaphoreGiveFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE then
+ * a context switch should be requested before the interrupt is exited.
+ *
+ * @return pdTRUE if the semaphore was successfully given, otherwise errQUEUE_FULL.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ \#define LONG_TIME 0xffff
+ \#define TICKS_TO_WAIT 10
+ xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphore = NULL;
+
+ // Repetitive task.
+ void vATask( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+ for( ;; )
+ {
+ // We want this task to run every 10 ticks of a timer. The semaphore
+ // was created before this task was started.
+
+ // Block waiting for the semaphore to become available.
+ if( xSemaphoreTake( xSemaphore, LONG_TIME ) == pdTRUE )
+ {
+ // It is time to execute.
+
+ // ...
+
+ // We have finished our task. Return to the top of the loop where
+ // we will block on the semaphore until it is time to execute
+ // again. Note when using the semaphore for synchronisation with an
+ // ISR in this manner there is no need to 'give' the semaphore back.
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Timer ISR
+ void vTimerISR( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+ static unsigned char ucLocalTickCount = 0;
+ static signed portBASE_TYPE xHigherPriorityTaskWoken;
+
+ // A timer tick has occurred.
+
+ // ... Do other time functions.
+
+ // Is it time for vATask () to run?
+ xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE;
+ ucLocalTickCount++;
+ if( ucLocalTickCount >= TICKS_TO_WAIT )
+ {
+ // Unblock the task by releasing the semaphore.
+ xSemaphoreGiveFromISR( xSemaphore, &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+
+ // Reset the count so we release the semaphore again in 10 ticks time.
+ ucLocalTickCount = 0;
+ }
+
+ if( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken != pdFALSE )
+ {
+ // We can force a context switch here. Context switching from an
+ // ISR uses port specific syntax. Check the demo task for your port
+ // to find the syntax required.
+ }
+ }
+ </pre>
+ * \defgroup xSemaphoreGiveFromISR xSemaphoreGiveFromISR
+ * \ingroup Semaphores
+ */
+#define xSemaphoreGiveFromISR( xSemaphore, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xQueueGenericSendFromISR( ( xQueueHandle ) ( xSemaphore ), NULL, ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ), queueSEND_TO_BACK )
+
+/**
+ * semphr. h
+ * <pre>xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphoreCreateMutex( void )</pre>
+ *
+ * <i>Macro</i> that implements a mutex semaphore by using the existing queue
+ * mechanism.
+ *
+ * Mutexes created using this macro can be accessed using the xSemaphoreTake()
+ * and xSemaphoreGive() macros. The xSemaphoreTakeRecursive() and
+ * xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() macros should not be used.
+ *
+ * This type of semaphore uses a priority inheritance mechanism so a task
+ * 'taking' a semaphore MUST ALWAYS 'give' the semaphore back once the
+ * semaphore it is no longer required.
+ *
+ * Mutex type semaphores cannot be used from within interrupt service routines.
+ *
+ * See vSemaphoreCreateBinary() for an alternative implementation that can be
+ * used for pure synchronisation (where one task or interrupt always 'gives' the
+ * semaphore and another always 'takes' the semaphore) and from within interrupt
+ * service routines.
+ *
+ * @return xSemaphore Handle to the created mutex semaphore. Should be of type
+ * xSemaphoreHandle.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphore;
+
+ void vATask( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+ // Semaphore cannot be used before a call to xSemaphoreCreateMutex().
+ // This is a macro so pass the variable in directly.
+ xSemaphore = xSemaphoreCreateMutex();
+
+ if( xSemaphore != NULL )
+ {
+ // The semaphore was created successfully.
+ // The semaphore can now be used.
+ }
+ }
+ </pre>
+ * \defgroup vSemaphoreCreateMutex vSemaphoreCreateMutex
+ * \ingroup Semaphores
+ */
+#define xSemaphoreCreateMutex() xQueueCreateMutex()
+
+
+/**
+ * semphr. h
+ * <pre>xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex( void )</pre>
+ *
+ * <i>Macro</i> that implements a recursive mutex by using the existing queue
+ * mechanism.
+ *
+ * Mutexes created using this macro can be accessed using the
+ * xSemaphoreTakeRecursive() and xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() macros. The
+ * xSemaphoreTake() and xSemaphoreGive() macros should not be used.
+ *
+ * A mutex used recursively can be 'taken' repeatedly by the owner. The mutex
+ * doesn't become available again until the owner has called
+ * xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() for each successful 'take' request. For example,
+ * if a task successfully 'takes' the same mutex 5 times then the mutex will
+ * not be available to any other task until it has also 'given' the mutex back
+ * exactly five times.
+ *
+ * This type of semaphore uses a priority inheritance mechanism so a task
+ * 'taking' a semaphore MUST ALWAYS 'give' the semaphore back once the
+ * semaphore it is no longer required.
+ *
+ * Mutex type semaphores cannot be used from within interrupt service routines.
+ *
+ * See vSemaphoreCreateBinary() for an alternative implementation that can be
+ * used for pure synchronisation (where one task or interrupt always 'gives' the
+ * semaphore and another always 'takes' the semaphore) and from within interrupt
+ * service routines.
+ *
+ * @return xSemaphore Handle to the created mutex semaphore. Should be of type
+ * xSemaphoreHandle.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphore;
+
+ void vATask( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+ // Semaphore cannot be used before a call to xSemaphoreCreateMutex().
+ // This is a macro so pass the variable in directly.
+ xSemaphore = xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex();
+
+ if( xSemaphore != NULL )
+ {
+ // The semaphore was created successfully.
+ // The semaphore can now be used.
+ }
+ }
+ </pre>
+ * \defgroup vSemaphoreCreateMutex vSemaphoreCreateMutex
+ * \ingroup Semaphores
+ */
+#define xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex() xQueueCreateMutex()
+
+/**
+ * semphr. h
+ * <pre>xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphoreCreateCounting( unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxMaxCount, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxInitialCount )</pre>
+ *
+ * <i>Macro</i> that creates a counting semaphore by using the existing
+ * queue mechanism.
+ *
+ * Counting semaphores are typically used for two things:
+ *
+ * 1) Counting events.
+ *
+ * In this usage scenario an event handler will 'give' a semaphore each time
+ * an event occurs (incrementing the semaphore count value), and a handler
+ * task will 'take' a semaphore each time it processes an event
+ * (decrementing the semaphore count value). The count value is therefore
+ * the difference between the number of events that have occurred and the
+ * number that have been processed. In this case it is desirable for the
+ * initial count value to be zero.
+ *
+ * 2) Resource management.
+ *
+ * In this usage scenario the count value indicates the number of resources
+ * available. To obtain control of a resource a task must first obtain a
+ * semaphore - decrementing the semaphore count value. When the count value
+ * reaches zero there are no free resources. When a task finishes with the
+ * resource it 'gives' the semaphore back - incrementing the semaphore count
+ * value. In this case it is desirable for the initial count value to be
+ * equal to the maximum count value, indicating that all resources are free.
+ *
+ * @param uxMaxCount The maximum count value that can be reached. When the
+ * semaphore reaches this value it can no longer be 'given'.
+ *
+ * @param uxInitialCount The count value assigned to the semaphore when it is
+ * created.
+ *
+ * @return Handle to the created semaphore. Null if the semaphore could not be
+ * created.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphore;
+
+ void vATask( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+ xSemaphoreHandle xSemaphore = NULL;
+
+ // Semaphore cannot be used before a call to xSemaphoreCreateCounting().
+ // The max value to which the semaphore can count should be 10, and the
+ // initial value assigned to the count should be 0.
+ xSemaphore = xSemaphoreCreateCounting( 10, 0 );
+
+ if( xSemaphore != NULL )
+ {
+ // The semaphore was created successfully.
+ // The semaphore can now be used.
+ }
+ }
+ </pre>
+ * \defgroup xSemaphoreCreateCounting xSemaphoreCreateCounting
+ * \ingroup Semaphores
+ */
+#define xSemaphoreCreateCounting( uxMaxCount, uxInitialCount ) xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore( ( uxMaxCount ), ( uxInitialCount ) )
+
+
+#endif /* SEMAPHORE_H */
+
+
diff --git a/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/task.h b/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/task.h
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..96ba68e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/task.h
@@ -0,0 +1,1307 @@
+/*
+ FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
+
+
+ FreeRTOS supports many tools and architectures. V7.0.0 is sponsored by:
+ Atollic AB - Atollic provides professional embedded systems development
+ tools for C/C++ development, code analysis and test automation.
+ See http://www.atollic.com
+
+
+ ***************************************************************************
+ * *
+ * FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. *
+ * Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also *
+ * available. *
+ * *
+ * Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by *
+ * ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an *
+ * in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help *
+ * the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing *
+ * professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions *
+ * for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! *
+ * *
+ * >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< *
+ * *
+ * Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! *
+ * *
+ ***************************************************************************
+
+
+ This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
+
+ FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+ the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
+ Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception.
+ >>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to
+ distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to
+ provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
+ kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+ WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+ or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
+ more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
+ License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it
+ can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained
+ by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the
+ FreeRTOS WEB site.
+
+ 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+
+ http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and
+ contact details.
+
+ http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety
+ critical systems.
+
+ http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting,
+ licensing and training services.
+*/
+
+
+#ifndef TASK_H
+#define TASK_H
+
+#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H
+ #error "include FreeRTOS.h must appear in source files before include task.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "portable.h"
+#include "list.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------
+ * MACROS AND DEFINITIONS
+ *----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#define tskKERNEL_VERSION_NUMBER "V7.0.1"
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ *
+ * Type by which tasks are referenced. For example, a call to xTaskCreate
+ * returns (via a pointer parameter) an xTaskHandle variable that can then
+ * be used as a parameter to vTaskDelete to delete the task.
+ *
+ * \page xTaskHandle xTaskHandle
+ * \ingroup Tasks
+ */
+typedef void * xTaskHandle;
+
+/*
+ * Used internally only.
+ */
+typedef struct xTIME_OUT
+{
+ portBASE_TYPE xOverflowCount;
+ portTickType xTimeOnEntering;
+} xTimeOutType;
+
+/*
+ * Defines the memory ranges allocated to the task when an MPU is used.
+ */
+typedef struct xMEMORY_REGION
+{
+ void *pvBaseAddress;
+ unsigned long ulLengthInBytes;
+ unsigned long ulParameters;
+} xMemoryRegion;
+
+/*
+ * Parameters required to create an MPU protected task.
+ */
+typedef struct xTASK_PARAMTERS
+{
+ pdTASK_CODE pvTaskCode;
+ const signed char * const pcName;
+ unsigned short usStackDepth;
+ void *pvParameters;
+ unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPriority;
+ portSTACK_TYPE *puxStackBuffer;
+ xMemoryRegion xRegions[ portNUM_CONFIGURABLE_REGIONS ];
+} xTaskParameters;
+
+/*
+ * Defines the priority used by the idle task. This must not be modified.
+ *
+ * \ingroup TaskUtils
+ */
+#define tskIDLE_PRIORITY ( ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0U )
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ *
+ * Macro for forcing a context switch.
+ *
+ * \page taskYIELD taskYIELD
+ * \ingroup SchedulerControl
+ */
+#define taskYIELD() portYIELD()
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ *
+ * Macro to mark the start of a critical code region. Preemptive context
+ * switches cannot occur when in a critical region.
+ *
+ * NOTE: This may alter the stack (depending on the portable implementation)
+ * so must be used with care!
+ *
+ * \page taskENTER_CRITICAL taskENTER_CRITICAL
+ * \ingroup SchedulerControl
+ */
+#define taskENTER_CRITICAL() portENTER_CRITICAL()
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ *
+ * Macro to mark the end of a critical code region. Preemptive context
+ * switches cannot occur when in a critical region.
+ *
+ * NOTE: This may alter the stack (depending on the portable implementation)
+ * so must be used with care!
+ *
+ * \page taskEXIT_CRITICAL taskEXIT_CRITICAL
+ * \ingroup SchedulerControl
+ */
+#define taskEXIT_CRITICAL() portEXIT_CRITICAL()
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ *
+ * Macro to disable all maskable interrupts.
+ *
+ * \page taskDISABLE_INTERRUPTS taskDISABLE_INTERRUPTS
+ * \ingroup SchedulerControl
+ */
+#define taskDISABLE_INTERRUPTS() portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS()
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ *
+ * Macro to enable microcontroller interrupts.
+ *
+ * \page taskENABLE_INTERRUPTS taskENABLE_INTERRUPTS
+ * \ingroup SchedulerControl
+ */
+#define taskENABLE_INTERRUPTS() portENABLE_INTERRUPTS()
+
+/* Definitions returned by xTaskGetSchedulerState(). */
+#define taskSCHEDULER_NOT_STARTED 0
+#define taskSCHEDULER_RUNNING 1
+#define taskSCHEDULER_SUSPENDED 2
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------
+ * TASK CREATION API
+ *----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ *<pre>
+ portBASE_TYPE xTaskCreate(
+ pdTASK_CODE pvTaskCode,
+ const char * const pcName,
+ unsigned short usStackDepth,
+ void *pvParameters,
+ unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPriority,
+ xTaskHandle *pvCreatedTask
+ );</pre>
+ *
+ * Create a new task and add it to the list of tasks that are ready to run.
+ *
+ * xTaskCreate() can only be used to create a task that has unrestricted
+ * access to the entire microcontroller memory map. Systems that include MPU
+ * support can alternatively create an MPU constrained task using
+ * xTaskCreateRestricted().
+ *
+ * @param pvTaskCode Pointer to the task entry function. Tasks
+ * must be implemented to never return (i.e. continuous loop).
+ *
+ * @param pcName A descriptive name for the task. This is mainly used to
+ * facilitate debugging. Max length defined by tskMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN - default
+ * is 16.
+ *
+ * @param usStackDepth The size of the task stack specified as the number of
+ * variables the stack can hold - not the number of bytes. For example, if
+ * the stack is 16 bits wide and usStackDepth is defined as 100, 200 bytes
+ * will be allocated for stack storage.
+ *
+ * @param pvParameters Pointer that will be used as the parameter for the task
+ * being created.
+ *
+ * @param uxPriority The priority at which the task should run. Systems that
+ * include MPU support can optionally create tasks in a privileged (system)
+ * mode by setting bit portPRIVILEGE_BIT of the priority parameter. For
+ * example, to create a privileged task at priority 2 the uxPriority parameter
+ * should be set to ( 2 | portPRIVILEGE_BIT ).
+ *
+ * @param pvCreatedTask Used to pass back a handle by which the created task
+ * can be referenced.
+ *
+ * @return pdPASS if the task was successfully created and added to a ready
+ * list, otherwise an error code defined in the file errors. h
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ // Task to be created.
+ void vTaskCode( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+ for( ;; )
+ {
+ // Task code goes here.
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Function that creates a task.
+ void vOtherFunction( void )
+ {
+ static unsigned char ucParameterToPass;
+ xTaskHandle xHandle;
+
+ // Create the task, storing the handle. Note that the passed parameter ucParameterToPass
+ // must exist for the lifetime of the task, so in this case is declared static. If it was just an
+ // an automatic stack variable it might no longer exist, or at least have been corrupted, by the time
+ // the new task attempts to access it.
+ xTaskCreate( vTaskCode, "NAME", STACK_SIZE, &ucParameterToPass, tskIDLE_PRIORITY, &xHandle );
+
+ // Use the handle to delete the task.
+ vTaskDelete( xHandle );
+ }
+ </pre>
+ * \defgroup xTaskCreate xTaskCreate
+ * \ingroup Tasks
+ */
+#define xTaskCreate( pvTaskCode, pcName, usStackDepth, pvParameters, uxPriority, pxCreatedTask ) xTaskGenericCreate( ( pvTaskCode ), ( pcName ), ( usStackDepth ), ( pvParameters ), ( uxPriority ), ( pxCreatedTask ), ( NULL ), ( NULL ) )
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ *<pre>
+ portBASE_TYPE xTaskCreateRestricted( xTaskParameters *pxTaskDefinition, xTaskHandle *pxCreatedTask );</pre>
+ *
+ * xTaskCreateRestricted() should only be used in systems that include an MPU
+ * implementation.
+ *
+ * Create a new task and add it to the list of tasks that are ready to run.
+ * The function parameters define the memory regions and associated access
+ * permissions allocated to the task.
+ *
+ * @param pxTaskDefinition Pointer to a structure that contains a member
+ * for each of the normal xTaskCreate() parameters (see the xTaskCreate() API
+ * documentation) plus an optional stack buffer and the memory region
+ * definitions.
+ *
+ * @param pxCreatedTask Used to pass back a handle by which the created task
+ * can be referenced.
+ *
+ * @return pdPASS if the task was successfully created and added to a ready
+ * list, otherwise an error code defined in the file errors. h
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+// Create an xTaskParameters structure that defines the task to be created.
+static const xTaskParameters xCheckTaskParameters =
+{
+ vATask, // pvTaskCode - the function that implements the task.
+ "ATask", // pcName - just a text name for the task to assist debugging.
+ 100, // usStackDepth - the stack size DEFINED IN WORDS.
+ NULL, // pvParameters - passed into the task function as the function parameters.
+ ( 1UL | portPRIVILEGE_BIT ),// uxPriority - task priority, set the portPRIVILEGE_BIT if the task should run in a privileged state.
+ cStackBuffer,// puxStackBuffer - the buffer to be used as the task stack.
+
+ // xRegions - Allocate up to three separate memory regions for access by
+ // the task, with appropriate access permissions. Different processors have
+ // different memory alignment requirements - refer to the FreeRTOS documentation
+ // for full information.
+ {
+ // Base address Length Parameters
+ { cReadWriteArray, 32, portMPU_REGION_READ_WRITE },
+ { cReadOnlyArray, 32, portMPU_REGION_READ_ONLY },
+ { cPrivilegedOnlyAccessArray, 128, portMPU_REGION_PRIVILEGED_READ_WRITE }
+ }
+};
+
+int main( void )
+{
+xTaskHandle xHandle;
+
+ // Create a task from the const structure defined above. The task handle
+ // is requested (the second parameter is not NULL) but in this case just for
+ // demonstration purposes as its not actually used.
+ xTaskCreateRestricted( &xRegTest1Parameters, &xHandle );
+
+ // Start the scheduler.
+ vTaskStartScheduler();
+
+ // Will only get here if there was insufficient memory to create the idle
+ // task.
+ for( ;; );
+}
+ </pre>
+ * \defgroup xTaskCreateRestricted xTaskCreateRestricted
+ * \ingroup Tasks
+ */
+#define xTaskCreateRestricted( x, pxCreatedTask ) xTaskGenericCreate( ((x)->pvTaskCode), ((x)->pcName), ((x)->usStackDepth), ((x)->pvParameters), ((x)->uxPriority), (pxCreatedTask), ((x)->puxStackBuffer), ((x)->xRegions) )
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ *<pre>
+ void vTaskAllocateMPURegions( xTaskHandle xTask, const xMemoryRegion * const pxRegions );</pre>
+ *
+ * Memory regions are assigned to a restricted task when the task is created by
+ * a call to xTaskCreateRestricted(). These regions can be redefined using
+ * vTaskAllocateMPURegions().
+ *
+ * @param xTask The handle of the task being updated.
+ *
+ * @param xRegions A pointer to an xMemoryRegion structure that contains the
+ * new memory region definitions.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+// Define an array of xMemoryRegion structures that configures an MPU region
+// allowing read/write access for 1024 bytes starting at the beginning of the
+// ucOneKByte array. The other two of the maximum 3 definable regions are
+// unused so set to zero.
+static const xMemoryRegion xAltRegions[ portNUM_CONFIGURABLE_REGIONS ] =
+{
+ // Base address Length Parameters
+ { ucOneKByte, 1024, portMPU_REGION_READ_WRITE },
+ { 0, 0, 0 },
+ { 0, 0, 0 }
+};
+
+void vATask( void *pvParameters )
+{
+ // This task was created such that it has access to certain regions of
+ // memory as defined by the MPU configuration. At some point it is
+ // desired that these MPU regions are replaced with that defined in the
+ // xAltRegions const struct above. Use a call to vTaskAllocateMPURegions()
+ // for this purpose. NULL is used as the task handle to indicate that this
+ // function should modify the MPU regions of the calling task.
+ vTaskAllocateMPURegions( NULL, xAltRegions );
+
+ // Now the task can continue its function, but from this point on can only
+ // access its stack and the ucOneKByte array (unless any other statically
+ // defined or shared regions have been declared elsewhere).
+}
+ </pre>
+ * \defgroup xTaskCreateRestricted xTaskCreateRestricted
+ * \ingroup Tasks
+ */
+void vTaskAllocateMPURegions( xTaskHandle xTask, const xMemoryRegion * const pxRegions ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ * <pre>void vTaskDelete( xTaskHandle pxTask );</pre>
+ *
+ * INCLUDE_vTaskDelete must be defined as 1 for this function to be available.
+ * See the configuration section for more information.
+ *
+ * Remove a task from the RTOS real time kernels management. The task being
+ * deleted will be removed from all ready, blocked, suspended and event lists.
+ *
+ * NOTE: The idle task is responsible for freeing the kernel allocated
+ * memory from tasks that have been deleted. It is therefore important that
+ * the idle task is not starved of microcontroller processing time if your
+ * application makes any calls to vTaskDelete (). Memory allocated by the
+ * task code is not automatically freed, and should be freed before the task
+ * is deleted.
+ *
+ * See the demo application file death.c for sample code that utilises
+ * vTaskDelete ().
+ *
+ * @param pxTask The handle of the task to be deleted. Passing NULL will
+ * cause the calling task to be deleted.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ void vOtherFunction( void )
+ {
+ xTaskHandle xHandle;
+
+ // Create the task, storing the handle.
+ xTaskCreate( vTaskCode, "NAME", STACK_SIZE, NULL, tskIDLE_PRIORITY, &xHandle );
+
+ // Use the handle to delete the task.
+ vTaskDelete( xHandle );
+ }
+ </pre>
+ * \defgroup vTaskDelete vTaskDelete
+ * \ingroup Tasks
+ */
+void vTaskDelete( xTaskHandle pxTaskToDelete ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------
+ * TASK CONTROL API
+ *----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ * <pre>void vTaskDelay( portTickType xTicksToDelay );</pre>
+ *
+ * Delay a task for a given number of ticks. The actual time that the
+ * task remains blocked depends on the tick rate. The constant
+ * portTICK_RATE_MS can be used to calculate real time from the tick
+ * rate - with the resolution of one tick period.
+ *
+ * INCLUDE_vTaskDelay must be defined as 1 for this function to be available.
+ * See the configuration section for more information.
+ *
+ *
+ * vTaskDelay() specifies a time at which the task wishes to unblock relative to
+ * the time at which vTaskDelay() is called. For example, specifying a block
+ * period of 100 ticks will cause the task to unblock 100 ticks after
+ * vTaskDelay() is called. vTaskDelay() does not therefore provide a good method
+ * of controlling the frequency of a cyclical task as the path taken through the
+ * code, as well as other task and interrupt activity, will effect the frequency
+ * at which vTaskDelay() gets called and therefore the time at which the task
+ * next executes. See vTaskDelayUntil() for an alternative API function designed
+ * to facilitate fixed frequency execution. It does this by specifying an
+ * absolute time (rather than a relative time) at which the calling task should
+ * unblock.
+ *
+ * @param xTicksToDelay The amount of time, in tick periods, that
+ * the calling task should block.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+
+ void vTaskFunction( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+ void vTaskFunction( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+ // Block for 500ms.
+ const portTickType xDelay = 500 / portTICK_RATE_MS;
+
+ for( ;; )
+ {
+ // Simply toggle the LED every 500ms, blocking between each toggle.
+ vToggleLED();
+ vTaskDelay( xDelay );
+ }
+ }
+
+ * \defgroup vTaskDelay vTaskDelay
+ * \ingroup TaskCtrl
+ */
+void vTaskDelay( portTickType xTicksToDelay ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ * <pre>void vTaskDelayUntil( portTickType *pxPreviousWakeTime, portTickType xTimeIncrement );</pre>
+ *
+ * INCLUDE_vTaskDelayUntil must be defined as 1 for this function to be available.
+ * See the configuration section for more information.
+ *
+ * Delay a task until a specified time. This function can be used by cyclical
+ * tasks to ensure a constant execution frequency.
+ *
+ * This function differs from vTaskDelay () in one important aspect: vTaskDelay () will
+ * cause a task to block for the specified number of ticks from the time vTaskDelay () is
+ * called. It is therefore difficult to use vTaskDelay () by itself to generate a fixed
+ * execution frequency as the time between a task starting to execute and that task
+ * calling vTaskDelay () may not be fixed [the task may take a different path though the
+ * code between calls, or may get interrupted or preempted a different number of times
+ * each time it executes].
+ *
+ * Whereas vTaskDelay () specifies a wake time relative to the time at which the function
+ * is called, vTaskDelayUntil () specifies the absolute (exact) time at which it wishes to
+ * unblock.
+ *
+ * The constant portTICK_RATE_MS can be used to calculate real time from the tick
+ * rate - with the resolution of one tick period.
+ *
+ * @param pxPreviousWakeTime Pointer to a variable that holds the time at which the
+ * task was last unblocked. The variable must be initialised with the current time
+ * prior to its first use (see the example below). Following this the variable is
+ * automatically updated within vTaskDelayUntil ().
+ *
+ * @param xTimeIncrement The cycle time period. The task will be unblocked at
+ * time *pxPreviousWakeTime + xTimeIncrement. Calling vTaskDelayUntil with the
+ * same xTimeIncrement parameter value will cause the task to execute with
+ * a fixed interface period.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ // Perform an action every 10 ticks.
+ void vTaskFunction( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+ portTickType xLastWakeTime;
+ const portTickType xFrequency = 10;
+
+ // Initialise the xLastWakeTime variable with the current time.
+ xLastWakeTime = xTaskGetTickCount ();
+ for( ;; )
+ {
+ // Wait for the next cycle.
+ vTaskDelayUntil( &xLastWakeTime, xFrequency );
+
+ // Perform action here.
+ }
+ }
+ </pre>
+ * \defgroup vTaskDelayUntil vTaskDelayUntil
+ * \ingroup TaskCtrl
+ */
+void vTaskDelayUntil( portTickType * const pxPreviousWakeTime, portTickType xTimeIncrement ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ * <pre>unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxTaskPriorityGet( xTaskHandle pxTask );</pre>
+ *
+ * INCLUDE_xTaskPriorityGet must be defined as 1 for this function to be available.
+ * See the configuration section for more information.
+ *
+ * Obtain the priority of any task.
+ *
+ * @param pxTask Handle of the task to be queried. Passing a NULL
+ * handle results in the priority of the calling task being returned.
+ *
+ * @return The priority of pxTask.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ void vAFunction( void )
+ {
+ xTaskHandle xHandle;
+
+ // Create a task, storing the handle.
+ xTaskCreate( vTaskCode, "NAME", STACK_SIZE, NULL, tskIDLE_PRIORITY, &xHandle );
+
+ // ...
+
+ // Use the handle to obtain the priority of the created task.
+ // It was created with tskIDLE_PRIORITY, but may have changed
+ // it itself.
+ if( uxTaskPriorityGet( xHandle ) != tskIDLE_PRIORITY )
+ {
+ // The task has changed it's priority.
+ }
+
+ // ...
+
+ // Is our priority higher than the created task?
+ if( uxTaskPriorityGet( xHandle ) < uxTaskPriorityGet( NULL ) )
+ {
+ // Our priority (obtained using NULL handle) is higher.
+ }
+ }
+ </pre>
+ * \defgroup uxTaskPriorityGet uxTaskPriorityGet
+ * \ingroup TaskCtrl
+ */
+unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxTaskPriorityGet( xTaskHandle pxTask ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ * <pre>void vTaskPrioritySet( xTaskHandle pxTask, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxNewPriority );</pre>
+ *
+ * INCLUDE_vTaskPrioritySet must be defined as 1 for this function to be available.
+ * See the configuration section for more information.
+ *
+ * Set the priority of any task.
+ *
+ * A context switch will occur before the function returns if the priority
+ * being set is higher than the currently executing task.
+ *
+ * @param pxTask Handle to the task for which the priority is being set.
+ * Passing a NULL handle results in the priority of the calling task being set.
+ *
+ * @param uxNewPriority The priority to which the task will be set.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ void vAFunction( void )
+ {
+ xTaskHandle xHandle;
+
+ // Create a task, storing the handle.
+ xTaskCreate( vTaskCode, "NAME", STACK_SIZE, NULL, tskIDLE_PRIORITY, &xHandle );
+
+ // ...
+
+ // Use the handle to raise the priority of the created task.
+ vTaskPrioritySet( xHandle, tskIDLE_PRIORITY + 1 );
+
+ // ...
+
+ // Use a NULL handle to raise our priority to the same value.
+ vTaskPrioritySet( NULL, tskIDLE_PRIORITY + 1 );
+ }
+ </pre>
+ * \defgroup vTaskPrioritySet vTaskPrioritySet
+ * \ingroup TaskCtrl
+ */
+void vTaskPrioritySet( xTaskHandle pxTask, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxNewPriority ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ * <pre>void vTaskSuspend( xTaskHandle pxTaskToSuspend );</pre>
+ *
+ * INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend must be defined as 1 for this function to be available.
+ * See the configuration section for more information.
+ *
+ * Suspend any task. When suspended a task will never get any microcontroller
+ * processing time, no matter what its priority.
+ *
+ * Calls to vTaskSuspend are not accumulative -
+ * i.e. calling vTaskSuspend () twice on the same task still only requires one
+ * call to vTaskResume () to ready the suspended task.
+ *
+ * @param pxTaskToSuspend Handle to the task being suspended. Passing a NULL
+ * handle will cause the calling task to be suspended.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ void vAFunction( void )
+ {
+ xTaskHandle xHandle;
+
+ // Create a task, storing the handle.
+ xTaskCreate( vTaskCode, "NAME", STACK_SIZE, NULL, tskIDLE_PRIORITY, &xHandle );
+
+ // ...
+
+ // Use the handle to suspend the created task.
+ vTaskSuspend( xHandle );
+
+ // ...
+
+ // The created task will not run during this period, unless
+ // another task calls vTaskResume( xHandle ).
+
+ //...
+
+
+ // Suspend ourselves.
+ vTaskSuspend( NULL );
+
+ // We cannot get here unless another task calls vTaskResume
+ // with our handle as the parameter.
+ }
+ </pre>
+ * \defgroup vTaskSuspend vTaskSuspend
+ * \ingroup TaskCtrl
+ */
+void vTaskSuspend( xTaskHandle pxTaskToSuspend ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ * <pre>void vTaskResume( xTaskHandle pxTaskToResume );</pre>
+ *
+ * INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend must be defined as 1 for this function to be available.
+ * See the configuration section for more information.
+ *
+ * Resumes a suspended task.
+ *
+ * A task that has been suspended by one of more calls to vTaskSuspend ()
+ * will be made available for running again by a single call to
+ * vTaskResume ().
+ *
+ * @param pxTaskToResume Handle to the task being readied.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ void vAFunction( void )
+ {
+ xTaskHandle xHandle;
+
+ // Create a task, storing the handle.
+ xTaskCreate( vTaskCode, "NAME", STACK_SIZE, NULL, tskIDLE_PRIORITY, &xHandle );
+
+ // ...
+
+ // Use the handle to suspend the created task.
+ vTaskSuspend( xHandle );
+
+ // ...
+
+ // The created task will not run during this period, unless
+ // another task calls vTaskResume( xHandle ).
+
+ //...
+
+
+ // Resume the suspended task ourselves.
+ vTaskResume( xHandle );
+
+ // The created task will once again get microcontroller processing
+ // time in accordance with it priority within the system.
+ }
+ </pre>
+ * \defgroup vTaskResume vTaskResume
+ * \ingroup TaskCtrl
+ */
+void vTaskResume( xTaskHandle pxTaskToResume ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ * <pre>void xTaskResumeFromISR( xTaskHandle pxTaskToResume );</pre>
+ *
+ * INCLUDE_xTaskResumeFromISR must be defined as 1 for this function to be
+ * available. See the configuration section for more information.
+ *
+ * An implementation of vTaskResume() that can be called from within an ISR.
+ *
+ * A task that has been suspended by one of more calls to vTaskSuspend ()
+ * will be made available for running again by a single call to
+ * xTaskResumeFromISR ().
+ *
+ * @param pxTaskToResume Handle to the task being readied.
+ *
+ * \defgroup vTaskResumeFromISR vTaskResumeFromISR
+ * \ingroup TaskCtrl
+ */
+portBASE_TYPE xTaskResumeFromISR( xTaskHandle pxTaskToResume ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------
+ * SCHEDULER CONTROL
+ *----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ * <pre>void vTaskStartScheduler( void );</pre>
+ *
+ * Starts the real time kernel tick processing. After calling the kernel
+ * has control over which tasks are executed and when. This function
+ * does not return until an executing task calls vTaskEndScheduler ().
+ *
+ * At least one task should be created via a call to xTaskCreate ()
+ * before calling vTaskStartScheduler (). The idle task is created
+ * automatically when the first application task is created.
+ *
+ * See the demo application file main.c for an example of creating
+ * tasks and starting the kernel.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ void vAFunction( void )
+ {
+ // Create at least one task before starting the kernel.
+ xTaskCreate( vTaskCode, "NAME", STACK_SIZE, NULL, tskIDLE_PRIORITY, NULL );
+
+ // Start the real time kernel with preemption.
+ vTaskStartScheduler ();
+
+ // Will not get here unless a task calls vTaskEndScheduler ()
+ }
+ </pre>
+ *
+ * \defgroup vTaskStartScheduler vTaskStartScheduler
+ * \ingroup SchedulerControl
+ */
+void vTaskStartScheduler( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ * <pre>void vTaskEndScheduler( void );</pre>
+ *
+ * Stops the real time kernel tick. All created tasks will be automatically
+ * deleted and multitasking (either preemptive or cooperative) will
+ * stop. Execution then resumes from the point where vTaskStartScheduler ()
+ * was called, as if vTaskStartScheduler () had just returned.
+ *
+ * See the demo application file main. c in the demo/PC directory for an
+ * example that uses vTaskEndScheduler ().
+ *
+ * vTaskEndScheduler () requires an exit function to be defined within the
+ * portable layer (see vPortEndScheduler () in port. c for the PC port). This
+ * performs hardware specific operations such as stopping the kernel tick.
+ *
+ * vTaskEndScheduler () will cause all of the resources allocated by the
+ * kernel to be freed - but will not free resources allocated by application
+ * tasks.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ void vTaskCode( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+ for( ;; )
+ {
+ // Task code goes here.
+
+ // At some point we want to end the real time kernel processing
+ // so call ...
+ vTaskEndScheduler ();
+ }
+ }
+
+ void vAFunction( void )
+ {
+ // Create at least one task before starting the kernel.
+ xTaskCreate( vTaskCode, "NAME", STACK_SIZE, NULL, tskIDLE_PRIORITY, NULL );
+
+ // Start the real time kernel with preemption.
+ vTaskStartScheduler ();
+
+ // Will only get here when the vTaskCode () task has called
+ // vTaskEndScheduler (). When we get here we are back to single task
+ // execution.
+ }
+ </pre>
+ *
+ * \defgroup vTaskEndScheduler vTaskEndScheduler
+ * \ingroup SchedulerControl
+ */
+void vTaskEndScheduler( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ * <pre>void vTaskSuspendAll( void );</pre>
+ *
+ * Suspends all real time kernel activity while keeping interrupts (including the
+ * kernel tick) enabled.
+ *
+ * After calling vTaskSuspendAll () the calling task will continue to execute
+ * without risk of being swapped out until a call to xTaskResumeAll () has been
+ * made.
+ *
+ * API functions that have the potential to cause a context switch (for example,
+ * vTaskDelayUntil(), xQueueSend(), etc.) must not be called while the scheduler
+ * is suspended.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ void vTask1( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+ for( ;; )
+ {
+ // Task code goes here.
+
+ // ...
+
+ // At some point the task wants to perform a long operation during
+ // which it does not want to get swapped out. It cannot use
+ // taskENTER_CRITICAL ()/taskEXIT_CRITICAL () as the length of the
+ // operation may cause interrupts to be missed - including the
+ // ticks.
+
+ // Prevent the real time kernel swapping out the task.
+ vTaskSuspendAll ();
+
+ // Perform the operation here. There is no need to use critical
+ // sections as we have all the microcontroller processing time.
+ // During this time interrupts will still operate and the kernel
+ // tick count will be maintained.
+
+ // ...
+
+ // The operation is complete. Restart the kernel.
+ xTaskResumeAll ();
+ }
+ }
+ </pre>
+ * \defgroup vTaskSuspendAll vTaskSuspendAll
+ * \ingroup SchedulerControl
+ */
+void vTaskSuspendAll( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ * <pre>char xTaskResumeAll( void );</pre>
+ *
+ * Resumes real time kernel activity following a call to vTaskSuspendAll ().
+ * After a call to vTaskSuspendAll () the kernel will take control of which
+ * task is executing at any time.
+ *
+ * @return If resuming the scheduler caused a context switch then pdTRUE is
+ * returned, otherwise pdFALSE is returned.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ void vTask1( void * pvParameters )
+ {
+ for( ;; )
+ {
+ // Task code goes here.
+
+ // ...
+
+ // At some point the task wants to perform a long operation during
+ // which it does not want to get swapped out. It cannot use
+ // taskENTER_CRITICAL ()/taskEXIT_CRITICAL () as the length of the
+ // operation may cause interrupts to be missed - including the
+ // ticks.
+
+ // Prevent the real time kernel swapping out the task.
+ vTaskSuspendAll ();
+
+ // Perform the operation here. There is no need to use critical
+ // sections as we have all the microcontroller processing time.
+ // During this time interrupts will still operate and the real
+ // time kernel tick count will be maintained.
+
+ // ...
+
+ // The operation is complete. Restart the kernel. We want to force
+ // a context switch - but there is no point if resuming the scheduler
+ // caused a context switch already.
+ if( !xTaskResumeAll () )
+ {
+ taskYIELD ();
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ </pre>
+ * \defgroup xTaskResumeAll xTaskResumeAll
+ * \ingroup SchedulerControl
+ */
+signed portBASE_TYPE xTaskResumeAll( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ * <pre>signed portBASE_TYPE xTaskIsTaskSuspended( xTaskHandle xTask );</pre>
+ *
+ * Utility task that simply returns pdTRUE if the task referenced by xTask is
+ * currently in the Suspended state, or pdFALSE if the task referenced by xTask
+ * is in any other state.
+ *
+ */
+signed portBASE_TYPE xTaskIsTaskSuspended( xTaskHandle xTask ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------
+ * TASK UTILITIES
+ *----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ * <PRE>portTickType xTaskGetTickCount( void );</PRE>
+ *
+ * @return The count of ticks since vTaskStartScheduler was called.
+ *
+ * \page xTaskGetTickCount xTaskGetTickCount
+ * \ingroup TaskUtils
+ */
+portTickType xTaskGetTickCount( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ * <PRE>portTickType xTaskGetTickCountFromISR( void );</PRE>
+ *
+ * @return The count of ticks since vTaskStartScheduler was called.
+ *
+ * This is a version of xTaskGetTickCount() that is safe to be called from an
+ * ISR - provided that portTickType is the natural word size of the
+ * microcontroller being used or interrupt nesting is either not supported or
+ * not being used.
+ *
+ * \page xTaskGetTickCount xTaskGetTickCount
+ * \ingroup TaskUtils
+ */
+portTickType xTaskGetTickCountFromISR( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ * <PRE>unsigned short uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks( void );</PRE>
+ *
+ * @return The number of tasks that the real time kernel is currently managing.
+ * This includes all ready, blocked and suspended tasks. A task that
+ * has been deleted but not yet freed by the idle task will also be
+ * included in the count.
+ *
+ * \page uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks
+ * \ingroup TaskUtils
+ */
+unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ * <PRE>void vTaskList( char *pcWriteBuffer );</PRE>
+ *
+ * configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY must be defined as 1 for this function to be
+ * available. See the configuration section for more information.
+ *
+ * NOTE: This function will disable interrupts for its duration. It is
+ * not intended for normal application runtime use but as a debug aid.
+ *
+ * Lists all the current tasks, along with their current state and stack
+ * usage high water mark.
+ *
+ * Tasks are reported as blocked ('B'), ready ('R'), deleted ('D') or
+ * suspended ('S').
+ *
+ * @param pcWriteBuffer A buffer into which the above mentioned details
+ * will be written, in ascii form. This buffer is assumed to be large
+ * enough to contain the generated report. Approximately 40 bytes per
+ * task should be sufficient.
+ *
+ * \page vTaskList vTaskList
+ * \ingroup TaskUtils
+ */
+void vTaskList( signed char *pcWriteBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ * <PRE>void vTaskGetRunTimeStats( char *pcWriteBuffer );</PRE>
+ *
+ * configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS must be defined as 1 for this function
+ * to be available. The application must also then provide definitions
+ * for portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS() and
+ * portGET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE to configure a peripheral timer/counter
+ * and return the timers current count value respectively. The counter
+ * should be at least 10 times the frequency of the tick count.
+ *
+ * NOTE: This function will disable interrupts for its duration. It is
+ * not intended for normal application runtime use but as a debug aid.
+ *
+ * Setting configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS to 1 will result in a total
+ * accumulated execution time being stored for each task. The resolution
+ * of the accumulated time value depends on the frequency of the timer
+ * configured by the portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS() macro.
+ * Calling vTaskGetRunTimeStats() writes the total execution time of each
+ * task into a buffer, both as an absolute count value and as a percentage
+ * of the total system execution time.
+ *
+ * @param pcWriteBuffer A buffer into which the execution times will be
+ * written, in ascii form. This buffer is assumed to be large enough to
+ * contain the generated report. Approximately 40 bytes per task should
+ * be sufficient.
+ *
+ * \page vTaskGetRunTimeStats vTaskGetRunTimeStats
+ * \ingroup TaskUtils
+ */
+void vTaskGetRunTimeStats( signed char *pcWriteBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ * <PRE>void vTaskStartTrace( char * pcBuffer, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxBufferSize );</PRE>
+ *
+ * Starts a real time kernel activity trace. The trace logs the identity of
+ * which task is running when.
+ *
+ * The trace file is stored in binary format. A separate DOS utility called
+ * convtrce.exe is used to convert this into a tab delimited text file which
+ * can be viewed and plotted in a spread sheet.
+ *
+ * @param pcBuffer The buffer into which the trace will be written.
+ *
+ * @param ulBufferSize The size of pcBuffer in bytes. The trace will continue
+ * until either the buffer in full, or ulTaskEndTrace () is called.
+ *
+ * \page vTaskStartTrace vTaskStartTrace
+ * \ingroup TaskUtils
+ */
+void vTaskStartTrace( signed char * pcBuffer, unsigned long ulBufferSize ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * task. h
+ * <PRE>unsigned long ulTaskEndTrace( void );</PRE>
+ *
+ * Stops a kernel activity trace. See vTaskStartTrace ().
+ *
+ * @return The number of bytes that have been written into the trace buffer.
+ *
+ * \page usTaskEndTrace usTaskEndTrace
+ * \ingroup TaskUtils
+ */
+unsigned long ulTaskEndTrace( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * task.h
+ * <PRE>unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark( xTaskHandle xTask );</PRE>
+ *
+ * INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark must be set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h for
+ * this function to be available.
+ *
+ * Returns the high water mark of the stack associated with xTask. That is,
+ * the minimum free stack space there has been (in words, so on a 32 bit machine
+ * a value of 1 means 4 bytes) since the task started. The smaller the returned
+ * number the closer the task has come to overflowing its stack.
+ *
+ * @param xTask Handle of the task associated with the stack to be checked.
+ * Set xTask to NULL to check the stack of the calling task.
+ *
+ * @return The smallest amount of free stack space there has been (in bytes)
+ * since the task referenced by xTask was created.
+ */
+unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark( xTaskHandle xTask ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/* When using trace macros it is sometimes necessary to include tasks.h before
+FreeRTOS.h. When this is done pdTASK_HOOK_CODE will not yet have been defined,
+so the following two prototypes will cause a compilation error. This can be
+fixed by simply guarding against the inclusion of these two prototypes unless
+they are explicitly required by the configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG configuration
+constant. */
+#ifdef configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG
+ #if configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG == 1
+ /**
+ * task.h
+ * <pre>void vTaskSetApplicationTaskTag( xTaskHandle xTask, pdTASK_HOOK_CODE pxHookFunction );</pre>
+ *
+ * Sets pxHookFunction to be the task hook function used by the task xTask.
+ * Passing xTask as NULL has the effect of setting the calling tasks hook
+ * function.
+ */
+ void vTaskSetApplicationTaskTag( xTaskHandle xTask, pdTASK_HOOK_CODE pxHookFunction ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+ /**
+ * task.h
+ * <pre>void xTaskGetApplicationTaskTag( xTaskHandle xTask );</pre>
+ *
+ * Returns the pxHookFunction value assigned to the task xTask.
+ */
+ pdTASK_HOOK_CODE xTaskGetApplicationTaskTag( xTaskHandle xTask ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+ #endif /* configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG ==1 */
+#endif /* ifdef configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG */
+
+/**
+ * task.h
+ * <pre>portBASE_TYPE xTaskCallApplicationTaskHook( xTaskHandle xTask, pdTASK_HOOK_CODE pxHookFunction );</pre>
+ *
+ * Calls the hook function associated with xTask. Passing xTask as NULL has
+ * the effect of calling the Running tasks (the calling task) hook function.
+ *
+ * pvParameter is passed to the hook function for the task to interpret as it
+ * wants.
+ */
+portBASE_TYPE xTaskCallApplicationTaskHook( xTaskHandle xTask, void *pvParameter ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------
+ * SCHEDULER INTERNALS AVAILABLE FOR PORTING PURPOSES
+ *----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*
+ * THIS FUNCTION MUST NOT BE USED FROM APPLICATION CODE. IT IS ONLY
+ * INTENDED FOR USE WHEN IMPLEMENTING A PORT OF THE SCHEDULER AND IS
+ * AN INTERFACE WHICH IS FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE OF THE SCHEDULER.
+ *
+ * Called from the real time kernel tick (either preemptive or cooperative),
+ * this increments the tick count and checks if any tasks that are blocked
+ * for a finite period required removing from a blocked list and placing on
+ * a ready list.
+ */
+void vTaskIncrementTick( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * THIS FUNCTION MUST NOT BE USED FROM APPLICATION CODE. IT IS AN
+ * INTERFACE WHICH IS FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE OF THE SCHEDULER.
+ *
+ * THIS FUNCTION MUST BE CALLED WITH INTERRUPTS DISABLED.
+ *
+ * Removes the calling task from the ready list and places it both
+ * on the list of tasks waiting for a particular event, and the
+ * list of delayed tasks. The task will be removed from both lists
+ * and replaced on the ready list should either the event occur (and
+ * there be no higher priority tasks waiting on the same event) or
+ * the delay period expires.
+ *
+ * @param pxEventList The list containing tasks that are blocked waiting
+ * for the event to occur.
+ *
+ * @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time that the task should wait
+ * for the event to occur. This is specified in kernel ticks,the constant
+ * portTICK_RATE_MS can be used to convert kernel ticks into a real time
+ * period.
+ */
+void vTaskPlaceOnEventList( const xList * const pxEventList, portTickType xTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * THIS FUNCTION MUST NOT BE USED FROM APPLICATION CODE. IT IS AN
+ * INTERFACE WHICH IS FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE OF THE SCHEDULER.
+ *
+ * THIS FUNCTION MUST BE CALLED WITH INTERRUPTS DISABLED.
+ *
+ * This function performs nearly the same function as vTaskPlaceOnEventList().
+ * The difference being that this function does not permit tasks to block
+ * indefinitely, whereas vTaskPlaceOnEventList() does.
+ *
+ * @return pdTRUE if the task being removed has a higher priority than the task
+ * making the call, otherwise pdFALSE.
+ */
+void vTaskPlaceOnEventListRestricted( const xList * const pxEventList, portTickType xTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * THIS FUNCTION MUST NOT BE USED FROM APPLICATION CODE. IT IS AN
+ * INTERFACE WHICH IS FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE OF THE SCHEDULER.
+ *
+ * THIS FUNCTION MUST BE CALLED WITH INTERRUPTS DISABLED.
+ *
+ * Removes a task from both the specified event list and the list of blocked
+ * tasks, and places it on a ready queue.
+ *
+ * xTaskRemoveFromEventList () will be called if either an event occurs to
+ * unblock a task, or the block timeout period expires.
+ *
+ * @return pdTRUE if the task being removed has a higher priority than the task
+ * making the call, otherwise pdFALSE.
+ */
+signed portBASE_TYPE xTaskRemoveFromEventList( const xList * const pxEventList ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * THIS FUNCTION MUST NOT BE USED FROM APPLICATION CODE. IT IS AN
+ * INTERFACE WHICH IS FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE OF THE SCHEDULER.
+ *
+ * INCLUDE_vTaskCleanUpResources and INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend must be defined as 1
+ * for this function to be available.
+ * See the configuration section for more information.
+ *
+ * Empties the ready and delayed queues of task control blocks, freeing the
+ * memory allocated for the task control block and task stacks as it goes.
+ */
+void vTaskCleanUpResources( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * THIS FUNCTION MUST NOT BE USED FROM APPLICATION CODE. IT IS ONLY
+ * INTENDED FOR USE WHEN IMPLEMENTING A PORT OF THE SCHEDULER AND IS
+ * AN INTERFACE WHICH IS FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE OF THE SCHEDULER.
+ *
+ * Sets the pointer to the current TCB to the TCB of the highest priority task
+ * that is ready to run.
+ */
+void vTaskSwitchContext( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Return the handle of the calling task.
+ */
+xTaskHandle xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Capture the current time status for future reference.
+ */
+void vTaskSetTimeOutState( xTimeOutType * const pxTimeOut ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Compare the time status now with that previously captured to see if the
+ * timeout has expired.
+ */
+portBASE_TYPE xTaskCheckForTimeOut( xTimeOutType * const pxTimeOut, portTickType * const pxTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Shortcut used by the queue implementation to prevent unnecessary call to
+ * taskYIELD();
+ */
+void vTaskMissedYield( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Returns the scheduler state as taskSCHEDULER_RUNNING,
+ * taskSCHEDULER_NOT_STARTED or taskSCHEDULER_SUSPENDED.
+ */
+portBASE_TYPE xTaskGetSchedulerState( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Raises the priority of the mutex holder to that of the calling task should
+ * the mutex holder have a priority less than the calling task.
+ */
+void vTaskPriorityInherit( xTaskHandle * const pxMutexHolder ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Set the priority of a task back to its proper priority in the case that it
+ * inherited a higher priority while it was holding a semaphore.
+ */
+void vTaskPriorityDisinherit( xTaskHandle * const pxMutexHolder ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Generic version of the task creation function which is in turn called by the
+ * xTaskCreate() and xTaskCreateRestricted() macros.
+ */
+signed portBASE_TYPE xTaskGenericCreate( pdTASK_CODE pxTaskCode, const signed char * const pcName, unsigned short usStackDepth, void *pvParameters, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPriority, xTaskHandle *pxCreatedTask, portSTACK_TYPE *puxStackBuffer, const xMemoryRegion * const xRegions ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#endif /* TASK_H */
+
+
+
diff --git a/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/tasks.c b/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/tasks.c
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..d48dd4d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/tasks.c
@@ -0,0 +1,2522 @@
+/*
+ FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
+
+
+ FreeRTOS supports many tools and architectures. V7.0.0 is sponsored by:
+ Atollic AB - Atollic provides professional embedded systems development
+ tools for C/C++ development, code analysis and test automation.
+ See http://www.atollic.com
+
+
+ ***************************************************************************
+ * *
+ * FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. *
+ * Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also *
+ * available. *
+ * *
+ * Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by *
+ * ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an *
+ * in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help *
+ * the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing *
+ * professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions *
+ * for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! *
+ * *
+ * >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< *
+ * *
+ * Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! *
+ * *
+ ***************************************************************************
+
+
+ This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
+
+ FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+ the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
+ Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception.
+ >>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to
+ distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to
+ provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
+ kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+ WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+ or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
+ more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
+ License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it
+ can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained
+ by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the
+ FreeRTOS WEB site.
+
+ 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+
+ http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and
+ contact details.
+
+ http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety
+ critical systems.
+
+ http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting,
+ licensing and training services.
+*/
+
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining
+all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers. That should only be done when
+task.h is included from an application file. */
+#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
+
+#include "FreeRTOS.h"
+#include "task.h"
+#include "timers.h"
+#include "StackMacros.h"
+
+#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
+
+/*
+ * Macro to define the amount of stack available to the idle task.
+ */
+#define tskIDLE_STACK_SIZE configMINIMAL_STACK_SIZE
+
+/*
+ * Task control block. A task control block (TCB) is allocated to each task,
+ * and stores the context of the task.
+ */
+typedef struct tskTaskControlBlock
+{
+ volatile portSTACK_TYPE *pxTopOfStack; /*< Points to the location of the last item placed on the tasks stack. THIS MUST BE THE FIRST MEMBER OF THE STRUCT. */
+
+ #if ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 )
+ xMPU_SETTINGS xMPUSettings; /*< The MPU settings are defined as part of the port layer. THIS MUST BE THE SECOND MEMBER OF THE STRUCT. */
+ #endif
+
+ xListItem xGenericListItem; /*< List item used to place the TCB in ready and blocked queues. */
+ xListItem xEventListItem; /*< List item used to place the TCB in event lists. */
+ unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPriority; /*< The priority of the task where 0 is the lowest priority. */
+ portSTACK_TYPE *pxStack; /*< Points to the start of the stack. */
+ signed char pcTaskName[ configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN ];/*< Descriptive name given to the task when created. Facilitates debugging only. */
+
+ #if ( portSTACK_GROWTH > 0 )
+ portSTACK_TYPE *pxEndOfStack; /*< Used for stack overflow checking on architectures where the stack grows up from low memory. */
+ #endif
+
+ #if ( portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB == 1 )
+ unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxCriticalNesting;
+ #endif
+
+ #if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+ unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxTCBNumber; /*< This is used for tracing the scheduler and making debugging easier only. */
+ #endif
+
+ #if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+ unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxBasePriority; /*< The priority last assigned to the task - used by the priority inheritance mechanism. */
+ #endif
+
+ #if ( configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG == 1 )
+ pdTASK_HOOK_CODE pxTaskTag;
+ #endif
+
+ #if ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 )
+ unsigned long ulRunTimeCounter; /*< Used for calculating how much CPU time each task is utilising. */
+ #endif
+
+} tskTCB;
+
+
+/*
+ * Some kernel aware debuggers require data to be viewed to be global, rather
+ * than file scope.
+ */
+#ifdef portREMOVE_STATIC_QUALIFIER
+ #define static
+#endif
+
+/*lint -e956 */
+PRIVILEGED_DATA tskTCB * volatile pxCurrentTCB = NULL;
+
+/* Lists for ready and blocked tasks. --------------------*/
+
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static xList pxReadyTasksLists[ configMAX_PRIORITIES ]; /*< Prioritised ready tasks. */
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static xList xDelayedTaskList1; /*< Delayed tasks. */
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static xList xDelayedTaskList2; /*< Delayed tasks (two lists are used - one for delays that have overflowed the current tick count. */
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static xList * volatile pxDelayedTaskList ; /*< Points to the delayed task list currently being used. */
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static xList * volatile pxOverflowDelayedTaskList; /*< Points to the delayed task list currently being used to hold tasks that have overflowed the current tick count. */
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static xList xPendingReadyList; /*< Tasks that have been readied while the scheduler was suspended. They will be moved to the ready queue when the scheduler is resumed. */
+
+#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelete == 1 )
+
+ PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile xList xTasksWaitingTermination; /*< Tasks that have been deleted - but the their memory not yet freed. */
+ PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxTasksDeleted = ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0;
+
+#endif
+
+#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 )
+
+ PRIVILEGED_DATA static xList xSuspendedTaskList; /*< Tasks that are currently suspended. */
+
+#endif
+
+/* File private variables. --------------------------------*/
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxCurrentNumberOfTasks = ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0;
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile portTickType xTickCount = ( portTickType ) 0;
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxTopUsedPriority = tskIDLE_PRIORITY;
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxTopReadyPriority = tskIDLE_PRIORITY;
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile signed portBASE_TYPE xSchedulerRunning = pdFALSE;
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxSchedulerSuspended = ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) pdFALSE;
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxMissedTicks = ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0;
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile portBASE_TYPE xMissedYield = ( portBASE_TYPE ) pdFALSE;
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile portBASE_TYPE xNumOfOverflows = ( portBASE_TYPE ) 0;
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxTaskNumber = ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0;
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static portTickType xNextTaskUnblockTime = ( portTickType ) portMAX_DELAY;
+
+#if ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 )
+
+ PRIVILEGED_DATA static char pcStatsString[ 50 ] ;
+ PRIVILEGED_DATA static unsigned long ulTaskSwitchedInTime = 0UL; /*< Holds the value of a timer/counter the last time a task was switched in. */
+ static void prvGenerateRunTimeStatsForTasksInList( const signed char *pcWriteBuffer, xList *pxList, unsigned long ulTotalRunTime ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+#endif
+
+/* Debugging and trace facilities private variables and macros. ------------*/
+
+/*
+ * The value used to fill the stack of a task when the task is created. This
+ * is used purely for checking the high water mark for tasks.
+ */
+#define tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE ( 0xa5U )
+
+/*
+ * Macros used by vListTask to indicate which state a task is in.
+ */
+#define tskBLOCKED_CHAR ( ( signed char ) 'B' )
+#define tskREADY_CHAR ( ( signed char ) 'R' )
+#define tskDELETED_CHAR ( ( signed char ) 'D' )
+#define tskSUSPENDED_CHAR ( ( signed char ) 'S' )
+
+/*
+ * Macros and private variables used by the trace facility.
+ */
+#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+
+ #define tskSIZE_OF_EACH_TRACE_LINE ( ( unsigned long ) ( sizeof( unsigned long ) + sizeof( unsigned long ) ) )
+ PRIVILEGED_DATA static volatile signed char * volatile pcTraceBuffer;
+ PRIVILEGED_DATA static signed char *pcTraceBufferStart;
+ PRIVILEGED_DATA static signed char *pcTraceBufferEnd;
+ PRIVILEGED_DATA static signed portBASE_TYPE xTracing = pdFALSE;
+ static unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPreviousTask = 255U;
+ PRIVILEGED_DATA static char pcStatusString[ 50 ];
+
+#endif
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*
+ * Macro that writes a trace of scheduler activity to a buffer. This trace
+ * shows which task is running when and is very useful as a debugging tool.
+ * As this macro is called each context switch it is a good idea to undefine
+ * it if not using the facility.
+ */
+#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+
+ #define vWriteTraceToBuffer() \
+ { \
+ if( xTracing ) \
+ { \
+ if( uxPreviousTask != pxCurrentTCB->uxTCBNumber ) \
+ { \
+ if( ( pcTraceBuffer + tskSIZE_OF_EACH_TRACE_LINE ) < pcTraceBufferEnd ) \
+ { \
+ uxPreviousTask = pxCurrentTCB->uxTCBNumber; \
+ *( unsigned long * ) pcTraceBuffer = ( unsigned long ) xTickCount; \
+ pcTraceBuffer += sizeof( unsigned long ); \
+ *( unsigned long * ) pcTraceBuffer = ( unsigned long ) uxPreviousTask; \
+ pcTraceBuffer += sizeof( unsigned long ); \
+ } \
+ else \
+ { \
+ xTracing = pdFALSE; \
+ } \
+ } \
+ } \
+ }
+
+#else
+
+ #define vWriteTraceToBuffer()
+
+#endif
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*
+ * Place the task represented by pxTCB into the appropriate ready queue for
+ * the task. It is inserted at the end of the list. One quirk of this is
+ * that if the task being inserted is at the same priority as the currently
+ * executing task, then it will only be rescheduled after the currently
+ * executing task has been rescheduled.
+ */
+#define prvAddTaskToReadyQueue( pxTCB ) \
+ if( ( pxTCB )->uxPriority > uxTopReadyPriority ) \
+ { \
+ uxTopReadyPriority = ( pxTCB )->uxPriority; \
+ } \
+ vListInsertEnd( ( xList * ) &( pxReadyTasksLists[ ( pxTCB )->uxPriority ] ), &( ( pxTCB )->xGenericListItem ) )
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*
+ * Macro that looks at the list of tasks that are currently delayed to see if
+ * any require waking.
+ *
+ * Tasks are stored in the queue in the order of their wake time - meaning
+ * once one tasks has been found whose timer has not expired we need not look
+ * any further down the list.
+ */
+#define prvCheckDelayedTasks() \
+{ \
+portTickType xItemValue; \
+ \
+ /* Is the tick count greater than or equal to the wake time of the first \
+ task referenced from the delayed tasks list? */ \
+ if( xTickCount >= xNextTaskUnblockTime ) \
+ { \
+ for( ;; ) \
+ { \
+ if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxDelayedTaskList ) != pdFALSE ) \
+ { \
+ /* The delayed list is empty. Set xNextTaskUnblockTime to the \
+ maximum possible value so it is extremely unlikely that the \
+ if( xTickCount >= xNextTaskUnblockTime ) test will pass next \
+ time through. */ \
+ xNextTaskUnblockTime = portMAX_DELAY; \
+ break; \
+ } \
+ else \
+ { \
+ /* The delayed list is not empty, get the value of the item at \
+ the head of the delayed list. This is the time at which the \
+ task at the head of the delayed list should be removed from \
+ the Blocked state. */ \
+ pxTCB = ( tskTCB * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxDelayedTaskList ); \
+ xItemValue = listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) ); \
+ \
+ if( xTickCount < xItemValue ) \
+ { \
+ /* It is not time to unblock this item yet, but the item \
+ value is the time at which the task at the head of the \
+ blocked list should be removed from the Blocked state - \
+ so record the item value in xNextTaskUnblockTime. */ \
+ xNextTaskUnblockTime = xItemValue; \
+ break; \
+ } \
+ \
+ /* It is time to remove the item from the Blocked state. */ \
+ vListRemove( &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) ); \
+ \
+ /* Is the task waiting on an event also? */ \
+ if( pxTCB->xEventListItem.pvContainer ) \
+ { \
+ vListRemove( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ); \
+ } \
+ prvAddTaskToReadyQueue( pxTCB ); \
+ } \
+ } \
+ } \
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*
+ * Several functions take an xTaskHandle parameter that can optionally be NULL,
+ * where NULL is used to indicate that the handle of the currently executing
+ * task should be used in place of the parameter. This macro simply checks to
+ * see if the parameter is NULL and returns a pointer to the appropriate TCB.
+ */
+#define prvGetTCBFromHandle( pxHandle ) ( ( ( pxHandle ) == NULL ) ? ( tskTCB * ) pxCurrentTCB : ( tskTCB * ) ( pxHandle ) )
+
+/* Callback function prototypes. --------------------------*/
+extern void vApplicationStackOverflowHook( xTaskHandle *pxTask, signed char *pcTaskName );
+extern void vApplicationTickHook( void );
+
+/* File private functions. --------------------------------*/
+
+/*
+ * Utility to ready a TCB for a given task. Mainly just copies the parameters
+ * into the TCB structure.
+ */
+static void prvInitialiseTCBVariables( tskTCB *pxTCB, const signed char * const pcName, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPriority, const xMemoryRegion * const xRegions, unsigned short usStackDepth ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Utility to ready all the lists used by the scheduler. This is called
+ * automatically upon the creation of the first task.
+ */
+static void prvInitialiseTaskLists( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * The idle task, which as all tasks is implemented as a never ending loop.
+ * The idle task is automatically created and added to the ready lists upon
+ * creation of the first user task.
+ *
+ * The portTASK_FUNCTION_PROTO() macro is used to allow port/compiler specific
+ * language extensions. The equivalent prototype for this function is:
+ *
+ * void prvIdleTask( void *pvParameters );
+ *
+ */
+static portTASK_FUNCTION_PROTO( prvIdleTask, pvParameters );
+
+/*
+ * Utility to free all memory allocated by the scheduler to hold a TCB,
+ * including the stack pointed to by the TCB.
+ *
+ * This does not free memory allocated by the task itself (i.e. memory
+ * allocated by calls to pvPortMalloc from within the tasks application code).
+ */
+#if ( ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelete == 1 ) || ( INCLUDE_vTaskCleanUpResources == 1 ) )
+
+ static void prvDeleteTCB( tskTCB *pxTCB ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Used only by the idle task. This checks to see if anything has been placed
+ * in the list of tasks waiting to be deleted. If so the task is cleaned up
+ * and its TCB deleted.
+ */
+static void prvCheckTasksWaitingTermination( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * The currently executing task is entering the Blocked state. Add the task to
+ * either the current or the overflow delayed task list.
+ */
+static void prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList( portTickType xTimeToWake ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Allocates memory from the heap for a TCB and associated stack. Checks the
+ * allocation was successful.
+ */
+static tskTCB *prvAllocateTCBAndStack( unsigned short usStackDepth, portSTACK_TYPE *puxStackBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Called from vTaskList. vListTasks details all the tasks currently under
+ * control of the scheduler. The tasks may be in one of a number of lists.
+ * prvListTaskWithinSingleList accepts a list and details the tasks from
+ * within just that list.
+ *
+ * THIS FUNCTION IS INTENDED FOR DEBUGGING ONLY, AND SHOULD NOT BE CALLED FROM
+ * NORMAL APPLICATION CODE.
+ */
+#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+
+ static void prvListTaskWithinSingleList( const signed char *pcWriteBuffer, xList *pxList, signed char cStatus ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * When a task is created, the stack of the task is filled with a known value.
+ * This function determines the 'high water mark' of the task stack by
+ * determining how much of the stack remains at the original preset value.
+ */
+#if ( ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) || ( INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark == 1 ) )
+
+ static unsigned short usTaskCheckFreeStackSpace( const unsigned char * pucStackByte ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+#endif
+
+
+/*lint +e956 */
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------
+ * TASK CREATION API documented in task.h
+ *----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+signed portBASE_TYPE xTaskGenericCreate( pdTASK_CODE pxTaskCode, const signed char * const pcName, unsigned short usStackDepth, void *pvParameters, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPriority, xTaskHandle *pxCreatedTask, portSTACK_TYPE *puxStackBuffer, const xMemoryRegion * const xRegions )
+{
+signed portBASE_TYPE xReturn;
+tskTCB * pxNewTCB;
+
+ configASSERT( pxTaskCode );
+ configASSERT( ( uxPriority < configMAX_PRIORITIES ) );
+
+ /* Allocate the memory required by the TCB and stack for the new task,
+ checking that the allocation was successful. */
+ pxNewTCB = prvAllocateTCBAndStack( usStackDepth, puxStackBuffer );
+
+ if( pxNewTCB != NULL )
+ {
+ portSTACK_TYPE *pxTopOfStack;
+
+ #if( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 )
+ /* Should the task be created in privileged mode? */
+ portBASE_TYPE xRunPrivileged;
+ if( ( uxPriority & portPRIVILEGE_BIT ) != 0x00 )
+ {
+ xRunPrivileged = pdTRUE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ xRunPrivileged = pdFALSE;
+ }
+ uxPriority &= ~portPRIVILEGE_BIT;
+ #endif /* portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 */
+
+ /* Calculate the top of stack address. This depends on whether the
+ stack grows from high memory to low (as per the 80x86) or visa versa.
+ portSTACK_GROWTH is used to make the result positive or negative as
+ required by the port. */
+ #if( portSTACK_GROWTH < 0 )
+ {
+ pxTopOfStack = pxNewTCB->pxStack + ( usStackDepth - ( unsigned short ) 1 );
+ pxTopOfStack = ( portSTACK_TYPE * ) ( ( ( unsigned long ) pxTopOfStack ) & ( ( unsigned long ) ~portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) );
+
+ /* Check the alignment of the calculated top of stack is correct. */
+ configASSERT( ( ( ( unsigned long ) pxTopOfStack & ( unsigned long ) portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) == 0UL ) );
+ }
+ #else
+ {
+ pxTopOfStack = pxNewTCB->pxStack;
+
+ /* Check the alignment of the stack buffer is correct. */
+ configASSERT( ( ( ( unsigned long ) pxNewTCB->pxStack & ( unsigned long ) portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) == 0UL ) );
+
+ /* If we want to use stack checking on architectures that use
+ a positive stack growth direction then we also need to store the
+ other extreme of the stack space. */
+ pxNewTCB->pxEndOfStack = pxNewTCB->pxStack + ( usStackDepth - 1 );
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Setup the newly allocated TCB with the initial state of the task. */
+ prvInitialiseTCBVariables( pxNewTCB, pcName, uxPriority, xRegions, usStackDepth );
+
+ /* Initialize the TCB stack to look as if the task was already running,
+ but had been interrupted by the scheduler. The return address is set
+ to the start of the task function. Once the stack has been initialised
+ the top of stack variable is updated. */
+ #if( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 )
+ {
+ pxNewTCB->pxTopOfStack = pxPortInitialiseStack( pxTopOfStack, pxTaskCode, pvParameters, xRunPrivileged );
+ }
+ #else
+ {
+ pxNewTCB->pxTopOfStack = pxPortInitialiseStack( pxTopOfStack, pxTaskCode, pvParameters );
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Check the alignment of the initialised stack. */
+ configASSERT( ( ( ( unsigned long ) pxNewTCB->pxTopOfStack & ( unsigned long ) portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ) == 0UL ) );
+
+ if( ( void * ) pxCreatedTask != NULL )
+ {
+ /* Pass the TCB out - in an anonymous way. The calling function/
+ task can use this as a handle to delete the task later if
+ required.*/
+ *pxCreatedTask = ( xTaskHandle ) pxNewTCB;
+ }
+
+ /* We are going to manipulate the task queues to add this task to a
+ ready list, so must make sure no interrupts occur. */
+ taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+ {
+ uxCurrentNumberOfTasks++;
+ if( pxCurrentTCB == NULL )
+ {
+ /* There are no other tasks, or all the other tasks are in
+ the suspended state - make this the current task. */
+ pxCurrentTCB = pxNewTCB;
+
+ if( uxCurrentNumberOfTasks == ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 1 )
+ {
+ /* This is the first task to be created so do the preliminary
+ initialisation required. We will not recover if this call
+ fails, but we will report the failure. */
+ prvInitialiseTaskLists();
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* If the scheduler is not already running, make this task the
+ current task if it is the highest priority task to be created
+ so far. */
+ if( xSchedulerRunning == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ if( pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority <= uxPriority )
+ {
+ pxCurrentTCB = pxNewTCB;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Remember the top priority to make context switching faster. Use
+ the priority in pxNewTCB as this has been capped to a valid value. */
+ if( pxNewTCB->uxPriority > uxTopUsedPriority )
+ {
+ uxTopUsedPriority = pxNewTCB->uxPriority;
+ }
+
+ #if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+ {
+ /* Add a counter into the TCB for tracing only. */
+ pxNewTCB->uxTCBNumber = uxTaskNumber;
+ }
+ #endif
+ uxTaskNumber++;
+
+ prvAddTaskToReadyQueue( pxNewTCB );
+
+ xReturn = pdPASS;
+ traceTASK_CREATE( pxNewTCB );
+ }
+ taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ xReturn = errCOULD_NOT_ALLOCATE_REQUIRED_MEMORY;
+ traceTASK_CREATE_FAILED();
+ }
+
+ if( xReturn == pdPASS )
+ {
+ if( xSchedulerRunning != pdFALSE )
+ {
+ /* If the created task is of a higher priority than the current task
+ then it should run now. */
+ if( pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority < uxPriority )
+ {
+ portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelete == 1 )
+
+ void vTaskDelete( xTaskHandle pxTaskToDelete )
+ {
+ tskTCB *pxTCB;
+
+ taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+ {
+ /* Ensure a yield is performed if the current task is being
+ deleted. */
+ if( pxTaskToDelete == pxCurrentTCB )
+ {
+ pxTaskToDelete = NULL;
+ }
+
+ /* If null is passed in here then we are deleting ourselves. */
+ pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( pxTaskToDelete );
+
+ /* Remove task from the ready list and place in the termination list.
+ This will stop the task from be scheduled. The idle task will check
+ the termination list and free up any memory allocated by the
+ scheduler for the TCB and stack. */
+ vListRemove( &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) );
+
+ /* Is the task waiting on an event also? */
+ if( pxTCB->xEventListItem.pvContainer )
+ {
+ vListRemove( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) );
+ }
+
+ vListInsertEnd( ( xList * ) &xTasksWaitingTermination, &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) );
+
+ /* Increment the ucTasksDeleted variable so the idle task knows
+ there is a task that has been deleted and that it should therefore
+ check the xTasksWaitingTermination list. */
+ ++uxTasksDeleted;
+
+ /* Increment the uxTaskNumberVariable also so kernel aware debuggers
+ can detect that the task lists need re-generating. */
+ uxTaskNumber++;
+
+ traceTASK_DELETE( pxTCB );
+ }
+ taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+ /* Force a reschedule if we have just deleted the current task. */
+ if( xSchedulerRunning != pdFALSE )
+ {
+ if( ( void * ) pxTaskToDelete == NULL )
+ {
+ portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+#endif
+
+
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------
+ * TASK CONTROL API documented in task.h
+ *----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelayUntil == 1 )
+
+ void vTaskDelayUntil( portTickType * const pxPreviousWakeTime, portTickType xTimeIncrement )
+ {
+ portTickType xTimeToWake;
+ portBASE_TYPE xAlreadyYielded, xShouldDelay = pdFALSE;
+
+ configASSERT( pxPreviousWakeTime );
+ configASSERT( ( xTimeIncrement > 0 ) );
+
+ vTaskSuspendAll();
+ {
+ /* Generate the tick time at which the task wants to wake. */
+ xTimeToWake = *pxPreviousWakeTime + xTimeIncrement;
+
+ if( xTickCount < *pxPreviousWakeTime )
+ {
+ /* The tick count has overflowed since this function was
+ lasted called. In this case the only time we should ever
+ actually delay is if the wake time has also overflowed,
+ and the wake time is greater than the tick time. When this
+ is the case it is as if neither time had overflowed. */
+ if( ( xTimeToWake < *pxPreviousWakeTime ) && ( xTimeToWake > xTickCount ) )
+ {
+ xShouldDelay = pdTRUE;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* The tick time has not overflowed. In this case we will
+ delay if either the wake time has overflowed, and/or the
+ tick time is less than the wake time. */
+ if( ( xTimeToWake < *pxPreviousWakeTime ) || ( xTimeToWake > xTickCount ) )
+ {
+ xShouldDelay = pdTRUE;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Update the wake time ready for the next call. */
+ *pxPreviousWakeTime = xTimeToWake;
+
+ if( xShouldDelay != pdFALSE )
+ {
+ traceTASK_DELAY_UNTIL();
+
+ /* We must remove ourselves from the ready list before adding
+ ourselves to the blocked list as the same list item is used for
+ both lists. */
+ vListRemove( ( xListItem * ) &( pxCurrentTCB->xGenericListItem ) );
+ prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList( xTimeToWake );
+ }
+ }
+ xAlreadyYielded = xTaskResumeAll();
+
+ /* Force a reschedule if xTaskResumeAll has not already done so, we may
+ have put ourselves to sleep. */
+ if( !xAlreadyYielded )
+ {
+ portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
+ }
+ }
+
+#endif
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelay == 1 )
+
+ void vTaskDelay( portTickType xTicksToDelay )
+ {
+ portTickType xTimeToWake;
+ signed portBASE_TYPE xAlreadyYielded = pdFALSE;
+
+ /* A delay time of zero just forces a reschedule. */
+ if( xTicksToDelay > ( portTickType ) 0 )
+ {
+ vTaskSuspendAll();
+ {
+ traceTASK_DELAY();
+
+ /* A task that is removed from the event list while the
+ scheduler is suspended will not get placed in the ready
+ list or removed from the blocked list until the scheduler
+ is resumed.
+
+ This task cannot be in an event list as it is the currently
+ executing task. */
+
+ /* Calculate the time to wake - this may overflow but this is
+ not a problem. */
+ xTimeToWake = xTickCount + xTicksToDelay;
+
+ /* We must remove ourselves from the ready list before adding
+ ourselves to the blocked list as the same list item is used for
+ both lists. */
+ vListRemove( ( xListItem * ) &( pxCurrentTCB->xGenericListItem ) );
+ prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList( xTimeToWake );
+ }
+ xAlreadyYielded = xTaskResumeAll();
+ }
+
+ /* Force a reschedule if xTaskResumeAll has not already done so, we may
+ have put ourselves to sleep. */
+ if( !xAlreadyYielded )
+ {
+ portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
+ }
+ }
+
+#endif
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( INCLUDE_uxTaskPriorityGet == 1 )
+
+ unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxTaskPriorityGet( xTaskHandle pxTask )
+ {
+ tskTCB *pxTCB;
+ unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxReturn;
+
+ taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+ {
+ /* If null is passed in here then we are changing the
+ priority of the calling function. */
+ pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( pxTask );
+ uxReturn = pxTCB->uxPriority;
+ }
+ taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+ return uxReturn;
+ }
+
+#endif
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskPrioritySet == 1 )
+
+ void vTaskPrioritySet( xTaskHandle pxTask, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxNewPriority )
+ {
+ tskTCB *pxTCB;
+ unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxCurrentPriority;
+ portBASE_TYPE xYieldRequired = pdFALSE;
+
+ configASSERT( ( uxNewPriority < configMAX_PRIORITIES ) );
+
+ /* Ensure the new priority is valid. */
+ if( uxNewPriority >= configMAX_PRIORITIES )
+ {
+ uxNewPriority = configMAX_PRIORITIES - ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 1U;
+ }
+
+ taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+ {
+ if( pxTask == pxCurrentTCB )
+ {
+ pxTask = NULL;
+ }
+
+ /* If null is passed in here then we are changing the
+ priority of the calling function. */
+ pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( pxTask );
+
+ traceTASK_PRIORITY_SET( pxTask, uxNewPriority );
+
+ #if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+ {
+ uxCurrentPriority = pxTCB->uxBasePriority;
+ }
+ #else
+ {
+ uxCurrentPriority = pxTCB->uxPriority;
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ if( uxCurrentPriority != uxNewPriority )
+ {
+ /* The priority change may have readied a task of higher
+ priority than the calling task. */
+ if( uxNewPriority > uxCurrentPriority )
+ {
+ if( pxTask != NULL )
+ {
+ /* The priority of another task is being raised. If we
+ were raising the priority of the currently running task
+ there would be no need to switch as it must have already
+ been the highest priority task. */
+ xYieldRequired = pdTRUE;
+ }
+ }
+ else if( pxTask == NULL )
+ {
+ /* Setting our own priority down means there may now be another
+ task of higher priority that is ready to execute. */
+ xYieldRequired = pdTRUE;
+ }
+
+
+
+ #if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+ {
+ /* Only change the priority being used if the task is not
+ currently using an inherited priority. */
+ if( pxTCB->uxBasePriority == pxTCB->uxPriority )
+ {
+ pxTCB->uxPriority = uxNewPriority;
+ }
+
+ /* The base priority gets set whatever. */
+ pxTCB->uxBasePriority = uxNewPriority;
+ }
+ #else
+ {
+ pxTCB->uxPriority = uxNewPriority;
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ), ( configMAX_PRIORITIES - ( portTickType ) uxNewPriority ) );
+
+ /* If the task is in the blocked or suspended list we need do
+ nothing more than change it's priority variable. However, if
+ the task is in a ready list it needs to be removed and placed
+ in the queue appropriate to its new priority. */
+ if( listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ uxCurrentPriority ] ), &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) ) )
+ {
+ /* The task is currently in its ready list - remove before adding
+ it to it's new ready list. As we are in a critical section we
+ can do this even if the scheduler is suspended. */
+ vListRemove( &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) );
+ prvAddTaskToReadyQueue( pxTCB );
+ }
+
+ if( xYieldRequired == pdTRUE )
+ {
+ portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+ }
+
+#endif
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 )
+
+ void vTaskSuspend( xTaskHandle pxTaskToSuspend )
+ {
+ tskTCB *pxTCB;
+
+ taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+ {
+ /* Ensure a yield is performed if the current task is being
+ suspended. */
+ if( pxTaskToSuspend == pxCurrentTCB )
+ {
+ pxTaskToSuspend = NULL;
+ }
+
+ /* If null is passed in here then we are suspending ourselves. */
+ pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( pxTaskToSuspend );
+
+ traceTASK_SUSPEND( pxTCB );
+
+ /* Remove task from the ready/delayed list and place in the suspended list. */
+ vListRemove( &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) );
+
+ /* Is the task waiting on an event also? */
+ if( pxTCB->xEventListItem.pvContainer )
+ {
+ vListRemove( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) );
+ }
+
+ vListInsertEnd( ( xList * ) &xSuspendedTaskList, &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) );
+ }
+ taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+ if( ( void * ) pxTaskToSuspend == NULL )
+ {
+ if( xSchedulerRunning != pdFALSE )
+ {
+ /* We have just suspended the current task. */
+ portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* The scheduler is not running, but the task that was pointed
+ to by pxCurrentTCB has just been suspended and pxCurrentTCB
+ must be adjusted to point to a different task. */
+ if( listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( &xSuspendedTaskList ) == uxCurrentNumberOfTasks )
+ {
+ /* No other tasks are ready, so set pxCurrentTCB back to
+ NULL so when the next task is created pxCurrentTCB will
+ be set to point to it no matter what its relative priority
+ is. */
+ pxCurrentTCB = NULL;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ vTaskSwitchContext();
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+#endif
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 )
+
+ signed portBASE_TYPE xTaskIsTaskSuspended( xTaskHandle xTask )
+ {
+ portBASE_TYPE xReturn = pdFALSE;
+ const tskTCB * const pxTCB = ( tskTCB * ) xTask;
+
+ /* It does not make sense to check if the calling task is suspended. */
+ configASSERT( xTask );
+
+ /* Is the task we are attempting to resume actually in the
+ suspended list? */
+ if( listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( &xSuspendedTaskList, &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) ) != pdFALSE )
+ {
+ /* Has the task already been resumed from within an ISR? */
+ if( listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( &xPendingReadyList, &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ) != pdTRUE )
+ {
+ /* Is it in the suspended list because it is in the
+ Suspended state? It is possible to be in the suspended
+ list because it is blocked on a task with no timeout
+ specified. */
+ if( listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( NULL, &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) ) == pdTRUE )
+ {
+ xReturn = pdTRUE;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ return xReturn;
+ }
+
+#endif
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 )
+
+ void vTaskResume( xTaskHandle pxTaskToResume )
+ {
+ tskTCB *pxTCB;
+
+ /* It does not make sense to resume the calling task. */
+ configASSERT( pxTaskToResume );
+
+ /* Remove the task from whichever list it is currently in, and place
+ it in the ready list. */
+ pxTCB = ( tskTCB * ) pxTaskToResume;
+
+ /* The parameter cannot be NULL as it is impossible to resume the
+ currently executing task. */
+ if( ( pxTCB != NULL ) && ( pxTCB != pxCurrentTCB ) )
+ {
+ taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+ {
+ if( xTaskIsTaskSuspended( pxTCB ) == pdTRUE )
+ {
+ traceTASK_RESUME( pxTCB );
+
+ /* As we are in a critical section we can access the ready
+ lists even if the scheduler is suspended. */
+ vListRemove( &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) );
+ prvAddTaskToReadyQueue( pxTCB );
+
+ /* We may have just resumed a higher priority task. */
+ if( pxTCB->uxPriority >= pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority )
+ {
+ /* This yield may not cause the task just resumed to run, but
+ will leave the lists in the correct state for the next yield. */
+ portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+ }
+ }
+
+#endif
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskResumeFromISR == 1 ) && ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 ) )
+
+ portBASE_TYPE xTaskResumeFromISR( xTaskHandle pxTaskToResume )
+ {
+ portBASE_TYPE xYieldRequired = pdFALSE;
+ tskTCB *pxTCB;
+
+ configASSERT( pxTaskToResume );
+
+ pxTCB = ( tskTCB * ) pxTaskToResume;
+
+ if( xTaskIsTaskSuspended( pxTCB ) == pdTRUE )
+ {
+ traceTASK_RESUME_FROM_ISR( pxTCB );
+
+ if( uxSchedulerSuspended == ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) pdFALSE )
+ {
+ xYieldRequired = ( pxTCB->uxPriority >= pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority );
+ vListRemove( &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) );
+ prvAddTaskToReadyQueue( pxTCB );
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* We cannot access the delayed or ready lists, so will hold this
+ task pending until the scheduler is resumed, at which point a
+ yield will be performed if necessary. */
+ vListInsertEnd( ( xList * ) &( xPendingReadyList ), &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) );
+ }
+ }
+
+ return xYieldRequired;
+ }
+
+#endif
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------
+ * PUBLIC SCHEDULER CONTROL documented in task.h
+ *----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+
+void vTaskStartScheduler( void )
+{
+portBASE_TYPE xReturn;
+
+ /* Add the idle task at the lowest priority. */
+ xReturn = xTaskCreate( prvIdleTask, ( signed char * ) "IDLE", tskIDLE_STACK_SIZE, ( void * ) NULL, ( tskIDLE_PRIORITY | portPRIVILEGE_BIT ), ( xTaskHandle * ) NULL );
+
+ #if ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 )
+ {
+ if( xReturn == pdPASS )
+ {
+ xReturn = xTimerCreateTimerTask();
+ }
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ if( xReturn == pdPASS )
+ {
+ /* Interrupts are turned off here, to ensure a tick does not occur
+ before or during the call to xPortStartScheduler(). The stacks of
+ the created tasks contain a status word with interrupts switched on
+ so interrupts will automatically get re-enabled when the first task
+ starts to run.
+
+ STEPPING THROUGH HERE USING A DEBUGGER CAN CAUSE BIG PROBLEMS IF THE
+ DEBUGGER ALLOWS INTERRUPTS TO BE PROCESSED. */
+ portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+
+ xSchedulerRunning = pdTRUE;
+ xTickCount = ( portTickType ) 0;
+
+ /* If configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS is defined then the following
+ macro must be defined to configure the timer/counter used to generate
+ the run time counter time base. */
+ portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS();
+
+ /* Setting up the timer tick is hardware specific and thus in the
+ portable interface. */
+ if( xPortStartScheduler() )
+ {
+ /* Should not reach here as if the scheduler is running the
+ function will not return. */
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Should only reach here if a task calls xTaskEndScheduler(). */
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* This line will only be reached if the kernel could not be started. */
+ configASSERT( xReturn );
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vTaskEndScheduler( void )
+{
+ /* Stop the scheduler interrupts and call the portable scheduler end
+ routine so the original ISRs can be restored if necessary. The port
+ layer must ensure interrupts enable bit is left in the correct state. */
+ portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+ xSchedulerRunning = pdFALSE;
+ vPortEndScheduler();
+}
+/*----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vTaskSuspendAll( void )
+{
+ /* A critical section is not required as the variable is of type
+ portBASE_TYPE. */
+ ++uxSchedulerSuspended;
+}
+/*----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+signed portBASE_TYPE xTaskResumeAll( void )
+{
+register tskTCB *pxTCB;
+signed portBASE_TYPE xAlreadyYielded = pdFALSE;
+
+ /* If uxSchedulerSuspended is zero then this function does not match a
+ previous call to vTaskSuspendAll(). */
+ configASSERT( uxSchedulerSuspended );
+
+ /* It is possible that an ISR caused a task to be removed from an event
+ list while the scheduler was suspended. If this was the case then the
+ removed task will have been added to the xPendingReadyList. Once the
+ scheduler has been resumed it is safe to move all the pending ready
+ tasks from this list into their appropriate ready list. */
+ taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+ {
+ --uxSchedulerSuspended;
+
+ if( uxSchedulerSuspended == ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) pdFALSE )
+ {
+ if( uxCurrentNumberOfTasks > ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0 )
+ {
+ portBASE_TYPE xYieldRequired = pdFALSE;
+
+ /* Move any readied tasks from the pending list into the
+ appropriate ready list. */
+ while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( ( xList * ) &xPendingReadyList ) == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ pxTCB = ( tskTCB * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( ( ( xList * ) &xPendingReadyList ) );
+ vListRemove( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) );
+ vListRemove( &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) );
+ prvAddTaskToReadyQueue( pxTCB );
+
+ /* If we have moved a task that has a priority higher than
+ the current task then we should yield. */
+ if( pxTCB->uxPriority >= pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority )
+ {
+ xYieldRequired = pdTRUE;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* If any ticks occurred while the scheduler was suspended then
+ they should be processed now. This ensures the tick count does not
+ slip, and that any delayed tasks are resumed at the correct time. */
+ if( uxMissedTicks > ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0 )
+ {
+ while( uxMissedTicks > ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0 )
+ {
+ vTaskIncrementTick();
+ --uxMissedTicks;
+ }
+
+ /* As we have processed some ticks it is appropriate to yield
+ to ensure the highest priority task that is ready to run is
+ the task actually running. */
+ #if configUSE_PREEMPTION == 1
+ {
+ xYieldRequired = pdTRUE;
+ }
+ #endif
+ }
+
+ if( ( xYieldRequired == pdTRUE ) || ( xMissedYield == pdTRUE ) )
+ {
+ xAlreadyYielded = pdTRUE;
+ xMissedYield = pdFALSE;
+ portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+ return xAlreadyYielded;
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------
+ * PUBLIC TASK UTILITIES documented in task.h
+ *----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+
+
+portTickType xTaskGetTickCount( void )
+{
+portTickType xTicks;
+
+ /* Critical section required if running on a 16 bit processor. */
+ taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+ {
+ xTicks = xTickCount;
+ }
+ taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+ return xTicks;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+portTickType xTaskGetTickCountFromISR( void )
+{
+portTickType xReturn;
+unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxSavedInterruptStatus;
+
+ uxSavedInterruptStatus = portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR();
+ xReturn = xTickCount;
+ portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptStatus );
+
+ return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks( void )
+{
+ /* A critical section is not required because the variables are of type
+ portBASE_TYPE. */
+ return uxCurrentNumberOfTasks;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+
+ void vTaskList( signed char *pcWriteBuffer )
+ {
+ unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxQueue;
+
+ /* This is a VERY costly function that should be used for debug only.
+ It leaves interrupts disabled for a LONG time. */
+
+ vTaskSuspendAll();
+ {
+ /* Run through all the lists that could potentially contain a TCB and
+ report the task name, state and stack high water mark. */
+
+ *pcWriteBuffer = ( signed char ) 0x00;
+ strcat( ( char * ) pcWriteBuffer, ( const char * ) "\r\n" );
+
+ uxQueue = uxTopUsedPriority + ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 1U;
+
+ do
+ {
+ uxQueue--;
+
+ if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ uxQueue ] ) ) == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ prvListTaskWithinSingleList( pcWriteBuffer, ( xList * ) &( pxReadyTasksLists[ uxQueue ] ), tskREADY_CHAR );
+ }
+ }while( uxQueue > ( unsigned short ) tskIDLE_PRIORITY );
+
+ if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxDelayedTaskList ) == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ prvListTaskWithinSingleList( pcWriteBuffer, ( xList * ) pxDelayedTaskList, tskBLOCKED_CHAR );
+ }
+
+ if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxOverflowDelayedTaskList ) == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ prvListTaskWithinSingleList( pcWriteBuffer, ( xList * ) pxOverflowDelayedTaskList, tskBLOCKED_CHAR );
+ }
+
+ #if( INCLUDE_vTaskDelete == 1 )
+ {
+ if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &xTasksWaitingTermination ) == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ prvListTaskWithinSingleList( pcWriteBuffer, ( xList * ) &xTasksWaitingTermination, tskDELETED_CHAR );
+ }
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ #if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 )
+ {
+ if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &xSuspendedTaskList ) == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ prvListTaskWithinSingleList( pcWriteBuffer, ( xList * ) &xSuspendedTaskList, tskSUSPENDED_CHAR );
+ }
+ }
+ #endif
+ }
+ xTaskResumeAll();
+ }
+
+#endif
+/*----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 )
+
+ void vTaskGetRunTimeStats( signed char *pcWriteBuffer )
+ {
+ unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxQueue;
+ unsigned long ulTotalRunTime;
+
+ /* This is a VERY costly function that should be used for debug only.
+ It leaves interrupts disabled for a LONG time. */
+
+ vTaskSuspendAll();
+ {
+ #ifdef portALT_GET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE
+ portALT_GET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE( ulTotalRunTime );
+ #else
+ ulTotalRunTime = portGET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE();
+ #endif
+
+ /* Divide ulTotalRunTime by 100 to make the percentage caluclations
+ simpler in the prvGenerateRunTimeStatsForTasksInList() function. */
+ ulTotalRunTime /= 100UL;
+
+ /* Run through all the lists that could potentially contain a TCB,
+ generating a table of run timer percentages in the provided
+ buffer. */
+
+ *pcWriteBuffer = ( signed char ) 0x00;
+ strcat( ( char * ) pcWriteBuffer, ( const char * ) "\r\n" );
+
+ uxQueue = uxTopUsedPriority + ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 1U;
+
+ do
+ {
+ uxQueue--;
+
+ if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ uxQueue ] ) ) == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ prvGenerateRunTimeStatsForTasksInList( pcWriteBuffer, ( xList * ) &( pxReadyTasksLists[ uxQueue ] ), ulTotalRunTime );
+ }
+ }while( uxQueue > ( unsigned short ) tskIDLE_PRIORITY );
+
+ if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxDelayedTaskList ) == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ prvGenerateRunTimeStatsForTasksInList( pcWriteBuffer, ( xList * ) pxDelayedTaskList, ulTotalRunTime );
+ }
+
+ if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxOverflowDelayedTaskList ) == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ prvGenerateRunTimeStatsForTasksInList( pcWriteBuffer, ( xList * ) pxOverflowDelayedTaskList, ulTotalRunTime );
+ }
+
+ #if ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelete == 1 )
+ {
+ if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &xTasksWaitingTermination ) == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ prvGenerateRunTimeStatsForTasksInList( pcWriteBuffer, ( xList * ) &xTasksWaitingTermination, ulTotalRunTime );
+ }
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ #if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 )
+ {
+ if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &xSuspendedTaskList ) == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ prvGenerateRunTimeStatsForTasksInList( pcWriteBuffer, ( xList * ) &xSuspendedTaskList, ulTotalRunTime );
+ }
+ }
+ #endif
+ }
+ xTaskResumeAll();
+ }
+
+#endif
+/*----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+
+ void vTaskStartTrace( signed char * pcBuffer, unsigned long ulBufferSize )
+ {
+ configASSERT( pcBuffer );
+ configASSERT( ulBufferSize );
+
+ taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+ {
+ pcTraceBuffer = ( signed char * )pcBuffer;
+ pcTraceBufferStart = pcBuffer;
+ pcTraceBufferEnd = pcBuffer + ( ulBufferSize - tskSIZE_OF_EACH_TRACE_LINE );
+ xTracing = pdTRUE;
+ }
+ taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+ }
+
+#endif
+/*----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+
+ unsigned long ulTaskEndTrace( void )
+ {
+ unsigned long ulBufferLength;
+
+ taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+ xTracing = pdFALSE;
+ taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+ ulBufferLength = ( unsigned long ) ( pcTraceBuffer - pcTraceBufferStart );
+
+ return ulBufferLength;
+ }
+
+#endif
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------
+ * SCHEDULER INTERNALS AVAILABLE FOR PORTING PURPOSES
+ * documented in task.h
+ *----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+
+void vTaskIncrementTick( void )
+{
+tskTCB * pxTCB;
+
+ /* Called by the portable layer each time a tick interrupt occurs.
+ Increments the tick then checks to see if the new tick value will cause any
+ tasks to be unblocked. */
+ if( uxSchedulerSuspended == ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) pdFALSE )
+ {
+ ++xTickCount;
+ if( xTickCount == ( portTickType ) 0 )
+ {
+ xList *pxTemp;
+
+ /* Tick count has overflowed so we need to swap the delay lists.
+ If there are any items in pxDelayedTaskList here then there is
+ an error! */
+ configASSERT( ( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxDelayedTaskList ) ) );
+
+ pxTemp = pxDelayedTaskList;
+ pxDelayedTaskList = pxOverflowDelayedTaskList;
+ pxOverflowDelayedTaskList = pxTemp;
+ xNumOfOverflows++;
+
+ if( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxDelayedTaskList ) != pdFALSE )
+ {
+ /* The new current delayed list is empty. Set
+ xNextTaskUnblockTime to the maximum possible value so it is
+ extremely unlikely that the
+ if( xTickCount >= xNextTaskUnblockTime ) test will pass until
+ there is an item in the delayed list. */
+ xNextTaskUnblockTime = portMAX_DELAY;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* The new current delayed list is not empty, get the value of
+ the item at the head of the delayed list. This is the time at
+ which the task at the head of the delayed list should be removed
+ from the Blocked state. */
+ pxTCB = ( tskTCB * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxDelayedTaskList );
+ xNextTaskUnblockTime = listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) );
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* See if this tick has made a timeout expire. */
+ prvCheckDelayedTasks();
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ ++uxMissedTicks;
+
+ /* The tick hook gets called at regular intervals, even if the
+ scheduler is locked. */
+ #if ( configUSE_TICK_HOOK == 1 )
+ {
+ vApplicationTickHook();
+ }
+ #endif
+ }
+
+ #if ( configUSE_TICK_HOOK == 1 )
+ {
+ /* Guard against the tick hook being called when the missed tick
+ count is being unwound (when the scheduler is being unlocked. */
+ if( uxMissedTicks == ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0U )
+ {
+ vApplicationTickHook();
+ }
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ traceTASK_INCREMENT_TICK( xTickCount );
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( ( INCLUDE_vTaskCleanUpResources == 1 ) && ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 ) )
+
+ void vTaskCleanUpResources( void )
+ {
+ unsigned short usQueue;
+ volatile tskTCB *pxTCB;
+
+ usQueue = ( unsigned short ) uxTopUsedPriority + ( unsigned short ) 1;
+
+ /* Remove any TCB's from the ready queues. */
+ do
+ {
+ usQueue--;
+
+ while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ usQueue ] ) ) == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxTCB, &( pxReadyTasksLists[ usQueue ] ) );
+ vListRemove( ( xListItem * ) &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) );
+
+ prvDeleteTCB( ( tskTCB * ) pxTCB );
+ }
+ }while( usQueue > ( unsigned short ) tskIDLE_PRIORITY );
+
+ /* Remove any TCB's from the delayed queue. */
+ while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &xDelayedTaskList1 ) == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxTCB, &xDelayedTaskList1 );
+ vListRemove( ( xListItem * ) &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) );
+
+ prvDeleteTCB( ( tskTCB * ) pxTCB );
+ }
+
+ /* Remove any TCB's from the overflow delayed queue. */
+ while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &xDelayedTaskList2 ) == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxTCB, &xDelayedTaskList2 );
+ vListRemove( ( xListItem * ) &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) );
+
+ prvDeleteTCB( ( tskTCB * ) pxTCB );
+ }
+
+ while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &xSuspendedTaskList ) == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxTCB, &xSuspendedTaskList );
+ vListRemove( ( xListItem * ) &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) );
+
+ prvDeleteTCB( ( tskTCB * ) pxTCB );
+ }
+ }
+
+#endif
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG == 1 )
+
+ void vTaskSetApplicationTaskTag( xTaskHandle xTask, pdTASK_HOOK_CODE pxHookFunction )
+ {
+ tskTCB *xTCB;
+
+ /* If xTask is NULL then we are setting our own task hook. */
+ if( xTask == NULL )
+ {
+ xTCB = ( tskTCB * ) pxCurrentTCB;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ xTCB = ( tskTCB * ) xTask;
+ }
+
+ /* Save the hook function in the TCB. A critical section is required as
+ the value can be accessed from an interrupt. */
+ taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+ xTCB->pxTaskTag = pxHookFunction;
+ taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+ }
+
+#endif
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG == 1 )
+
+ pdTASK_HOOK_CODE xTaskGetApplicationTaskTag( xTaskHandle xTask )
+ {
+ tskTCB *xTCB;
+ pdTASK_HOOK_CODE xReturn;
+
+ /* If xTask is NULL then we are setting our own task hook. */
+ if( xTask == NULL )
+ {
+ xTCB = ( tskTCB * ) pxCurrentTCB;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ xTCB = ( tskTCB * ) xTask;
+ }
+
+ /* Save the hook function in the TCB. A critical section is required as
+ the value can be accessed from an interrupt. */
+ taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+ xReturn = xTCB->pxTaskTag;
+ taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+ return xReturn;
+ }
+
+#endif
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG == 1 )
+
+ portBASE_TYPE xTaskCallApplicationTaskHook( xTaskHandle xTask, void *pvParameter )
+ {
+ tskTCB *xTCB;
+ portBASE_TYPE xReturn;
+
+ /* If xTask is NULL then we are calling our own task hook. */
+ if( xTask == NULL )
+ {
+ xTCB = ( tskTCB * ) pxCurrentTCB;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ xTCB = ( tskTCB * ) xTask;
+ }
+
+ if( xTCB->pxTaskTag != NULL )
+ {
+ xReturn = xTCB->pxTaskTag( pvParameter );
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ xReturn = pdFAIL;
+ }
+
+ return xReturn;
+ }
+
+#endif
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vTaskSwitchContext( void )
+{
+ if( uxSchedulerSuspended != ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) pdFALSE )
+ {
+ /* The scheduler is currently suspended - do not allow a context
+ switch. */
+ xMissedYield = pdTRUE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ traceTASK_SWITCHED_OUT();
+
+ #if ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 )
+ {
+ unsigned long ulTempCounter;
+
+ #ifdef portALT_GET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE
+ portALT_GET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE( ulTempCounter );
+ #else
+ ulTempCounter = portGET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE();
+ #endif
+
+ /* Add the amount of time the task has been running to the accumulated
+ time so far. The time the task started running was stored in
+ ulTaskSwitchedInTime. Note that there is no overflow protection here
+ so count values are only valid until the timer overflows. Generally
+ this will be about 1 hour assuming a 1uS timer increment. */
+ pxCurrentTCB->ulRunTimeCounter += ( ulTempCounter - ulTaskSwitchedInTime );
+ ulTaskSwitchedInTime = ulTempCounter;
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ taskFIRST_CHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW();
+ taskSECOND_CHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW();
+
+ /* Find the highest priority queue that contains ready tasks. */
+ while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ uxTopReadyPriority ] ) ) )
+ {
+ configASSERT( uxTopReadyPriority );
+ --uxTopReadyPriority;
+ }
+
+ /* listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY walks through the list, so the tasks of the
+ same priority get an equal share of the processor time. */
+ listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxCurrentTCB, &( pxReadyTasksLists[ uxTopReadyPriority ] ) );
+
+ traceTASK_SWITCHED_IN();
+ vWriteTraceToBuffer();
+ }
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vTaskPlaceOnEventList( const xList * const pxEventList, portTickType xTicksToWait )
+{
+portTickType xTimeToWake;
+
+ configASSERT( pxEventList );
+
+ /* THIS FUNCTION MUST BE CALLED WITH INTERRUPTS DISABLED OR THE
+ SCHEDULER SUSPENDED. */
+
+ /* Place the event list item of the TCB in the appropriate event list.
+ This is placed in the list in priority order so the highest priority task
+ is the first to be woken by the event. */
+ vListInsert( ( xList * ) pxEventList, ( xListItem * ) &( pxCurrentTCB->xEventListItem ) );
+
+ /* We must remove ourselves from the ready list before adding ourselves
+ to the blocked list as the same list item is used for both lists. We have
+ exclusive access to the ready lists as the scheduler is locked. */
+ vListRemove( ( xListItem * ) &( pxCurrentTCB->xGenericListItem ) );
+
+
+ #if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 )
+ {
+ if( xTicksToWait == portMAX_DELAY )
+ {
+ /* Add ourselves to the suspended task list instead of a delayed task
+ list to ensure we are not woken by a timing event. We will block
+ indefinitely. */
+ vListInsertEnd( ( xList * ) &xSuspendedTaskList, ( xListItem * ) &( pxCurrentTCB->xGenericListItem ) );
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Calculate the time at which the task should be woken if the event does
+ not occur. This may overflow but this doesn't matter. */
+ xTimeToWake = xTickCount + xTicksToWait;
+ prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList( xTimeToWake );
+ }
+ }
+ #else
+ {
+ /* Calculate the time at which the task should be woken if the event does
+ not occur. This may overflow but this doesn't matter. */
+ xTimeToWake = xTickCount + xTicksToWait;
+ prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList( xTimeToWake );
+ }
+ #endif
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if configUSE_TIMERS == 1
+
+ void vTaskPlaceOnEventListRestricted( const xList * const pxEventList, portTickType xTicksToWait )
+ {
+ portTickType xTimeToWake;
+
+ configASSERT( pxEventList );
+
+ /* This function should not be called by application code hence the
+ 'Restricted' in its name. It is not part of the public API. It is
+ designed for use by kernel code, and has special calling requirements -
+ it should be called from a critical section. */
+
+
+ /* Place the event list item of the TCB in the appropriate event list.
+ In this case it is assume that this is the only task that is going to
+ be waiting on this event list, so the faster vListInsertEnd() function
+ can be used in place of vListInsert. */
+ vListInsertEnd( ( xList * ) pxEventList, ( xListItem * ) &( pxCurrentTCB->xEventListItem ) );
+
+ /* We must remove this task from the ready list before adding it to the
+ blocked list as the same list item is used for both lists. This
+ function is called form a critical section. */
+ vListRemove( ( xListItem * ) &( pxCurrentTCB->xGenericListItem ) );
+
+ /* Calculate the time at which the task should be woken if the event does
+ not occur. This may overflow but this doesn't matter. */
+ xTimeToWake = xTickCount + xTicksToWait;
+ prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList( xTimeToWake );
+ }
+
+#endif /* configUSE_TIMERS */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+signed portBASE_TYPE xTaskRemoveFromEventList( const xList * const pxEventList )
+{
+tskTCB *pxUnblockedTCB;
+portBASE_TYPE xReturn;
+
+ /* THIS FUNCTION MUST BE CALLED WITH INTERRUPTS DISABLED OR THE
+ SCHEDULER SUSPENDED. It can also be called from within an ISR. */
+
+ /* The event list is sorted in priority order, so we can remove the
+ first in the list, remove the TCB from the delayed list, and add
+ it to the ready list.
+
+ If an event is for a queue that is locked then this function will never
+ get called - the lock count on the queue will get modified instead. This
+ means we can always expect exclusive access to the event list here.
+
+ This function assumes that a check has already been made to ensure that
+ pxEventList is not empty. */
+ pxUnblockedTCB = ( tskTCB * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxEventList );
+ configASSERT( pxUnblockedTCB );
+ vListRemove( &( pxUnblockedTCB->xEventListItem ) );
+
+ if( uxSchedulerSuspended == ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) pdFALSE )
+ {
+ vListRemove( &( pxUnblockedTCB->xGenericListItem ) );
+ prvAddTaskToReadyQueue( pxUnblockedTCB );
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* We cannot access the delayed or ready lists, so will hold this
+ task pending until the scheduler is resumed. */
+ vListInsertEnd( ( xList * ) &( xPendingReadyList ), &( pxUnblockedTCB->xEventListItem ) );
+ }
+
+ if( pxUnblockedTCB->uxPriority >= pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority )
+ {
+ /* Return true if the task removed from the event list has
+ a higher priority than the calling task. This allows
+ the calling task to know if it should force a context
+ switch now. */
+ xReturn = pdTRUE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ xReturn = pdFALSE;
+ }
+
+ return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vTaskSetTimeOutState( xTimeOutType * const pxTimeOut )
+{
+ configASSERT( pxTimeOut );
+ pxTimeOut->xOverflowCount = xNumOfOverflows;
+ pxTimeOut->xTimeOnEntering = xTickCount;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+portBASE_TYPE xTaskCheckForTimeOut( xTimeOutType * const pxTimeOut, portTickType * const pxTicksToWait )
+{
+portBASE_TYPE xReturn;
+
+ configASSERT( pxTimeOut );
+ configASSERT( pxTicksToWait );
+
+ taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+ {
+ #if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 )
+ /* If INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend is set to 1 and the block time specified is
+ the maximum block time then the task should block indefinitely, and
+ therefore never time out. */
+ if( *pxTicksToWait == portMAX_DELAY )
+ {
+ xReturn = pdFALSE;
+ }
+ else /* We are not blocking indefinitely, perform the checks below. */
+ #endif
+
+ if( ( xNumOfOverflows != pxTimeOut->xOverflowCount ) && ( ( portTickType ) xTickCount >= ( portTickType ) pxTimeOut->xTimeOnEntering ) )
+ {
+ /* The tick count is greater than the time at which vTaskSetTimeout()
+ was called, but has also overflowed since vTaskSetTimeOut() was called.
+ It must have wrapped all the way around and gone past us again. This
+ passed since vTaskSetTimeout() was called. */
+ xReturn = pdTRUE;
+ }
+ else if( ( ( portTickType ) ( ( portTickType ) xTickCount - ( portTickType ) pxTimeOut->xTimeOnEntering ) ) < ( portTickType ) *pxTicksToWait )
+ {
+ /* Not a genuine timeout. Adjust parameters for time remaining. */
+ *pxTicksToWait -= ( ( portTickType ) xTickCount - ( portTickType ) pxTimeOut->xTimeOnEntering );
+ vTaskSetTimeOutState( pxTimeOut );
+ xReturn = pdFALSE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ xReturn = pdTRUE;
+ }
+ }
+ taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+ return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vTaskMissedYield( void )
+{
+ xMissedYield = pdTRUE;
+}
+
+/*
+ * -----------------------------------------------------------
+ * The Idle task.
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * The portTASK_FUNCTION() macro is used to allow port/compiler specific
+ * language extensions. The equivalent prototype for this function is:
+ *
+ * void prvIdleTask( void *pvParameters );
+ *
+ */
+static portTASK_FUNCTION( prvIdleTask, pvParameters )
+{
+ /* Stop warnings. */
+ ( void ) pvParameters;
+
+ for( ;; )
+ {
+ /* See if any tasks have been deleted. */
+ prvCheckTasksWaitingTermination();
+
+ #if ( configUSE_PREEMPTION == 0 )
+ {
+ /* If we are not using preemption we keep forcing a task switch to
+ see if any other task has become available. If we are using
+ preemption we don't need to do this as any task becoming available
+ will automatically get the processor anyway. */
+ taskYIELD();
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ #if ( ( configUSE_PREEMPTION == 1 ) && ( configIDLE_SHOULD_YIELD == 1 ) )
+ {
+ /* When using preemption tasks of equal priority will be
+ timesliced. If a task that is sharing the idle priority is ready
+ to run then the idle task should yield before the end of the
+ timeslice.
+
+ A critical region is not required here as we are just reading from
+ the list, and an occasional incorrect value will not matter. If
+ the ready list at the idle priority contains more than one task
+ then a task other than the idle task is ready to execute. */
+ if( listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ tskIDLE_PRIORITY ] ) ) > ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 1 )
+ {
+ taskYIELD();
+ }
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ #if ( configUSE_IDLE_HOOK == 1 )
+ {
+ extern void vApplicationIdleHook( void );
+
+ /* Call the user defined function from within the idle task. This
+ allows the application designer to add background functionality
+ without the overhead of a separate task.
+ NOTE: vApplicationIdleHook() MUST NOT, UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES,
+ CALL A FUNCTION THAT MIGHT BLOCK. */
+ vApplicationIdleHook();
+ }
+ #endif
+ }
+} /*lint !e715 pvParameters is not accessed but all task functions require the same prototype. */
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------
+ * File private functions documented at the top of the file.
+ *----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+
+
+static void prvInitialiseTCBVariables( tskTCB *pxTCB, const signed char * const pcName, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPriority, const xMemoryRegion * const xRegions, unsigned short usStackDepth )
+{
+ /* Store the function name in the TCB. */
+ #if configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN > 1
+ {
+ /* Don't bring strncpy into the build unnecessarily. */
+ strncpy( ( char * ) pxTCB->pcTaskName, ( const char * ) pcName, ( unsigned short ) configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN );
+ }
+ #endif
+ pxTCB->pcTaskName[ ( unsigned short ) configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN - ( unsigned short ) 1 ] = ( signed char ) '\0';
+
+ /* This is used as an array index so must ensure it's not too large. First
+ remove the privilege bit if one is present. */
+ if( uxPriority >= configMAX_PRIORITIES )
+ {
+ uxPriority = configMAX_PRIORITIES - ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 1U;
+ }
+
+ pxTCB->uxPriority = uxPriority;
+ #if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+ {
+ pxTCB->uxBasePriority = uxPriority;
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ vListInitialiseItem( &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) );
+ vListInitialiseItem( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ) );
+
+ /* Set the pxTCB as a link back from the xListItem. This is so we can get
+ back to the containing TCB from a generic item in a list. */
+ listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ), pxTCB );
+
+ /* Event lists are always in priority order. */
+ listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ), configMAX_PRIORITIES - ( portTickType ) uxPriority );
+ listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ), pxTCB );
+
+ #if ( portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB == 1 )
+ {
+ pxTCB->uxCriticalNesting = ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0;
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ #if ( configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG == 1 )
+ {
+ pxTCB->pxTaskTag = NULL;
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ #if ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 )
+ {
+ pxTCB->ulRunTimeCounter = 0UL;
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ #if ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 )
+ {
+ vPortStoreTaskMPUSettings( &( pxTCB->xMPUSettings ), xRegions, pxTCB->pxStack, usStackDepth );
+ }
+ #else
+ {
+ ( void ) xRegions;
+ ( void ) usStackDepth;
+ }
+ #endif
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 )
+
+ void vTaskAllocateMPURegions( xTaskHandle xTaskToModify, const xMemoryRegion * const xRegions )
+ {
+ tskTCB *pxTCB;
+
+ if( xTaskToModify == pxCurrentTCB )
+ {
+ xTaskToModify = NULL;
+ }
+
+ /* If null is passed in here then we are deleting ourselves. */
+ pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTaskToModify );
+
+ vPortStoreTaskMPUSettings( &( pxTCB->xMPUSettings ), xRegions, NULL, 0 );
+ }
+ /*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+#endif
+
+static void prvInitialiseTaskLists( void )
+{
+unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxPriority;
+
+ for( uxPriority = ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0U; uxPriority < configMAX_PRIORITIES; uxPriority++ )
+ {
+ vListInitialise( ( xList * ) &( pxReadyTasksLists[ uxPriority ] ) );
+ }
+
+ vListInitialise( ( xList * ) &xDelayedTaskList1 );
+ vListInitialise( ( xList * ) &xDelayedTaskList2 );
+ vListInitialise( ( xList * ) &xPendingReadyList );
+
+ #if ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelete == 1 )
+ {
+ vListInitialise( ( xList * ) &xTasksWaitingTermination );
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ #if ( INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend == 1 )
+ {
+ vListInitialise( ( xList * ) &xSuspendedTaskList );
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Start with pxDelayedTaskList using list1 and the pxOverflowDelayedTaskList
+ using list2. */
+ pxDelayedTaskList = &xDelayedTaskList1;
+ pxOverflowDelayedTaskList = &xDelayedTaskList2;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvCheckTasksWaitingTermination( void )
+{
+ #if ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelete == 1 )
+ {
+ portBASE_TYPE xListIsEmpty;
+
+ /* ucTasksDeleted is used to prevent vTaskSuspendAll() being called
+ too often in the idle task. */
+ if( uxTasksDeleted > ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) 0 )
+ {
+ vTaskSuspendAll();
+ xListIsEmpty = listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &xTasksWaitingTermination );
+ xTaskResumeAll();
+
+ if( xListIsEmpty == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ tskTCB *pxTCB;
+
+ taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+ {
+ pxTCB = ( tskTCB * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( ( ( xList * ) &xTasksWaitingTermination ) );
+ vListRemove( &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) );
+ --uxCurrentNumberOfTasks;
+ --uxTasksDeleted;
+ }
+ taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+ prvDeleteTCB( pxTCB );
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ #endif
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvAddCurrentTaskToDelayedList( portTickType xTimeToWake )
+{
+ /* The list item will be inserted in wake time order. */
+ listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCurrentTCB->xGenericListItem ), xTimeToWake );
+
+ if( xTimeToWake < xTickCount )
+ {
+ /* Wake time has overflowed. Place this item in the overflow list. */
+ vListInsert( ( xList * ) pxOverflowDelayedTaskList, ( xListItem * ) &( pxCurrentTCB->xGenericListItem ) );
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* The wake time has not overflowed, so we can use the current block list. */
+ vListInsert( ( xList * ) pxDelayedTaskList, ( xListItem * ) &( pxCurrentTCB->xGenericListItem ) );
+
+ /* If the task entering the blocked state was placed at the head of the
+ list of blocked tasks then xNextTaskUnblockTime needs to be updated
+ too. */
+ if( xTimeToWake < xNextTaskUnblockTime )
+ {
+ xNextTaskUnblockTime = xTimeToWake;
+ }
+ }
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static tskTCB *prvAllocateTCBAndStack( unsigned short usStackDepth, portSTACK_TYPE *puxStackBuffer )
+{
+tskTCB *pxNewTCB;
+
+ /* Allocate space for the TCB. Where the memory comes from depends on
+ the implementation of the port malloc function. */
+ pxNewTCB = ( tskTCB * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( tskTCB ) );
+
+ if( pxNewTCB != NULL )
+ {
+ /* Allocate space for the stack used by the task being created.
+ The base of the stack memory stored in the TCB so the task can
+ be deleted later if required. */
+ pxNewTCB->pxStack = ( portSTACK_TYPE * ) pvPortMallocAligned( ( ( ( size_t )usStackDepth ) * sizeof( portSTACK_TYPE ) ), puxStackBuffer );
+
+ if( pxNewTCB->pxStack == NULL )
+ {
+ /* Could not allocate the stack. Delete the allocated TCB. */
+ vPortFree( pxNewTCB );
+ pxNewTCB = NULL;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Just to help debugging. */
+ memset( pxNewTCB->pxStack, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, usStackDepth * sizeof( portSTACK_TYPE ) );
+ }
+ }
+
+ return pxNewTCB;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+
+ static void prvListTaskWithinSingleList( const signed char *pcWriteBuffer, xList *pxList, signed char cStatus )
+ {
+ volatile tskTCB *pxNextTCB, *pxFirstTCB;
+ unsigned short usStackRemaining;
+
+ /* Write the details of all the TCB's in pxList into the buffer. */
+ listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxFirstTCB, pxList );
+ do
+ {
+ listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxNextTCB, pxList );
+ #if ( portSTACK_GROWTH > 0 )
+ {
+ usStackRemaining = usTaskCheckFreeStackSpace( ( unsigned char * ) pxNextTCB->pxEndOfStack );
+ }
+ #else
+ {
+ usStackRemaining = usTaskCheckFreeStackSpace( ( unsigned char * ) pxNextTCB->pxStack );
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ sprintf( pcStatusString, ( char * ) "%s\t\t%c\t%u\t%u\t%u\r\n", pxNextTCB->pcTaskName, cStatus, ( unsigned int ) pxNextTCB->uxPriority, usStackRemaining, ( unsigned int ) pxNextTCB->uxTCBNumber );
+ strcat( ( char * ) pcWriteBuffer, ( char * ) pcStatusString );
+
+ } while( pxNextTCB != pxFirstTCB );
+ }
+
+#endif
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 )
+
+ static void prvGenerateRunTimeStatsForTasksInList( const signed char *pcWriteBuffer, xList *pxList, unsigned long ulTotalRunTime )
+ {
+ volatile tskTCB *pxNextTCB, *pxFirstTCB;
+ unsigned long ulStatsAsPercentage;
+
+ /* Write the run time stats of all the TCB's in pxList into the buffer. */
+ listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxFirstTCB, pxList );
+ do
+ {
+ /* Get next TCB in from the list. */
+ listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxNextTCB, pxList );
+
+ /* Divide by zero check. */
+ if( ulTotalRunTime > 0UL )
+ {
+ /* Has the task run at all? */
+ if( pxNextTCB->ulRunTimeCounter == 0 )
+ {
+ /* The task has used no CPU time at all. */
+ sprintf( pcStatsString, ( char * ) "%s\t\t0\t\t0%%\r\n", pxNextTCB->pcTaskName );
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* What percentage of the total run time has the task used?
+ This will always be rounded down to the nearest integer.
+ ulTotalRunTime has already been divided by 100. */
+ ulStatsAsPercentage = pxNextTCB->ulRunTimeCounter / ulTotalRunTime;
+
+ if( ulStatsAsPercentage > 0UL )
+ {
+ #ifdef portLU_PRINTF_SPECIFIER_REQUIRED
+ {
+ sprintf( pcStatsString, ( char * ) "%s\t\t%lu\t\t%lu%%\r\n", pxNextTCB->pcTaskName, pxNextTCB->ulRunTimeCounter, ulStatsAsPercentage );
+ }
+ #else
+ {
+ /* sizeof( int ) == sizeof( long ) so a smaller
+ printf() library can be used. */
+ sprintf( pcStatsString, ( char * ) "%s\t\t%u\t\t%u%%\r\n", pxNextTCB->pcTaskName, ( unsigned int ) pxNextTCB->ulRunTimeCounter, ( unsigned int ) ulStatsAsPercentage );
+ }
+ #endif
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* If the percentage is zero here then the task has
+ consumed less than 1% of the total run time. */
+ #ifdef portLU_PRINTF_SPECIFIER_REQUIRED
+ {
+ sprintf( pcStatsString, ( char * ) "%s\t\t%lu\t\t<1%%\r\n", pxNextTCB->pcTaskName, pxNextTCB->ulRunTimeCounter );
+ }
+ #else
+ {
+ /* sizeof( int ) == sizeof( long ) so a smaller
+ printf() library can be used. */
+ sprintf( pcStatsString, ( char * ) "%s\t\t%u\t\t<1%%\r\n", pxNextTCB->pcTaskName, ( unsigned int ) pxNextTCB->ulRunTimeCounter );
+ }
+ #endif
+ }
+ }
+
+ strcat( ( char * ) pcWriteBuffer, ( char * ) pcStatsString );
+ }
+
+ } while( pxNextTCB != pxFirstTCB );
+ }
+
+#endif
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) || ( INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark == 1 ) )
+
+ static unsigned short usTaskCheckFreeStackSpace( const unsigned char * pucStackByte )
+ {
+ register unsigned short usCount = 0;
+
+ while( *pucStackByte == tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE )
+ {
+ pucStackByte -= portSTACK_GROWTH;
+ usCount++;
+ }
+
+ usCount /= sizeof( portSTACK_TYPE );
+
+ return usCount;
+ }
+
+#endif
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark == 1 )
+
+ unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark( xTaskHandle xTask )
+ {
+ tskTCB *pxTCB;
+ unsigned char *pcEndOfStack;
+ unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxReturn;
+
+ pxTCB = prvGetTCBFromHandle( xTask );
+
+ #if portSTACK_GROWTH < 0
+ {
+ pcEndOfStack = ( unsigned char * ) pxTCB->pxStack;
+ }
+ #else
+ {
+ pcEndOfStack = ( unsigned char * ) pxTCB->pxEndOfStack;
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ uxReturn = ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) usTaskCheckFreeStackSpace( pcEndOfStack );
+
+ return uxReturn;
+ }
+
+#endif
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( ( INCLUDE_vTaskDelete == 1 ) || ( INCLUDE_vTaskCleanUpResources == 1 ) )
+
+ static void prvDeleteTCB( tskTCB *pxTCB )
+ {
+ /* Free up the memory allocated by the scheduler for the task. It is up to
+ the task to free any memory allocated at the application level. */
+ vPortFreeAligned( pxTCB->pxStack );
+ vPortFree( pxTCB );
+ }
+
+#endif
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle == 1 ) || ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 ) )
+
+ xTaskHandle xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle( void )
+ {
+ xTaskHandle xReturn;
+
+ /* A critical section is not required as this is not called from
+ an interrupt and the current TCB will always be the same for any
+ individual execution thread. */
+ xReturn = pxCurrentTCB;
+
+ return xReturn;
+ }
+
+#endif
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState == 1 ) || ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) )
+
+ portBASE_TYPE xTaskGetSchedulerState( void )
+ {
+ portBASE_TYPE xReturn;
+
+ if( xSchedulerRunning == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ xReturn = taskSCHEDULER_NOT_STARTED;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if( uxSchedulerSuspended == ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) pdFALSE )
+ {
+ xReturn = taskSCHEDULER_RUNNING;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ xReturn = taskSCHEDULER_SUSPENDED;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return xReturn;
+ }
+
+#endif
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+
+ void vTaskPriorityInherit( xTaskHandle * const pxMutexHolder )
+ {
+ tskTCB * const pxTCB = ( tskTCB * ) pxMutexHolder;
+
+ configASSERT( pxMutexHolder );
+
+ if( pxTCB->uxPriority < pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority )
+ {
+ /* Adjust the mutex holder state to account for its new priority. */
+ listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ), configMAX_PRIORITIES - ( portTickType ) pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority );
+
+ /* If the task being modified is in the ready state it will need to
+ be moved in to a new list. */
+ if( listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( &( pxReadyTasksLists[ pxTCB->uxPriority ] ), &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) ) )
+ {
+ vListRemove( &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) );
+
+ /* Inherit the priority before being moved into the new list. */
+ pxTCB->uxPriority = pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority;
+ prvAddTaskToReadyQueue( pxTCB );
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Just inherit the priority. */
+ pxTCB->uxPriority = pxCurrentTCB->uxPriority;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+#endif
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_MUTEXES == 1 )
+
+ void vTaskPriorityDisinherit( xTaskHandle * const pxMutexHolder )
+ {
+ tskTCB * const pxTCB = ( tskTCB * ) pxMutexHolder;
+
+ if( pxMutexHolder != NULL )
+ {
+ if( pxTCB->uxPriority != pxTCB->uxBasePriority )
+ {
+ /* We must be the running task to be able to give the mutex back.
+ Remove ourselves from the ready list we currently appear in. */
+ vListRemove( &( pxTCB->xGenericListItem ) );
+
+ /* Disinherit the priority before adding ourselves into the new
+ ready list. */
+ pxTCB->uxPriority = pxTCB->uxBasePriority;
+ listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTCB->xEventListItem ), configMAX_PRIORITIES - ( portTickType ) pxTCB->uxPriority );
+ prvAddTaskToReadyQueue( pxTCB );
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+#endif
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB == 1 )
+
+ void vTaskEnterCritical( void )
+ {
+ portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+
+ if( xSchedulerRunning != pdFALSE )
+ {
+ ( pxCurrentTCB->uxCriticalNesting )++;
+ }
+ }
+
+#endif
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB == 1 )
+
+void vTaskExitCritical( void )
+{
+ if( xSchedulerRunning != pdFALSE )
+ {
+ if( pxCurrentTCB->uxCriticalNesting > 0 )
+ {
+ ( pxCurrentTCB->uxCriticalNesting )--;
+
+ if( pxCurrentTCB->uxCriticalNesting == 0 )
+ {
+ portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+#endif
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+
+
+
diff --git a/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/timers.c b/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/timers.c
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..1dd7555
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/timers.c
@@ -0,0 +1,649 @@
+/*
+ FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
+
+
+ FreeRTOS supports many tools and architectures. V7.0.0 is sponsored by:
+ Atollic AB - Atollic provides professional embedded systems development
+ tools for C/C++ development, code analysis and test automation.
+ See http://www.atollic.com
+
+
+ ***************************************************************************
+ * *
+ * FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. *
+ * Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also *
+ * available. *
+ * *
+ * Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by *
+ * ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an *
+ * in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help *
+ * the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing *
+ * professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions *
+ * for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! *
+ * *
+ * >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< *
+ * *
+ * Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! *
+ * *
+ ***************************************************************************
+
+
+ This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
+
+ FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+ the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
+ Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception.
+ >>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to
+ distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to
+ provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
+ kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+ WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+ or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
+ more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
+ License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it
+ can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained
+ by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the
+ FreeRTOS WEB site.
+
+ 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+
+ http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and
+ contact details.
+
+ http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety
+ critical systems.
+
+ http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting,
+ licensing and training services.
+*/
+
+/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining
+all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers. That should only be done when
+task.h is included from an application file. */
+#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
+
+#include "FreeRTOS.h"
+#include "task.h"
+#include "queue.h"
+#include "timers.h"
+
+#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
+
+/* This entire source file will be skipped if the application is not configured
+to include software timer functionality. This #if is closed at the very bottom
+of this file. If you want to include software timer functionality then ensure
+configUSE_TIMERS is set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h. */
+#if ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 )
+
+/* Misc definitions. */
+#define tmrNO_DELAY ( portTickType ) 0U
+
+/* The definition of the timers themselves. */
+typedef struct tmrTimerControl
+{
+ const signed char *pcTimerName; /*<< Text name. This is not used by the kernel, it is included simply to make debugging easier. */
+ xListItem xTimerListItem; /*<< Standard linked list item as used by all kernel features for event management. */
+ portTickType xTimerPeriodInTicks;/*<< How quickly and often the timer expires. */
+ unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxAutoReload; /*<< Set to pdTRUE if the timer should be automatically restarted once expired. Set to pdFALSE if the timer is, in effect, a one shot timer. */
+ void *pvTimerID; /*<< An ID to identify the timer. This allows the timer to be identified when the same callback is used for multiple timers. */
+ tmrTIMER_CALLBACK pxCallbackFunction; /*<< The function that will be called when the timer expires. */
+} xTIMER;
+
+/* The definition of messages that can be sent and received on the timer
+queue. */
+typedef struct tmrTimerQueueMessage
+{
+ portBASE_TYPE xMessageID; /*<< The command being sent to the timer service task. */
+ portTickType xMessageValue; /*<< An optional value used by a subset of commands, for example, when changing the period of a timer. */
+ xTIMER * pxTimer; /*<< The timer to which the command will be applied. */
+} xTIMER_MESSAGE;
+
+
+/* The list in which active timers are stored. Timers are referenced in expire
+time order, with the nearest expiry time at the front of the list. Only the
+timer service task is allowed to access xActiveTimerList. */
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static xList xActiveTimerList1;
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static xList xActiveTimerList2;
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static xList *pxCurrentTimerList;
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static xList *pxOverflowTimerList;
+
+/* A queue that is used to send commands to the timer service task. */
+PRIVILEGED_DATA static xQueueHandle xTimerQueue = NULL;
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*
+ * Initialise the infrastructure used by the timer service task if it has not
+ * been initialised already.
+ */
+static void prvCheckForValidListAndQueue( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * The timer service task (daemon). Timer functionality is controlled by this
+ * task. Other tasks communicate with the timer service task using the
+ * xTimerQueue queue.
+ */
+static void prvTimerTask( void *pvParameters ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Called by the timer service task to interpret and process a command it
+ * received on the timer queue.
+ */
+static void prvProcessReceivedCommands( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Insert the timer into either xActiveTimerList1, or xActiveTimerList2,
+ * depending on if the expire time causes a timer counter overflow.
+ */
+static portBASE_TYPE prvInsertTimerInActiveList( xTIMER *pxTimer, portTickType xNextExpiryTime, portTickType xTimeNow, portTickType xCommandTime ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * An active timer has reached its expire time. Reload the timer if it is an
+ * auto reload timer, then call its callback.
+ */
+static void prvProcessExpiredTimer( portTickType xNextExpireTime, portTickType xTimeNow ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * The tick count has overflowed. Switch the timer lists after ensuring the
+ * current timer list does not still reference some timers.
+ */
+static void prvSwitchTimerLists( portTickType xLastTime ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Obtain the current tick count, setting *pxTimerListsWereSwitched to pdTRUE
+ * if a tick count overflow occurred since prvSampleTimeNow() was last called.
+ */
+static portTickType prvSampleTimeNow( portBASE_TYPE *pxTimerListsWereSwitched ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * If the timer list contains any active timers then return the expire time of
+ * the timer that will expire first and set *pxListWasEmpty to false. If the
+ * timer list does not contain any timers then return 0 and set *pxListWasEmpty
+ * to pdTRUE.
+ */
+static portTickType prvGetNextExpireTime( portBASE_TYPE *pxListWasEmpty ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * If a timer has expired, process it. Otherwise, block the timer service task
+ * until either a timer does expire or a command is received.
+ */
+static void prvProcessTimerOrBlockTask( portTickType xNextExpireTime, portBASE_TYPE xListWasEmpty ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+portBASE_TYPE xTimerCreateTimerTask( void )
+{
+portBASE_TYPE xReturn = pdFAIL;
+
+ /* This function is called when the scheduler is started if
+ configUSE_TIMERS is set to 1. Check that the infrastructure used by the
+ timer service task has been created/initialised. If timers have already
+ been created then the initialisation will already have been performed. */
+ prvCheckForValidListAndQueue();
+
+ if( xTimerQueue != NULL )
+ {
+ xReturn = xTaskCreate( prvTimerTask, ( const signed char * ) "Tmr Svc", ( unsigned short ) configTIMER_TASK_STACK_DEPTH, NULL, ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY, NULL);
+ }
+
+ configASSERT( xReturn );
+ return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+xTimerHandle xTimerCreate( const signed char *pcTimerName, portTickType xTimerPeriodInTicks, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxAutoReload, void *pvTimerID, tmrTIMER_CALLBACK pxCallbackFunction )
+{
+xTIMER *pxNewTimer;
+
+ /* Allocate the timer structure. */
+ if( xTimerPeriodInTicks == ( portTickType ) 0U )
+ {
+ pxNewTimer = NULL;
+ configASSERT( ( xTimerPeriodInTicks > 0 ) );
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ pxNewTimer = ( xTIMER * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( xTIMER ) );
+ if( pxNewTimer != NULL )
+ {
+ /* Ensure the infrastructure used by the timer service task has been
+ created/initialised. */
+ prvCheckForValidListAndQueue();
+
+ /* Initialise the timer structure members using the function parameters. */
+ pxNewTimer->pcTimerName = pcTimerName;
+ pxNewTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks = xTimerPeriodInTicks;
+ pxNewTimer->uxAutoReload = uxAutoReload;
+ pxNewTimer->pvTimerID = pvTimerID;
+ pxNewTimer->pxCallbackFunction = pxCallbackFunction;
+ vListInitialiseItem( &( pxNewTimer->xTimerListItem ) );
+
+ traceTIMER_CREATE( pxNewTimer );
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ traceTIMER_CREATE_FAILED();
+ }
+ }
+
+ return ( xTimerHandle ) pxNewTimer;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+portBASE_TYPE xTimerGenericCommand( xTimerHandle xTimer, portBASE_TYPE xCommandID, portTickType xOptionalValue, portBASE_TYPE *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken, portTickType xBlockTime )
+{
+portBASE_TYPE xReturn = pdFAIL;
+xTIMER_MESSAGE xMessage;
+
+ /* Send a message to the timer service task to perform a particular action
+ on a particular timer definition. */
+ if( xTimerQueue != NULL )
+ {
+ /* Send a command to the timer service task to start the xTimer timer. */
+ xMessage.xMessageID = xCommandID;
+ xMessage.xMessageValue = xOptionalValue;
+ xMessage.pxTimer = ( xTIMER * ) xTimer;
+
+ if( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken == NULL )
+ {
+ if( xTaskGetSchedulerState() == taskSCHEDULER_RUNNING )
+ {
+ xReturn = xQueueSendToBack( xTimerQueue, &xMessage, xBlockTime );
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ xReturn = xQueueSendToBack( xTimerQueue, &xMessage, tmrNO_DELAY );
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ xReturn = xQueueSendToBackFromISR( xTimerQueue, &xMessage, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+ }
+
+ traceTIMER_COMMAND_SEND( xTimer, xCommandID, xOptionalValue, xReturn );
+ }
+
+ return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvProcessExpiredTimer( portTickType xNextExpireTime, portTickType xTimeNow )
+{
+xTIMER *pxTimer;
+portBASE_TYPE xResult;
+
+ /* Remove the timer from the list of active timers. A check has already
+ been performed to ensure the list is not empty. */
+ pxTimer = ( xTIMER * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxCurrentTimerList );
+ vListRemove( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) );
+ traceTIMER_EXPIRED( pxTimer );
+
+ /* If the timer is an auto reload timer then calculate the next
+ expiry time and re-insert the timer in the list of active timers. */
+ if( pxTimer->uxAutoReload == ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) pdTRUE )
+ {
+ /* This is the only time a timer is inserted into a list using
+ a time relative to anything other than the current time. It
+ will therefore be inserted into the correct list relative to
+ the time this task thinks it is now, even if a command to
+ switch lists due to a tick count overflow is already waiting in
+ the timer queue. */
+ if( prvInsertTimerInActiveList( pxTimer, ( xNextExpireTime + pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks ), xTimeNow, xNextExpireTime ) == pdTRUE )
+ {
+ /* The timer expired before it was added to the active timer
+ list. Reload it now. */
+ xResult = xTimerGenericCommand( pxTimer, tmrCOMMAND_START, xNextExpireTime, NULL, tmrNO_DELAY );
+ configASSERT( xResult );
+ ( void ) xResult;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Call the timer callback. */
+ pxTimer->pxCallbackFunction( ( xTimerHandle ) pxTimer );
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvTimerTask( void *pvParameters )
+{
+portTickType xNextExpireTime;
+portBASE_TYPE xListWasEmpty;
+
+ /* Just to avoid compiler warnings. */
+ ( void ) pvParameters;
+
+ for( ;; )
+ {
+ /* Query the timers list to see if it contains any timers, and if so,
+ obtain the time at which the next timer will expire. */
+ xNextExpireTime = prvGetNextExpireTime( &xListWasEmpty );
+
+ /* If a timer has expired, process it. Otherwise, block this task
+ until either a timer does expire, or a command is received. */
+ prvProcessTimerOrBlockTask( xNextExpireTime, xListWasEmpty );
+
+ /* Empty the command queue. */
+ prvProcessReceivedCommands();
+ }
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvProcessTimerOrBlockTask( portTickType xNextExpireTime, portBASE_TYPE xListWasEmpty )
+{
+portTickType xTimeNow;
+portBASE_TYPE xTimerListsWereSwitched;
+
+ vTaskSuspendAll();
+ {
+ /* Obtain the time now to make an assessment as to whether the timer
+ has expired or not. If obtaining the time causes the lists to switch
+ then don't process this timer as any timers that remained in the list
+ when the lists were switched will have been processed within the
+ prvSampelTimeNow() function. */
+ xTimeNow = prvSampleTimeNow( &xTimerListsWereSwitched );
+ if( xTimerListsWereSwitched == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ /* The tick count has not overflowed, has the timer expired? */
+ if( ( xListWasEmpty == pdFALSE ) && ( xNextExpireTime <= xTimeNow ) )
+ {
+ xTaskResumeAll();
+ prvProcessExpiredTimer( xNextExpireTime, xTimeNow );
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* The tick count has not overflowed, and the next expire
+ time has not been reached yet. This task should therefore
+ block to wait for the next expire time or a command to be
+ received - whichever comes first. The following line cannot
+ be reached unless xNextExpireTime > xTimeNow, except in the
+ case when the current timer list is empty. */
+ vQueueWaitForMessageRestricted( xTimerQueue, ( xNextExpireTime - xTimeNow ) );
+
+ if( xTaskResumeAll() == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ /* Yield to wait for either a command to arrive, or the block time
+ to expire. If a command arrived between the critical section being
+ exited and this yield then the yield will not cause the task
+ to block. */
+ portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ xTaskResumeAll();
+ }
+ }
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static portTickType prvGetNextExpireTime( portBASE_TYPE *pxListWasEmpty )
+{
+portTickType xNextExpireTime;
+
+ /* Timers are listed in expiry time order, with the head of the list
+ referencing the task that will expire first. Obtain the time at which
+ the timer with the nearest expiry time will expire. If there are no
+ active timers then just set the next expire time to 0. That will cause
+ this task to unblock when the tick count overflows, at which point the
+ timer lists will be switched and the next expiry time can be
+ re-assessed. */
+ *pxListWasEmpty = listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxCurrentTimerList );
+ if( *pxListWasEmpty == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ xNextExpireTime = listGET_ITEM_VALUE_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxCurrentTimerList );
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Ensure the task unblocks when the tick count rolls over. */
+ xNextExpireTime = ( portTickType ) 0U;
+ }
+
+ return xNextExpireTime;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static portTickType prvSampleTimeNow( portBASE_TYPE *pxTimerListsWereSwitched )
+{
+portTickType xTimeNow;
+static portTickType xLastTime = ( portTickType ) 0U;
+
+ xTimeNow = xTaskGetTickCount();
+
+ if( xTimeNow < xLastTime )
+ {
+ prvSwitchTimerLists( xLastTime );
+ *pxTimerListsWereSwitched = pdTRUE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ *pxTimerListsWereSwitched = pdFALSE;
+ }
+
+ xLastTime = xTimeNow;
+
+ return xTimeNow;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static portBASE_TYPE prvInsertTimerInActiveList( xTIMER *pxTimer, portTickType xNextExpiryTime, portTickType xTimeNow, portTickType xCommandTime )
+{
+portBASE_TYPE xProcessTimerNow = pdFALSE;
+
+ listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ), xNextExpiryTime );
+ listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ), pxTimer );
+
+ if( xNextExpiryTime <= xTimeNow )
+ {
+ /* Has the expiry time elapsed between the command to start/reset a
+ timer was issued, and the time the command was processed? */
+ if( ( ( portTickType ) ( xTimeNow - xCommandTime ) ) >= pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks )
+ {
+ /* The time between a command being issued and the command being
+ processed actually exceeds the timers period. */
+ xProcessTimerNow = pdTRUE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ vListInsert( pxOverflowTimerList, &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) );
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if( ( xTimeNow < xCommandTime ) && ( xNextExpiryTime >= xCommandTime ) )
+ {
+ /* If, since the command was issued, the tick count has overflowed
+ but the expiry time has not, then the timer must have already passed
+ its expiry time and should be processed immediately. */
+ xProcessTimerNow = pdTRUE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ vListInsert( pxCurrentTimerList, &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) );
+ }
+ }
+
+ return xProcessTimerNow;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvProcessReceivedCommands( void )
+{
+xTIMER_MESSAGE xMessage;
+xTIMER *pxTimer;
+portBASE_TYPE xTimerListsWereSwitched, xResult;
+portTickType xTimeNow;
+
+ /* In this case the xTimerListsWereSwitched parameter is not used, but it
+ must be present in the function call. */
+ xTimeNow = prvSampleTimeNow( &xTimerListsWereSwitched );
+
+ while( xQueueReceive( xTimerQueue, &xMessage, tmrNO_DELAY ) != pdFAIL )
+ {
+ pxTimer = xMessage.pxTimer;
+
+ /* Is the timer already in a list of active timers? When the command
+ is trmCOMMAND_PROCESS_TIMER_OVERFLOW, the timer will be NULL as the
+ command is to the task rather than to an individual timer. */
+ if( pxTimer != NULL )
+ {
+ if( listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( NULL, &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) ) == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ /* The timer is in a list, remove it. */
+ vListRemove( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) );
+ }
+ }
+
+ traceTIMER_COMMAND_RECEIVED( pxTimer, xMessage.xMessageID, xMessage.xMessageValue );
+
+ switch( xMessage.xMessageID )
+ {
+ case tmrCOMMAND_START :
+ /* Start or restart a timer. */
+ if( prvInsertTimerInActiveList( pxTimer, xMessage.xMessageValue + pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks, xTimeNow, xMessage.xMessageValue ) == pdTRUE )
+ {
+ /* The timer expired before it was added to the active timer
+ list. Process it now. */
+ pxTimer->pxCallbackFunction( ( xTimerHandle ) pxTimer );
+
+ if( pxTimer->uxAutoReload == ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) pdTRUE )
+ {
+ xResult = xTimerGenericCommand( pxTimer, tmrCOMMAND_START, xMessage.xMessageValue + pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks, NULL, tmrNO_DELAY );
+ configASSERT( xResult );
+ ( void ) xResult;
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case tmrCOMMAND_STOP :
+ /* The timer has already been removed from the active list.
+ There is nothing to do here. */
+ break;
+
+ case tmrCOMMAND_CHANGE_PERIOD :
+ pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks = xMessage.xMessageValue;
+ configASSERT( ( pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks > 0 ) );
+ prvInsertTimerInActiveList( pxTimer, ( xTimeNow + pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks ), xTimeNow, xTimeNow );
+ break;
+
+ case tmrCOMMAND_DELETE :
+ /* The timer has already been removed from the active list,
+ just free up the memory. */
+ vPortFree( pxTimer );
+ break;
+
+ default :
+ /* Don't expect to get here. */
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvSwitchTimerLists( portTickType xLastTime )
+{
+portTickType xNextExpireTime, xReloadTime;
+xList *pxTemp;
+xTIMER *pxTimer;
+portBASE_TYPE xResult;
+
+ /* Remove compiler warnings if configASSERT() is not defined. */
+ ( void ) xLastTime;
+
+ /* The tick count has overflowed. The timer lists must be switched.
+ If there are any timers still referenced from the current timer list
+ then they must have expired and should be processed before the lists
+ are switched. */
+ while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxCurrentTimerList ) == pdFALSE )
+ {
+ xNextExpireTime = listGET_ITEM_VALUE_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxCurrentTimerList );
+
+ /* Remove the timer from the list. */
+ pxTimer = ( xTIMER * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxCurrentTimerList );
+ vListRemove( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) );
+
+ /* Execute its callback, then send a command to restart the timer if
+ it is an auto-reload timer. It cannot be restarted here as the lists
+ have not yet been switched. */
+ pxTimer->pxCallbackFunction( ( xTimerHandle ) pxTimer );
+
+ if( pxTimer->uxAutoReload == ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) pdTRUE )
+ {
+ /* Calculate the reload value, and if the reload value results in
+ the timer going into the same timer list then it has already expired
+ and the timer should be re-inserted into the current list so it is
+ processed again within this loop. Otherwise a command should be sent
+ to restart the timer to ensure it is only inserted into a list after
+ the lists have been swapped. */
+ xReloadTime = ( xNextExpireTime + pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks );
+ if( xReloadTime > xNextExpireTime )
+ {
+ listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ), xReloadTime );
+ listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ), pxTimer );
+ vListInsert( pxCurrentTimerList, &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) );
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ xResult = xTimerGenericCommand( pxTimer, tmrCOMMAND_START, xNextExpireTime, NULL, tmrNO_DELAY );
+ configASSERT( xResult );
+ ( void ) xResult;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ pxTemp = pxCurrentTimerList;
+ pxCurrentTimerList = pxOverflowTimerList;
+ pxOverflowTimerList = pxTemp;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvCheckForValidListAndQueue( void )
+{
+ /* Check that the list from which active timers are referenced, and the
+ queue used to communicate with the timer service, have been
+ initialised. */
+ taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+ {
+ if( xTimerQueue == NULL )
+ {
+ vListInitialise( &xActiveTimerList1 );
+ vListInitialise( &xActiveTimerList2 );
+ pxCurrentTimerList = &xActiveTimerList1;
+ pxOverflowTimerList = &xActiveTimerList2;
+ xTimerQueue = xQueueCreate( ( unsigned portBASE_TYPE ) configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH, sizeof( xTIMER_MESSAGE ) );
+ }
+ }
+ taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+portBASE_TYPE xTimerIsTimerActive( xTimerHandle xTimer )
+{
+portBASE_TYPE xTimerIsInActiveList;
+xTIMER *pxTimer = ( xTIMER * ) xTimer;
+
+ /* Is the timer in the list of active timers? */
+ taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+ {
+ /* Checking to see if it is in the NULL list in effect checks to see if
+ it is referenced from either the current or the overflow timer lists in
+ one go, but the logic has to be reversed, hence the '!'. */
+ xTimerIsInActiveList = !( listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( NULL, &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) ) );
+ }
+ taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+ return xTimerIsInActiveList;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void *pvTimerGetTimerID( xTimerHandle xTimer )
+{
+xTIMER *pxTimer = ( xTIMER * ) xTimer;
+
+ return pxTimer->pvTimerID;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* This entire source file will be skipped if the application is not configured
+to include software timer functionality. If you want to include software timer
+functionality then ensure configUSE_TIMERS is set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h. */
+#endif /* configUSE_TIMERS == 1 */
diff --git a/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/timers.h b/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/timers.h
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..f1bcb0d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/FreeRTOS/utility/timers.h
@@ -0,0 +1,936 @@
+/*
+ FreeRTOS V7.0.1 - Copyright (C) 2011 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
+
+
+ FreeRTOS supports many tools and architectures. V7.0.0 is sponsored by:
+ Atollic AB - Atollic provides professional embedded systems development
+ tools for C/C++ development, code analysis and test automation.
+ See http://www.atollic.com
+
+
+ ***************************************************************************
+ * *
+ * FreeRTOS tutorial books are available in pdf and paperback. *
+ * Complete, revised, and edited pdf reference manuals are also *
+ * available. *
+ * *
+ * Purchasing FreeRTOS documentation will not only help you, by *
+ * ensuring you get running as quickly as possible and with an *
+ * in-depth knowledge of how to use FreeRTOS, it will also help *
+ * the FreeRTOS project to continue with its mission of providing *
+ * professional grade, cross platform, de facto standard solutions *
+ * for microcontrollers - completely free of charge! *
+ * *
+ * >>> See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation for details. <<< *
+ * *
+ * Thank you for using FreeRTOS, and thank you for your support! *
+ * *
+ ***************************************************************************
+
+
+ This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
+
+ FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+ the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
+ Free Software Foundation AND MODIFIED BY the FreeRTOS exception.
+ >>>NOTE<<< The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to
+ distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being obliged to
+ provide the source code for proprietary components outside of the FreeRTOS
+ kernel. FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+ WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
+ or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
+ more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
+ License and the FreeRTOS license exception along with FreeRTOS; if not it
+ can be viewed here: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html and also obtained
+ by writing to Richard Barry, contact details for whom are available on the
+ FreeRTOS WEB site.
+
+ 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+
+ http://www.FreeRTOS.org - Documentation, latest information, license and
+ contact details.
+
+ http://www.SafeRTOS.com - A version that is certified for use in safety
+ critical systems.
+
+ http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Commercial support, development, porting,
+ licensing and training services.
+*/
+
+
+#ifndef TIMERS_H
+#define TIMERS_H
+
+#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H
+ #error "include FreeRTOS.h must appear in source files before include timers.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "portable.h"
+#include "list.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* IDs for commands that can be sent/received on the timer queue. These are to
+be used solely through the macros that make up the public software timer API,
+as defined below. */
+#define tmrCOMMAND_START 0
+#define tmrCOMMAND_STOP 1
+#define tmrCOMMAND_CHANGE_PERIOD 2
+#define tmrCOMMAND_DELETE 3
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------
+ * MACROS AND DEFINITIONS
+ *----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+ /**
+ * Type by which software timers are referenced. For example, a call to
+ * xTimerCreate() returns an xTimerHandle variable that can then be used to
+ * reference the subject timer in calls to other software timer API functions
+ * (for example, xTimerStart(), xTimerReset(), etc.).
+ */
+typedef void * xTimerHandle;
+
+/* Define the prototype to which timer callback functions must conform. */
+typedef void (*tmrTIMER_CALLBACK)( xTimerHandle xTimer );
+
+/**
+ * xTimerHandle xTimerCreate( const signed char *pcTimerName,
+ * portTickType xTimerPeriod,
+ * unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxAutoReload,
+ * void * pvTimerID,
+ * tmrTIMER_CALLBACK pxCallbackFunction );
+ *
+ * Creates a new software timer instance. This allocates the storage required
+ * by the new timer, initialises the new timers internal state, and returns a
+ * handle by which the new timer can be referenced.
+ *
+ * Timers are created in the dormant state. The xTimerStart(), xTimerReset(),
+ * xTimerStartFromISR(), xTimerResetFromISR(), xTimerChangePeriod() and
+ * xTimerChangePeriodFromISR() API functions can all be used to transition a timer into the
+ * active state.
+ *
+ * @param pcTimerName A text name that is assigned to the timer. This is done
+ * purely to assist debugging. The kernel itself only ever references a timer by
+ * its handle, and never by its name.
+ *
+ * @param xTimerPeriod The timer period. The time is defined in tick periods so
+ * the constant portTICK_RATE_MS can be used to convert a time that has been
+ * specified in milliseconds. For example, if the timer must expire after 100
+ * ticks, then xTimerPeriod should be set to 100. Alternatively, if the timer
+ * must expire after 500ms, then xPeriod can be set to ( 500 / portTICK_RATE_MS )
+ * provided configTICK_RATE_HZ is less than or equal to 1000.
+ *
+ * @param uxAutoReload If uxAutoReload is set to pdTRUE then the timer will
+ * expire repeatedly with a frequency set by the xTimerPeriod parameter. If
+ * uxAutoReload is set to pdFALSE then the timer will be a one-shot timer and
+ * enter the dormant state after it expires.
+ *
+ * @param pvTimerID An identifier that is assigned to the timer being created.
+ * Typically this would be used in the timer callback function to identify which
+ * timer expired when the same callback function is assigned to more than one
+ * timer.
+ *
+ * @param pxCallbackFunction The function to call when the timer expires.
+ * Callback functions must have the prototype defined by tmrTIMER_CALLBACK,
+ * which is "void vCallbackFunction( xTIMER *xTimer );".
+ *
+ * @return If the timer is successfully create then a handle to the newly
+ * created timer is returned. If the timer cannot be created (because either
+ * there is insufficient FreeRTOS heap remaining to allocate the timer
+ * structures, or the timer period was set to 0) then 0 is returned.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ *
+ *
+ * #define NUM_TIMERS 5
+ *
+ * // An array to hold handles to the created timers.
+ * xTimerHandle xTimers[ NUM_TIMERS ];
+ *
+ * // An array to hold a count of the number of times each timer expires.
+ * long lExpireCounters[ NUM_TIMERS ] = { 0 };
+ *
+ * // Define a callback function that will be used by multiple timer instances.
+ * // The callback function does nothing but count the number of times the
+ * // associated timer expires, and stop the timer once the timer has expired
+ * // 10 times.
+ * void vTimerCallback( xTIMER *pxTimer )
+ * {
+ * long lArrayIndex;
+ * const long xMaxExpiryCountBeforeStopping = 10;
+ *
+ * // Optionally do something if the pxTimer parameter is NULL.
+ * configASSERT( pxTimer );
+ *
+ * // Which timer expired?
+ * lArrayIndex = ( long ) pvTimerGetTimerID( pxTimer );
+ *
+ * // Increment the number of times that pxTimer has expired.
+ * lExpireCounters[ lArrayIndex ] += 1;
+ *
+ * // If the timer has expired 10 times then stop it from running.
+ * if( lExpireCounters[ lArrayIndex ] == xMaxExpiryCountBeforeStopping )
+ * {
+ * // Do not use a block time if calling a timer API function from a
+ * // timer callback function, as doing so could cause a deadlock!
+ * xTimerStop( pxTimer, 0 );
+ * }
+ * }
+ *
+ * void main( void )
+ * {
+ * long x;
+ *
+ * // Create then start some timers. Starting the timers before the scheduler
+ * // has been started means the timers will start running immediately that
+ * // the scheduler starts.
+ * for( x = 0; x < NUM_TIMERS; x++ )
+ * {
+ * xTimers[ x ] = xTimerCreate( "Timer", // Just a text name, not used by the kernel.
+ * ( 100 * x ), // The timer period in ticks.
+ * pdTRUE, // The timers will auto-reload themselves when they expire.
+ * ( void * ) x, // Assign each timer a unique id equal to its array index.
+ * vTimerCallback // Each timer calls the same callback when it expires.
+ * );
+ *
+ * if( xTimers[ x ] == NULL )
+ * {
+ * // The timer was not created.
+ * }
+ * else
+ * {
+ * // Start the timer. No block time is specified, and even if one was
+ * // it would be ignored because the scheduler has not yet been
+ * // started.
+ * if( xTimerStart( xTimers[ x ], 0 ) != pdPASS )
+ * {
+ * // The timer could not be set into the Active state.
+ * }
+ * }
+ * }
+ *
+ * // ...
+ * // Create tasks here.
+ * // ...
+ *
+ * // Starting the scheduler will start the timers running as they have already
+ * // been set into the active state.
+ * xTaskStartScheduler();
+ *
+ * // Should not reach here.
+ * for( ;; );
+ * }
+ */
+xTimerHandle xTimerCreate( const signed char *pcTimerName, portTickType xTimerPeriodInTicks, unsigned portBASE_TYPE uxAutoReload, void * pvTimerID, tmrTIMER_CALLBACK pxCallbackFunction ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * void *pvTimerGetTimerID( xTimerHandle xTimer );
+ *
+ * Returns the ID assigned to the timer.
+ *
+ * IDs are assigned to timers using the pvTimerID parameter of the call to
+ * xTimerCreated() that was used to create the timer.
+ *
+ * If the same callback function is assigned to multiple timers then the timer
+ * ID can be used within the callback function to identify which timer actually
+ * expired.
+ *
+ * @param xTimer The timer being queried.
+ *
+ * @return The ID assigned to the timer being queried.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ *
+ * See the xTimerCreate() API function example usage scenario.
+ */
+void *pvTimerGetTimerID( xTimerHandle xTimer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * portBASE_TYPE xTimerIsTimerActive( xTimerHandle xTimer );
+ *
+ * Queries a timer to see if it is active or dormant.
+ *
+ * A timer will be dormant if:
+ * 1) It has been created but not started, or
+ * 2) It is an expired on-shot timer that has not been restarted.
+ *
+ * Timers are created in the dormant state. The xTimerStart(), xTimerReset(),
+ * xTimerStartFromISR(), xTimerResetFromISR(), xTimerChangePeriod() and
+ * xTimerChangePeriodFromISR() API functions can all be used to transition a timer into the
+ * active state.
+ *
+ * @param xTimer The timer being queried.
+ *
+ * @return pdFALSE will be returned if the timer is dormant. A value other than
+ * pdFALSE will be returned if the timer is active.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ *
+ * // This function assumes xTimer has already been created.
+ * void vAFunction( xTimerHandle xTimer )
+ * {
+ * if( xTimerIsTimerActive( xTimer ) != pdFALSE ) // or more simply and equivalently "if( xTimerIsTimerActive( xTimer ) )"
+ * {
+ * // xTimer is active, do something.
+ * }
+ * else
+ * {
+ * // xTimer is not active, do something else.
+ * }
+ * }
+ */
+portBASE_TYPE xTimerIsTimerActive( xTimerHandle xTimer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * portBASE_TYPE xTimerStart( xTimerHandle xTimer, portTickType xBlockTime );
+ *
+ * Timer functionality is provided by a timer service/daemon task. Many of the
+ * public FreeRTOS timer API functions send commands to the timer service task
+ * though a queue called the timer command queue. The timer command queue is
+ * private to the kernel itself and is not directly accessible to application
+ * code. The length of the timer command queue is set by the
+ * configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH configuration constant.
+ *
+ * xTimerStart() starts a timer that was previously created using the
+ * xTimerCreate() API function. If the timer had already been started and was
+ * already in the active state, then xTimerStart() has equivalent functionality
+ * to the xTimerReset() API function.
+ *
+ * Starting a timer ensures the timer is in the active state. If the timer
+ * is not stopped, deleted, or reset in the mean time, the callback function
+ * associated with the timer will get called 'n' ticks after xTimerStart() was
+ * called, where 'n' is the timers defined period.
+ *
+ * It is valid to call xTimerStart() before the scheduler has been started, but
+ * when this is done the timer will not actually start until the scheduler is
+ * started, and the timers expiry time will be relative to when the scheduler is
+ * started, not relative to when xTimerStart() was called.
+ *
+ * The configUSE_TIMERS configuration constant must be set to 1 for xTimerStart()
+ * to be available.
+ *
+ * @param xTimer The handle of the timer being started/restarted.
+ *
+ * @param xBlockTime Specifies the time, in ticks, that the calling task should
+ * be held in the Blocked state to wait for the start command to be successfully
+ * sent to the timer command queue, should the queue already be full when
+ * xTimerStart() was called. xBlockTime is ignored if xTimerStart() is called
+ * before the scheduler is started.
+ *
+ * @return pdFAIL will be returned if the start command could not be sent to
+ * the timer command queue even after xBlockTime ticks had passed. pdPASS will
+ * be returned if the command was successfully sent to the timer command queue.
+ * When the command is actually processed will depend on the priority of the
+ * timer service/daemon task relative to other tasks in the system, although the
+ * timers expiry time is relative to when xTimerStart() is actually called. The
+ * timer service/daemon task priority is set by the configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY
+ * configuration constant.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ *
+ * See the xTimerCreate() API function example usage scenario.
+ *
+ */
+#define xTimerStart( xTimer, xBlockTime ) xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_START, ( xTaskGetTickCount() ), NULL, ( xBlockTime ) )
+
+/**
+ * portBASE_TYPE xTimerStop( xTimerHandle xTimer, portTickType xBlockTime );
+ *
+ * Timer functionality is provided by a timer service/daemon task. Many of the
+ * public FreeRTOS timer API functions send commands to the timer service task
+ * though a queue called the timer command queue. The timer command queue is
+ * private to the kernel itself and is not directly accessible to application
+ * code. The length of the timer command queue is set by the
+ * configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH configuration constant.
+ *
+ * xTimerStop() stops a timer that was previously started using either of the
+ * The xTimerStart(), xTimerReset(), xTimerStartFromISR(), xTimerResetFromISR(),
+ * xTimerChangePeriod() or xTimerChangePeriodFromISR() API functions.
+ *
+ * Stopping a timer ensures the timer is not in the active state.
+ *
+ * The configUSE_TIMERS configuration constant must be set to 1 for xTimerStop()
+ * to be available.
+ *
+ * @param xTimer The handle of the timer being stopped.
+ *
+ * @param xBlockTime Specifies the time, in ticks, that the calling task should
+ * be held in the Blocked state to wait for the stop command to be successfully
+ * sent to the timer command queue, should the queue already be full when
+ * xTimerStop() was called. xBlockTime is ignored if xTimerStop() is called
+ * before the scheduler is started.
+ *
+ * @return pdFAIL will be returned if the stop command could not be sent to
+ * the timer command queue even after xBlockTime ticks had passed. pdPASS will
+ * be returned if the command was successfully sent to the timer command queue.
+ * When the command is actually processed will depend on the priority of the
+ * timer service/daemon task relative to other tasks in the system. The timer
+ * service/daemon task priority is set by the configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY
+ * configuration constant.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ *
+ * See the xTimerCreate() API function example usage scenario.
+ *
+ */
+#define xTimerStop( xTimer, xBlockTime ) xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_STOP, 0U, NULL, ( xBlockTime ) )
+
+/**
+ * portBASE_TYPE xTimerChangePeriod( xTimerHandle xTimer,
+ * portTickType xNewPeriod,
+ * portTickType xBlockTime );
+ *
+ * Timer functionality is provided by a timer service/daemon task. Many of the
+ * public FreeRTOS timer API functions send commands to the timer service task
+ * though a queue called the timer command queue. The timer command queue is
+ * private to the kernel itself and is not directly accessible to application
+ * code. The length of the timer command queue is set by the
+ * configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH configuration constant.
+ *
+ * xTimerChangePeriod() changes the period of a timer that was previously
+ * created using the xTimerCreate() API function.
+ *
+ * xTimerChangePeriod() can be called to change the period of an active or
+ * dormant state timer.
+ *
+ * The configUSE_TIMERS configuration constant must be set to 1 for
+ * xTimerChangePeriod() to be available.
+ *
+ * @param xTimer The handle of the timer that is having its period changed.
+ *
+ * @param xNewPeriod The new period for xTimer. Timer periods are specified in
+ * tick periods, so the constant portTICK_RATE_MS can be used to convert a time
+ * that has been specified in milliseconds. For example, if the timer must
+ * expire after 100 ticks, then xNewPeriod should be set to 100. Alternatively,
+ * if the timer must expire after 500ms, then xNewPeriod can be set to
+ * ( 500 / portTICK_RATE_MS ) provided configTICK_RATE_HZ is less than
+ * or equal to 1000.
+ *
+ * @param xBlockTime Specifies the time, in ticks, that the calling task should
+ * be held in the Blocked state to wait for the change period command to be
+ * successfully sent to the timer command queue, should the queue already be
+ * full when xTimerChangePeriod() was called. xBlockTime is ignored if
+ * xTimerChangePeriod() is called before the scheduler is started.
+ *
+ * @return pdFAIL will be returned if the change period command could not be
+ * sent to the timer command queue even after xBlockTime ticks had passed.
+ * pdPASS will be returned if the command was successfully sent to the timer
+ * command queue. When the command is actually processed will depend on the
+ * priority of the timer service/daemon task relative to other tasks in the
+ * system. The timer service/daemon task priority is set by the
+ * configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY configuration constant.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ *
+ * // This function assumes xTimer has already been created. If the timer
+ * // referenced by xTimer is already active when it is called, then the timer
+ * // is deleted. If the timer referenced by xTimer is not active when it is
+ * // called, then the period of the timer is set to 500ms and the timer is
+ * // started.
+ * void vAFunction( xTimerHandle xTimer )
+ * {
+ * if( xTimerIsTimerActive( xTimer ) != pdFALSE ) // or more simply and equivalently "if( xTimerIsTimerActive( xTimer ) )"
+ * {
+ * // xTimer is already active - delete it.
+ * xTimerDelete( xTimer );
+ * }
+ * else
+ * {
+ * // xTimer is not active, change its period to 500ms. This will also
+ * // cause the timer to start. Block for a maximum of 100 ticks if the
+ * // change period command cannot immediately be sent to the timer
+ * // command queue.
+ * if( xTimerChangePeriod( xTimer, 500 / portTICK_RATE_MS, 100 ) == pdPASS )
+ * {
+ * // The command was successfully sent.
+ * }
+ * else
+ * {
+ * // The command could not be sent, even after waiting for 100 ticks
+ * // to pass. Take appropriate action here.
+ * }
+ * }
+ * }
+ */
+ #define xTimerChangePeriod( xTimer, xNewPeriod, xBlockTime ) xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_CHANGE_PERIOD, ( xNewPeriod ), NULL, ( xBlockTime ) )
+
+/**
+ * portBASE_TYPE xTimerDelete( xTimerHandle xTimer, portTickType xBlockTime );
+ *
+ * Timer functionality is provided by a timer service/daemon task. Many of the
+ * public FreeRTOS timer API functions send commands to the timer service task
+ * though a queue called the timer command queue. The timer command queue is
+ * private to the kernel itself and is not directly accessible to application
+ * code. The length of the timer command queue is set by the
+ * configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH configuration constant.
+ *
+ * xTimerDelete() deletes a timer that was previously created using the
+ * xTimerCreate() API function.
+ *
+ * The configUSE_TIMERS configuration constant must be set to 1 for
+ * xTimerDelete() to be available.
+ *
+ * @param xTimer The handle of the timer being deleted.
+ *
+ * @param xBlockTime Specifies the time, in ticks, that the calling task should
+ * be held in the Blocked state to wait for the delete command to be
+ * successfully sent to the timer command queue, should the queue already be
+ * full when xTimerDelete() was called. xBlockTime is ignored if xTimerDelete()
+ * is called before the scheduler is started.
+ *
+ * @return pdFAIL will be returned if the delete command could not be sent to
+ * the timer command queue even after xBlockTime ticks had passed. pdPASS will
+ * be returned if the command was successfully sent to the timer command queue.
+ * When the command is actually processed will depend on the priority of the
+ * timer service/daemon task relative to other tasks in the system. The timer
+ * service/daemon task priority is set by the configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY
+ * configuration constant.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ *
+ * See the xTimerChangePeriod() API function example usage scenario.
+ */
+#define xTimerDelete( xTimer, xBlockTime ) xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_DELETE, 0U, NULL, ( xBlockTime ) )
+
+/**
+ * portBASE_TYPE xTimerReset( xTimerHandle xTimer, portTickType xBlockTime );
+ *
+ * Timer functionality is provided by a timer service/daemon task. Many of the
+ * public FreeRTOS timer API functions send commands to the timer service task
+ * though a queue called the timer command queue. The timer command queue is
+ * private to the kernel itself and is not directly accessible to application
+ * code. The length of the timer command queue is set by the
+ * configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH configuration constant.
+ *
+ * xTimerReset() re-starts a timer that was previously created using the
+ * xTimerCreate() API function. If the timer had already been started and was
+ * already in the active state, then xTimerReset() will cause the timer to
+ * re-evaluate its expiry time so that it is relative to when xTimerReset() was
+ * called. If the timer was in the dormant state then xTimerReset() has
+ * equivalent functionality to the xTimerStart() API function.
+ *
+ * Resetting a timer ensures the timer is in the active state. If the timer
+ * is not stopped, deleted, or reset in the mean time, the callback function
+ * associated with the timer will get called 'n' ticks after xTimerReset() was
+ * called, where 'n' is the timers defined period.
+ *
+ * It is valid to call xTimerReset() before the scheduler has been started, but
+ * when this is done the timer will not actually start until the scheduler is
+ * started, and the timers expiry time will be relative to when the scheduler is
+ * started, not relative to when xTimerReset() was called.
+ *
+ * The configUSE_TIMERS configuration constant must be set to 1 for xTimerReset()
+ * to be available.
+ *
+ * @param xTimer The handle of the timer being reset/started/restarted.
+ *
+ * @param xBlockTime Specifies the time, in ticks, that the calling task should
+ * be held in the Blocked state to wait for the reset command to be successfully
+ * sent to the timer command queue, should the queue already be full when
+ * xTimerReset() was called. xBlockTime is ignored if xTimerReset() is called
+ * before the scheduler is started.
+ *
+ * @return pdFAIL will be returned if the reset command could not be sent to
+ * the timer command queue even after xBlockTime ticks had passed. pdPASS will
+ * be returned if the command was successfully sent to the timer command queue.
+ * When the command is actually processed will depend on the priority of the
+ * timer service/daemon task relative to other tasks in the system, although the
+ * timers expiry time is relative to when xTimerStart() is actually called. The
+ * timer service/daemon task priority is set by the configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY
+ * configuration constant.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ *
+ * // When a key is pressed, an LCD back-light is switched on. If 5 seconds pass
+ * // without a key being pressed, then the LCD back-light is switched off. In
+ * // this case, the timer is a one-shot timer.
+ *
+ * xTimerHandle xBacklightTimer = NULL;
+ *
+ * // The callback function assigned to the one-shot timer. In this case the
+ * // parameter is not used.
+ * void vBacklightTimerCallback( xTIMER *pxTimer )
+ * {
+ * // The timer expired, therefore 5 seconds must have passed since a key
+ * // was pressed. Switch off the LCD back-light.
+ * vSetBacklightState( BACKLIGHT_OFF );
+ * }
+ *
+ * // The key press event handler.
+ * void vKeyPressEventHandler( char cKey )
+ * {
+ * // Ensure the LCD back-light is on, then reset the timer that is
+ * // responsible for turning the back-light off after 5 seconds of
+ * // key inactivity. Wait 10 ticks for the command to be successfully sent
+ * // if it cannot be sent immediately.
+ * vSetBacklightState( BACKLIGHT_ON );
+ * if( xTimerReset( xBacklightTimer, 100 ) != pdPASS )
+ * {
+ * // The reset command was not executed successfully. Take appropriate
+ * // action here.
+ * }
+ *
+ * // Perform the rest of the key processing here.
+ * }
+ *
+ * void main( void )
+ * {
+ * long x;
+ *
+ * // Create then start the one-shot timer that is responsible for turning
+ * // the back-light off if no keys are pressed within a 5 second period.
+ * xBacklightTimer = xTimerCreate( "BacklightTimer", // Just a text name, not used by the kernel.
+ * ( 5000 / portTICK_RATE_MS), // The timer period in ticks.
+ * pdFALSE, // The timer is a one-shot timer.
+ * 0, // The id is not used by the callback so can take any value.
+ * vBacklightTimerCallback // The callback function that switches the LCD back-light off.
+ * );
+ *
+ * if( xBacklightTimer == NULL )
+ * {
+ * // The timer was not created.
+ * }
+ * else
+ * {
+ * // Start the timer. No block time is specified, and even if one was
+ * // it would be ignored because the scheduler has not yet been
+ * // started.
+ * if( xTimerStart( xBacklightTimer, 0 ) != pdPASS )
+ * {
+ * // The timer could not be set into the Active state.
+ * }
+ * }
+ *
+ * // ...
+ * // Create tasks here.
+ * // ...
+ *
+ * // Starting the scheduler will start the timer running as it has already
+ * // been set into the active state.
+ * xTaskStartScheduler();
+ *
+ * // Should not reach here.
+ * for( ;; );
+ * }
+ */
+#define xTimerReset( xTimer, xBlockTime ) xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_START, ( xTaskGetTickCount() ), NULL, ( xBlockTime ) )
+
+/**
+ * portBASE_TYPE xTimerStartFromISR( xTimerHandle xTimer,
+ * portBASE_TYPE *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+ *
+ * A version of xTimerStart() that can be called from an interrupt service
+ * routine.
+ *
+ * @param xTimer The handle of the timer being started/restarted.
+ *
+ * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken The timer service/daemon task spends most
+ * of its time in the Blocked state, waiting for messages to arrive on the timer
+ * command queue. Calling xTimerStartFromISR() writes a message to the timer
+ * command queue, so has the potential to transition the timer service/daemon
+ * task out of the Blocked state. If calling xTimerStartFromISR() causes the
+ * timer service/daemon task to leave the Blocked state, and the timer service/
+ * daemon task has a priority equal to or greater than the currently executing
+ * task (the task that was interrupted), then *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken will
+ * get set to pdTRUE internally within the xTimerStartFromISR() function. If
+ * xTimerStartFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE then a context switch should
+ * be performed before the interrupt exits.
+ *
+ * @return pdFAIL will be returned if the start command could not be sent to
+ * the timer command queue. pdPASS will be returned if the command was
+ * successfully sent to the timer command queue. When the command is actually
+ * processed will depend on the priority of the timer service/daemon task
+ * relative to other tasks in the system, although the timers expiry time is
+ * relative to when xTimerStartFromISR() is actually called. The timer service/daemon
+ * task priority is set by the configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY configuration constant.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ *
+ * // This scenario assumes xBacklightTimer has already been created. When a
+ * // key is pressed, an LCD back-light is switched on. If 5 seconds pass
+ * // without a key being pressed, then the LCD back-light is switched off. In
+ * // this case, the timer is a one-shot timer, and unlike the example given for
+ * // the xTimerReset() function, the key press event handler is an interrupt
+ * // service routine.
+ *
+ * // The callback function assigned to the one-shot timer. In this case the
+ * // parameter is not used.
+ * void vBacklightTimerCallback( xTIMER *pxTimer )
+ * {
+ * // The timer expired, therefore 5 seconds must have passed since a key
+ * // was pressed. Switch off the LCD back-light.
+ * vSetBacklightState( BACKLIGHT_OFF );
+ * }
+ *
+ * // The key press interrupt service routine.
+ * void vKeyPressEventInterruptHandler( void )
+ * {
+ * portBASE_TYPE xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE;
+ *
+ * // Ensure the LCD back-light is on, then restart the timer that is
+ * // responsible for turning the back-light off after 5 seconds of
+ * // key inactivity. This is an interrupt service routine so can only
+ * // call FreeRTOS API functions that end in "FromISR".
+ * vSetBacklightState( BACKLIGHT_ON );
+ *
+ * // xTimerStartFromISR() or xTimerResetFromISR() could be called here
+ * // as both cause the timer to re-calculate its expiry time.
+ * // xHigherPriorityTaskWoken was initialised to pdFALSE when it was
+ * // declared (in this function).
+ * if( xTimerStartFromISR( xBacklightTimer, &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) != pdPASS )
+ * {
+ * // The start command was not executed successfully. Take appropriate
+ * // action here.
+ * }
+ *
+ * // Perform the rest of the key processing here.
+ *
+ * // If xHigherPriorityTaskWoken equals pdTRUE, then a context switch
+ * // should be performed. The syntax required to perform a context switch
+ * // from inside an ISR varies from port to port, and from compiler to
+ * // compiler. Inspect the demos for the port you are using to find the
+ * // actual syntax required.
+ * if( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken != pdFALSE )
+ * {
+ * // Call the interrupt safe yield function here (actual function
+ * // depends on the FreeRTOS port being used.
+ * }
+ * }
+ */
+#define xTimerStartFromISR( xTimer, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_START, ( xTaskGetTickCountFromISR() ), ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ), 0U )
+
+/**
+ * portBASE_TYPE xTimerStopFromISR( xTimerHandle xTimer,
+ * portBASE_TYPE *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+ *
+ * A version of xTimerStop() that can be called from an interrupt service
+ * routine.
+ *
+ * @param xTimer The handle of the timer being stopped.
+ *
+ * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken The timer service/daemon task spends most
+ * of its time in the Blocked state, waiting for messages to arrive on the timer
+ * command queue. Calling xTimerStopFromISR() writes a message to the timer
+ * command queue, so has the potential to transition the timer service/daemon
+ * task out of the Blocked state. If calling xTimerStopFromISR() causes the
+ * timer service/daemon task to leave the Blocked state, and the timer service/
+ * daemon task has a priority equal to or greater than the currently executing
+ * task (the task that was interrupted), then *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken will
+ * get set to pdTRUE internally within the xTimerStopFromISR() function. If
+ * xTimerStopFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE then a context switch should
+ * be performed before the interrupt exits.
+ *
+ * @return pdFAIL will be returned if the stop command could not be sent to
+ * the timer command queue. pdPASS will be returned if the command was
+ * successfully sent to the timer command queue. When the command is actually
+ * processed will depend on the priority of the timer service/daemon task
+ * relative to other tasks in the system. The timer service/daemon task
+ * priority is set by the configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY configuration constant.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ *
+ * // This scenario assumes xTimer has already been created and started. When
+ * // an interrupt occurs, the timer should be simply stopped.
+ *
+ * // The interrupt service routine that stops the timer.
+ * void vAnExampleInterruptServiceRoutine( void )
+ * {
+ * portBASE_TYPE xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE;
+ *
+ * // The interrupt has occurred - simply stop the timer.
+ * // xHigherPriorityTaskWoken was set to pdFALSE where it was defined
+ * // (within this function). As this is an interrupt service routine, only
+ * // FreeRTOS API functions that end in "FromISR" can be used.
+ * if( xTimerStopFromISR( xTimer, &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) != pdPASS )
+ * {
+ * // The stop command was not executed successfully. Take appropriate
+ * // action here.
+ * }
+ *
+ * // If xHigherPriorityTaskWoken equals pdTRUE, then a context switch
+ * // should be performed. The syntax required to perform a context switch
+ * // from inside an ISR varies from port to port, and from compiler to
+ * // compiler. Inspect the demos for the port you are using to find the
+ * // actual syntax required.
+ * if( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken != pdFALSE )
+ * {
+ * // Call the interrupt safe yield function here (actual function
+ * // depends on the FreeRTOS port being used.
+ * }
+ * }
+ */
+#define xTimerStopFromISR( xTimer, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_STOP, 0, ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ), 0U )
+
+/**
+ * portBASE_TYPE xTimerChangePeriodFromISR( xTimerHandle xTimer,
+ * portTickType xNewPeriod,
+ * portBASE_TYPE *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+ *
+ * A version of xTimerChangePeriod() that can be called from an interrupt
+ * service routine.
+ *
+ * @param xTimer The handle of the timer that is having its period changed.
+ *
+ * @param xNewPeriod The new period for xTimer. Timer periods are specified in
+ * tick periods, so the constant portTICK_RATE_MS can be used to convert a time
+ * that has been specified in milliseconds. For example, if the timer must
+ * expire after 100 ticks, then xNewPeriod should be set to 100. Alternatively,
+ * if the timer must expire after 500ms, then xNewPeriod can be set to
+ * ( 500 / portTICK_RATE_MS ) provided configTICK_RATE_HZ is less than
+ * or equal to 1000.
+ *
+ * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken The timer service/daemon task spends most
+ * of its time in the Blocked state, waiting for messages to arrive on the timer
+ * command queue. Calling xTimerChangePeriodFromISR() writes a message to the
+ * timer command queue, so has the potential to transition the timer service/
+ * daemon task out of the Blocked state. If calling xTimerChangePeriodFromISR()
+ * causes the timer service/daemon task to leave the Blocked state, and the
+ * timer service/daemon task has a priority equal to or greater than the
+ * currently executing task (the task that was interrupted), then
+ * *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken will get set to pdTRUE internally within the
+ * xTimerChangePeriodFromISR() function. If xTimerChangePeriodFromISR() sets
+ * this value to pdTRUE then a context switch should be performed before the
+ * interrupt exits.
+ *
+ * @return pdFAIL will be returned if the command to change the timers period
+ * could not be sent to the timer command queue. pdPASS will be returned if the
+ * command was successfully sent to the timer command queue. When the command
+ * is actually processed will depend on the priority of the timer service/daemon
+ * task relative to other tasks in the system. The timer service/daemon task
+ * priority is set by the configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY configuration constant.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ *
+ * // This scenario assumes xTimer has already been created and started. When
+ * // an interrupt occurs, the period of xTimer should be changed to 500ms.
+ *
+ * // The interrupt service routine that changes the period of xTimer.
+ * void vAnExampleInterruptServiceRoutine( void )
+ * {
+ * portBASE_TYPE xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE;
+ *
+ * // The interrupt has occurred - change the period of xTimer to 500ms.
+ * // xHigherPriorityTaskWoken was set to pdFALSE where it was defined
+ * // (within this function). As this is an interrupt service routine, only
+ * // FreeRTOS API functions that end in "FromISR" can be used.
+ * if( xTimerChangePeriodFromISR( xTimer, &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) != pdPASS )
+ * {
+ * // The command to change the timers period was not executed
+ * // successfully. Take appropriate action here.
+ * }
+ *
+ * // If xHigherPriorityTaskWoken equals pdTRUE, then a context switch
+ * // should be performed. The syntax required to perform a context switch
+ * // from inside an ISR varies from port to port, and from compiler to
+ * // compiler. Inspect the demos for the port you are using to find the
+ * // actual syntax required.
+ * if( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken != pdFALSE )
+ * {
+ * // Call the interrupt safe yield function here (actual function
+ * // depends on the FreeRTOS port being used.
+ * }
+ * }
+ */
+#define xTimerChangePeriodFromISR( xTimer, xNewPeriod, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_CHANGE_PERIOD, ( xNewPeriod ), ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ), 0U )
+
+/**
+ * portBASE_TYPE xTimerResetFromISR( xTimerHandle xTimer,
+ * portBASE_TYPE *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+ *
+ * A version of xTimerReset() that can be called from an interrupt service
+ * routine.
+ *
+ * @param xTimer The handle of the timer that is to be started, reset, or
+ * restarted.
+ *
+ * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken The timer service/daemon task spends most
+ * of its time in the Blocked state, waiting for messages to arrive on the timer
+ * command queue. Calling xTimerResetFromISR() writes a message to the timer
+ * command queue, so has the potential to transition the timer service/daemon
+ * task out of the Blocked state. If calling xTimerResetFromISR() causes the
+ * timer service/daemon task to leave the Blocked state, and the timer service/
+ * daemon task has a priority equal to or greater than the currently executing
+ * task (the task that was interrupted), then *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken will
+ * get set to pdTRUE internally within the xTimerResetFromISR() function. If
+ * xTimerResetFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE then a context switch should
+ * be performed before the interrupt exits.
+ *
+ * @return pdFAIL will be returned if the reset command could not be sent to
+ * the timer command queue. pdPASS will be returned if the command was
+ * successfully sent to the timer command queue. When the command is actually
+ * processed will depend on the priority of the timer service/daemon task
+ * relative to other tasks in the system, although the timers expiry time is
+ * relative to when xTimerResetFromISR() is actually called. The timer service/daemon
+ * task priority is set by the configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY configuration constant.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ *
+ * // This scenario assumes xBacklightTimer has already been created. When a
+ * // key is pressed, an LCD back-light is switched on. If 5 seconds pass
+ * // without a key being pressed, then the LCD back-light is switched off. In
+ * // this case, the timer is a one-shot timer, and unlike the example given for
+ * // the xTimerReset() function, the key press event handler is an interrupt
+ * // service routine.
+ *
+ * // The callback function assigned to the one-shot timer. In this case the
+ * // parameter is not used.
+ * void vBacklightTimerCallback( xTIMER *pxTimer )
+ * {
+ * // The timer expired, therefore 5 seconds must have passed since a key
+ * // was pressed. Switch off the LCD back-light.
+ * vSetBacklightState( BACKLIGHT_OFF );
+ * }
+ *
+ * // The key press interrupt service routine.
+ * void vKeyPressEventInterruptHandler( void )
+ * {
+ * portBASE_TYPE xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE;
+ *
+ * // Ensure the LCD back-light is on, then reset the timer that is
+ * // responsible for turning the back-light off after 5 seconds of
+ * // key inactivity. This is an interrupt service routine so can only
+ * // call FreeRTOS API functions that end in "FromISR".
+ * vSetBacklightState( BACKLIGHT_ON );
+ *
+ * // xTimerStartFromISR() or xTimerResetFromISR() could be called here
+ * // as both cause the timer to re-calculate its expiry time.
+ * // xHigherPriorityTaskWoken was initialised to pdFALSE when it was
+ * // declared (in this function).
+ * if( xTimerResetFromISR( xBacklightTimer, &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) != pdPASS )
+ * {
+ * // The reset command was not executed successfully. Take appropriate
+ * // action here.
+ * }
+ *
+ * // Perform the rest of the key processing here.
+ *
+ * // If xHigherPriorityTaskWoken equals pdTRUE, then a context switch
+ * // should be performed. The syntax required to perform a context switch
+ * // from inside an ISR varies from port to port, and from compiler to
+ * // compiler. Inspect the demos for the port you are using to find the
+ * // actual syntax required.
+ * if( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken != pdFALSE )
+ * {
+ * // Call the interrupt safe yield function here (actual function
+ * // depends on the FreeRTOS port being used.
+ * }
+ * }
+ */
+#define xTimerResetFromISR( xTimer, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xTimerGenericCommand( ( xTimer ), tmrCOMMAND_START, ( xTaskGetTickCountFromISR() ), ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ), 0U )
+
+/*
+ * Functions beyond this part are not part of the public API and are intended
+ * for use by the kernel only.
+ */
+portBASE_TYPE xTimerCreateTimerTask( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+portBASE_TYPE xTimerGenericCommand( xTimerHandle xTimer, portBASE_TYPE xCommandID, portTickType xOptionalValue, portBASE_TYPE *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken, portTickType xBlockTime ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#endif /* TIMERS_H */
+
+
+
diff --git a/libraries/LiquidCrystal/LiquidCrystal.cpp b/libraries/LiquidCrystal/LiquidCrystal.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5cfb1ca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/LiquidCrystal/LiquidCrystal.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,333 @@
+#include "LiquidCrystal.h"
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <wirish/WProgram.h>
+
+// When the display powers up, it is configured as follows:
+//
+// 1. Display clear
+// 2. Function set:
+// DL = 1; 8-bit interface data
+// N = 0; 1-line display
+// F = 0; 5x8 dot character font
+// 3. Display on/off control:
+// D = 0; Display off
+// C = 0; Cursor off
+// B = 0; Blinking off
+// 4. Entry mode set:
+// I/D = 1; Increment by 1
+// S = 0; No shift
+//
+// Note, however, that resetting the Arduino doesn't reset the LCD, so we
+// can't assume that its in that state when a sketch starts (and the
+// LiquidCrystal constructor is called).
+
+// This library has been modified to be compatible with the LeafLabs Maple;
+// very conservative timing is used due to problems with delayMicroseconds()
+// that should be fixed in the 0.0.7 release of the libmaple. [bnewbold]
+
+LiquidCrystal::LiquidCrystal(uint8 rs, uint8 rw, uint8 enable,
+ uint8 d0, uint8 d1, uint8 d2, uint8 d3,
+ uint8 d4, uint8 d5, uint8 d6, uint8 d7)
+{
+ init(0, rs, rw, enable, d0, d1, d2, d3, d4, d5, d6, d7);
+}
+
+LiquidCrystal::LiquidCrystal(uint8 rs, uint8 enable,
+ uint8 d0, uint8 d1, uint8 d2, uint8 d3,
+ uint8 d4, uint8 d5, uint8 d6, uint8 d7)
+{
+ init(0, rs, 255, enable, d0, d1, d2, d3, d4, d5, d6, d7);
+}
+
+LiquidCrystal::LiquidCrystal(uint8 rs, uint8 rw, uint8 enable,
+ uint8 d0, uint8 d1, uint8 d2, uint8 d3)
+{
+ init(1, rs, rw, enable, d0, d1, d2, d3, 0, 0, 0, 0);
+}
+
+LiquidCrystal::LiquidCrystal(uint8 rs, uint8 enable,
+ uint8 d0, uint8 d1, uint8 d2, uint8 d3)
+{
+ init(1, rs, 255, enable, d0, d1, d2, d3, 0, 0, 0, 0);
+}
+
+void LiquidCrystal::init(uint8 fourbitmode, uint8 rs, uint8 rw, uint8 enable,
+ uint8 d0, uint8 d1, uint8 d2, uint8 d3,
+ uint8 d4, uint8 d5, uint8 d6, uint8 d7)
+{
+ _rs_pin = rs;
+ _rw_pin = rw;
+ _enable_pin = enable;
+
+ _data_pins[0] = d0;
+ _data_pins[1] = d1;
+ _data_pins[2] = d2;
+ _data_pins[3] = d3;
+ _data_pins[4] = d4;
+ _data_pins[5] = d5;
+ _data_pins[6] = d6;
+ _data_pins[7] = d7;
+
+ for (int i = 0; i < 8 - fourbitmode * 4; i++) {
+ pinMode(_data_pins[i], OUTPUT);
+ }
+
+ pinMode(_rs_pin, OUTPUT);
+ // we can save 1 pin by not using RW. Indicate by passing 255 instead of pin#
+ if (_rw_pin != 255) {
+ pinMode(_rw_pin, OUTPUT);
+ }
+ pinMode(_enable_pin, OUTPUT);
+
+ if (fourbitmode)
+ _displayfunction = LCD_4BITMODE | LCD_1LINE | LCD_5x8DOTS;
+ else
+ _displayfunction = LCD_8BITMODE | LCD_1LINE | LCD_5x8DOTS;
+
+ // TODO: bnewbold, re-enable this?
+ begin(16, 1);
+}
+
+void LiquidCrystal::begin(uint8 cols, uint8 lines, uint8 dotsize) {
+ if (lines > 1) {
+ _displayfunction |= LCD_2LINE;
+ }
+ _numlines = lines;
+ _currline = 0;
+
+ // for some 1 line displays you can select a 10 pixel high font
+ if ((dotsize != 0) && (lines == 1)) {
+ _displayfunction |= LCD_5x10DOTS;
+ }
+
+ // SEE PAGE 45/46 FOR INITIALIZATION SPECIFICATION! according to
+ // datasheet, we need at least 40ms after power rises above 2.7V
+ // before sending commands. Arduino can turn on way befer 4.5V so
+ // we'll wait 50
+ delay(50); // Maple mod
+ //delayMicroseconds(50000);
+ // Now we pull both RS and R/W low to begin commands
+ digitalWrite(_rs_pin, LOW);
+ digitalWrite(_enable_pin, LOW);
+ if (_rw_pin != 255) {
+ digitalWrite(_rw_pin, LOW);
+ }
+
+ //put the LCD into 4 bit or 8 bit mode
+ if (! (_displayfunction & LCD_8BITMODE)) {
+ // this is according to the hitachi HD44780 datasheet
+ // figure 24, pg 46
+
+ // we start in 8bit mode, try to set 4 bit mode
+ write4bits(0x03);
+ delay(5); // Maple mod
+ //delayMicroseconds(4500); // wait min 4.1ms
+
+ // second try
+ write4bits(0x03);
+ delay(5); // Maple mod
+ //delayMicroseconds(4500); // wait min 4.1ms
+
+ // third go!
+ write4bits(0x03);
+ delay(1); // Maple mod
+ //delayMicroseconds(150);
+
+ // finally, set to 8-bit interface
+ write4bits(0x02);
+ } else {
+ // this is according to the hitachi HD44780 datasheet
+ // page 45 figure 23
+
+ // Send function set command sequence
+ command(LCD_FUNCTIONSET | _displayfunction);
+ delay(5); // Maple mod
+ //delayMicroseconds(4500); // wait more than 4.1ms
+
+ // second try
+ command(LCD_FUNCTIONSET | _displayfunction);
+ delay(1); // Maple mod
+ //delayMicroseconds(150);
+
+ // third go
+ command(LCD_FUNCTIONSET | _displayfunction);
+ }
+
+ // finally, set # lines, font size, etc.
+ command(LCD_FUNCTIONSET | _displayfunction);
+
+ // turn the display on with no cursor or blinking default
+ _displaycontrol = LCD_DISPLAYON | LCD_CURSOROFF | LCD_BLINKOFF;
+ display();
+
+ // clear it off
+ clear();
+
+ // Initialize to default text direction (for romance languages)
+ _displaymode = LCD_ENTRYLEFT | LCD_ENTRYSHIFTDECREMENT;
+ // set the entry mode
+ command(LCD_ENTRYMODESET | _displaymode);
+
+}
+
+/********** high level commands, for the user! */
+void LiquidCrystal::clear()
+{
+ command(LCD_CLEARDISPLAY); // clear display, set cursor position to zero
+ delay(2); // Maple mod
+ //delayMicroseconds(2000); // this command takes a long time!
+}
+
+void LiquidCrystal::home()
+{
+ command(LCD_RETURNHOME); // set cursor position to zero
+ delay(2); // Maple mod
+ //delayMicroseconds(2000); // this command takes a long time!
+}
+
+void LiquidCrystal::setCursor(uint8 col, uint8 row)
+{
+ int row_offsets[] = { 0x00, 0x40, 0x14, 0x54 };
+ if ( row > _numlines ) {
+ row = _numlines-1; // we count rows starting w/0
+ }
+
+ command(LCD_SETDDRAMADDR | (col + row_offsets[row]));
+}
+
+// Turn the display on/off (quickly)
+void LiquidCrystal::noDisplay() {
+ _displaycontrol &= ~LCD_DISPLAYON;
+ command(LCD_DISPLAYCONTROL | _displaycontrol);
+}
+void LiquidCrystal::display() {
+ _displaycontrol |= LCD_DISPLAYON;
+ command(LCD_DISPLAYCONTROL | _displaycontrol);
+}
+
+// Turns the underline cursor on/off
+void LiquidCrystal::noCursor() {
+ _displaycontrol &= ~LCD_CURSORON;
+ command(LCD_DISPLAYCONTROL | _displaycontrol);
+}
+void LiquidCrystal::cursor() {
+ _displaycontrol |= LCD_CURSORON;
+ command(LCD_DISPLAYCONTROL | _displaycontrol);
+}
+
+// Turn on and off the blinking cursor
+void LiquidCrystal::noBlink() {
+ _displaycontrol &= ~LCD_BLINKON;
+ command(LCD_DISPLAYCONTROL | _displaycontrol);
+}
+void LiquidCrystal::blink() {
+ _displaycontrol |= LCD_BLINKON;
+ command(LCD_DISPLAYCONTROL | _displaycontrol);
+}
+
+// These commands scroll the display without changing the RAM
+void LiquidCrystal::scrollDisplayLeft(void) {
+ command(LCD_CURSORSHIFT | LCD_DISPLAYMOVE | LCD_MOVELEFT);
+}
+void LiquidCrystal::scrollDisplayRight(void) {
+ command(LCD_CURSORSHIFT | LCD_DISPLAYMOVE | LCD_MOVERIGHT);
+}
+
+// This is for text that flows Left to Right
+void LiquidCrystal::leftToRight(void) {
+ _displaymode |= LCD_ENTRYLEFT;
+ command(LCD_ENTRYMODESET | _displaymode);
+}
+
+// This is for text that flows Right to Left
+void LiquidCrystal::rightToLeft(void) {
+ _displaymode &= ~LCD_ENTRYLEFT;
+ command(LCD_ENTRYMODESET | _displaymode);
+}
+
+// This will 'right justify' text from the cursor
+void LiquidCrystal::autoscroll(void) {
+ _displaymode |= LCD_ENTRYSHIFTINCREMENT;
+ command(LCD_ENTRYMODESET | _displaymode);
+}
+
+// This will 'left justify' text from the cursor
+void LiquidCrystal::noAutoscroll(void) {
+ _displaymode &= ~LCD_ENTRYSHIFTINCREMENT;
+ command(LCD_ENTRYMODESET | _displaymode);
+}
+
+// Allows us to fill the first 8 CGRAM locations
+// with custom characters
+void LiquidCrystal::createChar(uint8 location, uint8 charmap[]) {
+ location &= 0x7; // we only have 8 locations 0-7
+ command(LCD_SETCGRAMADDR | (location << 3));
+ for (int i=0; i<8; i++) {
+ write(charmap[i]);
+ }
+}
+
+/*********** mid level commands, for sending data/cmds */
+
+inline void LiquidCrystal::command(uint8 value) {
+ send(value, LOW);
+}
+
+inline void LiquidCrystal::write(uint8 value) {
+ send(value, HIGH);
+}
+
+/************ low level data pushing commands **********/
+
+// write either command or data, with automatic 4/8-bit selection
+void LiquidCrystal::send(uint8 value, uint8 mode) {
+ digitalWrite(_rs_pin, mode);
+
+ // if there is a RW pin indicated, set it low to Write
+ if (_rw_pin != 255) {
+ digitalWrite(_rw_pin, LOW);
+ }
+
+ if (_displayfunction & LCD_8BITMODE) {
+ write8bits(value);
+ } else {
+ write4bits(value>>4);
+ write4bits(value);
+ }
+}
+
+void LiquidCrystal::pulseEnable(void) {
+ // _enable_pin should already be LOW (unless someone else messed
+ // with it), so don't sit around waiting for long.
+ digitalWrite(_enable_pin, LOW);
+ delayMicroseconds(1);
+
+ // Enable pulse must be > 450 ns. Value chosen here according to
+ // the following threads:
+ // http://forums.leaflabs.com/topic.php?id=640
+ // http://forums.leaflabs.com/topic.php?id=512
+ togglePin(_enable_pin);
+ delayMicroseconds(1);
+ togglePin(_enable_pin);
+
+ // Commands needs > 37us to settle.
+ delayMicroseconds(42);
+}
+
+void LiquidCrystal::write4bits(uint8 value) {
+ for (int i = 0; i < 4; i++) {
+ digitalWrite(_data_pins[i], (value >> i) & 0x01);
+ }
+
+ pulseEnable();
+}
+
+void LiquidCrystal::write8bits(uint8 value) {
+ for (int i = 0; i < 8; i++) {
+ digitalWrite(_data_pins[i], (value >> i) & 0x01);
+ }
+
+ pulseEnable();
+}
diff --git a/libraries/LiquidCrystal/LiquidCrystal.h b/libraries/LiquidCrystal/LiquidCrystal.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..06a159d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/LiquidCrystal/LiquidCrystal.h
@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
+#ifndef LiquidCrystal_h
+#define LiquidCrystal_h
+
+//#include <inttypes.h>
+#include <wirish/wirish.h>
+#include <wirish/Print.h>
+
+// commands
+#define LCD_CLEARDISPLAY 0x01
+#define LCD_RETURNHOME 0x02
+#define LCD_ENTRYMODESET 0x04
+#define LCD_DISPLAYCONTROL 0x08
+#define LCD_CURSORSHIFT 0x10
+#define LCD_FUNCTIONSET 0x20
+#define LCD_SETCGRAMADDR 0x40
+#define LCD_SETDDRAMADDR 0x80
+
+// flags for display entry mode
+#define LCD_ENTRYRIGHT 0x00
+#define LCD_ENTRYLEFT 0x02
+#define LCD_ENTRYSHIFTINCREMENT 0x01
+#define LCD_ENTRYSHIFTDECREMENT 0x00
+
+// flags for display on/off control
+#define LCD_DISPLAYON 0x04
+#define LCD_DISPLAYOFF 0x00
+#define LCD_CURSORON 0x02
+#define LCD_CURSOROFF 0x00
+#define LCD_BLINKON 0x01
+#define LCD_BLINKOFF 0x00
+
+// flags for display/cursor shift
+#define LCD_DISPLAYMOVE 0x08
+#define LCD_CURSORMOVE 0x00
+#define LCD_MOVERIGHT 0x04
+#define LCD_MOVELEFT 0x00
+
+// flags for function set
+#define LCD_8BITMODE 0x10
+#define LCD_4BITMODE 0x00
+#define LCD_2LINE 0x08
+#define LCD_1LINE 0x00
+#define LCD_5x10DOTS 0x04
+#define LCD_5x8DOTS 0x00
+
+class LiquidCrystal : public Print {
+public:
+ LiquidCrystal(uint8 rs, uint8 enable,
+ uint8 d0, uint8 d1, uint8 d2, uint8 d3,
+ uint8 d4, uint8 d5, uint8 d6, uint8 d7);
+ LiquidCrystal(uint8 rs, uint8 rw, uint8 enable,
+ uint8 d0, uint8 d1, uint8 d2, uint8 d3,
+ uint8 d4, uint8 d5, uint8 d6, uint8 d7);
+ LiquidCrystal(uint8 rs, uint8 rw, uint8 enable,
+ uint8 d0, uint8 d1, uint8 d2, uint8 d3);
+ LiquidCrystal(uint8 rs, uint8 enable,
+ uint8 d0, uint8 d1, uint8 d2, uint8 d3);
+
+ void init(uint8 fourbitmode, uint8 rs, uint8 rw, uint8 enable,
+ uint8 d0, uint8 d1, uint8 d2, uint8 d3,
+ uint8 d4, uint8 d5, uint8 d6, uint8 d7);
+
+ void begin(uint8 cols, uint8 rows, uint8 charsize = LCD_5x8DOTS);
+
+ void clear();
+ void home();
+
+ void noDisplay();
+ void display();
+ void noBlink();
+ void blink();
+ void noCursor();
+ void cursor();
+ void scrollDisplayLeft();
+ void scrollDisplayRight();
+ void leftToRight();
+ void rightToLeft();
+ void autoscroll();
+ void noAutoscroll();
+
+ void createChar(uint8, uint8[]);
+ void setCursor(uint8, uint8);
+ virtual void write(uint8);
+ void command(uint8);
+private:
+ void send(uint8, uint8);
+ void write4bits(uint8);
+ void write8bits(uint8);
+ void pulseEnable();
+
+ uint8 _rs_pin; // LOW: command. HIGH: character.
+ uint8 _rw_pin; // LOW: write to LCD. HIGH: read from LCD.
+ uint8 _enable_pin; // activated by a HIGH pulse.
+ uint8 _data_pins[8];
+
+ uint8 _displayfunction;
+ uint8 _displaycontrol;
+ uint8 _displaymode;
+
+ uint8 _initialized;
+
+ uint8 _numlines,_currline;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/libraries/LiquidCrystal/rules.mk b/libraries/LiquidCrystal/rules.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7b18203
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/LiquidCrystal/rules.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+# Standard things
+sp := $(sp).x
+dirstack_$(sp) := $(d)
+d := $(dir)
+BUILDDIRS += $(BUILD_PATH)/$(d)
+
+# Local flags
+CFLAGS_$(d) := $(WIRISH_INCLUDES) $(LIBMAPLE_INCLUDES)
+
+# Local rules and targets
+cSRCS_$(d) :=
+
+cppSRCS_$(d) := LiquidCrystal.cpp
+
+cFILES_$(d) := $(cSRCS_$(d):%=$(d)/%)
+cppFILES_$(d) := $(cppSRCS_$(d):%=$(d)/%)
+
+OBJS_$(d) := $(cFILES_$(d):%.c=$(BUILD_PATH)/%.o) \
+ $(cppFILES_$(d):%.cpp=$(BUILD_PATH)/%.o)
+DEPS_$(d) := $(OBJS_$(d):%.o=%.d)
+
+$(OBJS_$(d)): TGT_CFLAGS := $(CFLAGS_$(d))
+
+TGT_BIN += $(OBJS_$(d))
+
+# Standard things
+-include $(DEPS_$(d))
+d := $(dirstack_$(sp))
+sp := $(basename $(sp)) \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/libraries/Servo/Servo.cpp b/libraries/Servo/Servo.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ecb85e6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/Servo/Servo.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,150 @@
+/******************************************************************************
+ * The MIT License
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2010, LeafLabs, LLC.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person
+ * obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation
+ * files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without
+ * restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy,
+ * modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies
+ * of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
+ * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+ * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
+ * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS
+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+ * SOFTWARE.
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+#include "Servo.h"
+
+#include <wirish/boards.h>
+#include <wirish/io.h>
+#include <wirish/pwm.h>
+#include <wirish/wirish_math.h>
+
+// 20 millisecond period config. For a 1-based prescaler,
+//
+// (prescaler * overflow / CYC_MSEC) msec = 1 timer cycle = 20 msec
+// => prescaler * overflow = 20 * CYC_MSEC
+//
+// This picks the smallest prescaler that allows an overflow < 2^16.
+#define MAX_OVERFLOW ((1 << 16) - 1)
+#define CYC_MSEC (1000 * CYCLES_PER_MICROSECOND)
+#define TAU_MSEC 20
+#define TAU_USEC (TAU_MSEC * 1000)
+#define TAU_CYC (TAU_MSEC * CYC_MSEC)
+#define SERVO_PRESCALER (TAU_CYC / MAX_OVERFLOW + 1)
+#define SERVO_OVERFLOW ((uint16)round((double)TAU_CYC / SERVO_PRESCALER))
+
+// Unit conversions
+#define US_TO_COMPARE(us) ((uint16)map((us), 0, TAU_USEC, 0, SERVO_OVERFLOW))
+#define COMPARE_TO_US(c) ((uint32)map((c), 0, SERVO_OVERFLOW, 0, TAU_USEC))
+#define ANGLE_TO_US(a) ((uint16)(map((a), this->minAngle, this->maxAngle, \
+ this->minPW, this->maxPW)))
+#define US_TO_ANGLE(us) ((int16)(map((us), this->minPW, this->maxPW, \
+ this->minAngle, this->maxAngle)))
+
+Servo::Servo() {
+ this->resetFields();
+}
+
+bool Servo::attach(uint8 pin,
+ uint16 minPW,
+ uint16 maxPW,
+ int16 minAngle,
+ int16 maxAngle) {
+ timer_dev *tdev = PIN_MAP[pin].timer_device;
+
+ if (tdev == NULL) {
+ // don't reset any fields or ASSERT(0), to keep driving any
+ // previously attach()ed servo.
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ if (this->attached()) {
+ this->detach();
+ }
+
+ this->pin = pin;
+ this->minPW = minPW;
+ this->maxPW = maxPW;
+ this->minAngle = minAngle;
+ this->maxAngle = maxAngle;
+
+ pinMode(pin, PWM);
+
+ timer_pause(tdev);
+ timer_set_prescaler(tdev, SERVO_PRESCALER - 1); // prescaler is 1-based
+ timer_set_reload(tdev, SERVO_OVERFLOW);
+ timer_generate_update(tdev);
+ timer_resume(tdev);
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+bool Servo::detach() {
+ if (!this->attached()) {
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ timer_dev *tdev = PIN_MAP[this->pin].timer_device;
+ uint8 tchan = PIN_MAP[this->pin].timer_channel;
+ timer_set_mode(tdev, tchan, TIMER_DISABLED);
+
+ this->resetFields();
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+void Servo::write(int degrees) {
+ degrees = constrain(degrees, this->minAngle, this->maxAngle);
+ this->writeMicroseconds(ANGLE_TO_US(degrees));
+}
+
+int Servo::read() const {
+ int a = US_TO_ANGLE(this->readMicroseconds());
+ // map() round-trips in a weird way we mostly correct for here;
+ // the round-trip is still sometimes off-by-one for write(1) and
+ // write(179).
+ return a == this->minAngle || a == this->maxAngle ? a : a + 1;
+}
+
+void Servo::writeMicroseconds(uint16 pulseWidth) {
+ if (!this->attached()) {
+ ASSERT(0);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ pulseWidth = constrain(pulseWidth, this->minPW, this->maxPW);
+ pwmWrite(this->pin, US_TO_COMPARE(pulseWidth));
+}
+
+uint16 Servo::readMicroseconds() const {
+ if (!this->attached()) {
+ ASSERT(0);
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ stm32_pin_info pin_info = PIN_MAP[this->pin];
+ uint16 compare = timer_get_compare(pin_info.timer_device,
+ pin_info.timer_channel);
+
+ return COMPARE_TO_US(compare);
+}
+
+void Servo::resetFields(void) {
+ this->pin = NOT_ATTACHED;
+ this->minAngle = SERVO_DEFAULT_MIN_ANGLE;
+ this->maxAngle = SERVO_DEFAULT_MAX_ANGLE;
+ this->minPW = SERVO_DEFAULT_MIN_PW;
+ this->maxPW = SERVO_DEFAULT_MAX_PW;
+}
diff --git a/libraries/Servo/Servo.h b/libraries/Servo/Servo.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..94e1e00
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/Servo/Servo.h
@@ -0,0 +1,196 @@
+/******************************************************************************
+ * The MIT License
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2010, LeafLabs, LLC.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person
+ * obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation
+ * files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without
+ * restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy,
+ * modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies
+ * of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
+ * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+ * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
+ * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS
+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+ * SOFTWARE.
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef _SERVO_H_
+#define _SERVO_H_
+
+#include <libmaple/libmaple_types.h>
+#include <libmaple/timer.h>
+
+#include <wirish/wirish_types.h>
+
+/*
+ * Note on Arduino compatibility:
+ *
+ * In the Arduino implementation, PWM is done "by hand" in the sense
+ * that timer channels are hijacked in groups and an ISR is set which
+ * toggles Servo::attach()ed pins using digitalWrite().
+ *
+ * While this scheme allows any pin to drive a servo, it chews up
+ * cycles and complicates the programmer's notion of when a particular
+ * timer channel will be in use.
+ *
+ * This implementation only allows Servo instances to attach() to pins
+ * that already have a timer channel associated with them, and just
+ * uses pwmWrite() to drive the wave.
+ *
+ * This introduces an incompatibility: while the Arduino
+ * implementation of attach() returns the affected channel on success
+ * and 0 on failure, this one returns true on success and false on
+ * failure.
+ *
+ * RC Servos expect a pulse every 20ms. Since periods are set for
+ * entire timers, rather than individual channels, attach()ing a Servo
+ * to a pin can interfere with other pins associated with the same
+ * timer. As always, your board's pin map is your friend.
+ */
+
+// Pin number of unattached pins
+#define NOT_ATTACHED (-1)
+
+// Default min/max pulse widths (in microseconds) and angles (in
+// degrees). Values chosen for Arduino compatibility. These values
+// are part of the public API; DO NOT CHANGE THEM.
+#define SERVO_DEFAULT_MIN_PW 544
+#define SERVO_DEFAULT_MAX_PW 2400
+#define SERVO_DEFAULT_MIN_ANGLE 0
+#define SERVO_DEFAULT_MAX_ANGLE 180
+
+/** Class for interfacing with RC servomotors. */
+class Servo {
+public:
+ /**
+ * @brief Construct a new Servo instance.
+ *
+ * The new instance will not be attached to any pin.
+ */
+ Servo();
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Associate this instance with a servomotor whose input is
+ * connected to pin.
+ *
+ * If this instance is already attached to a pin, it will be
+ * detached before being attached to the new pin. This function
+ * doesn't detach any interrupt attached with the pin's timer
+ * channel.
+ *
+ * @param pin Pin connected to the servo pulse wave input. This
+ * pin must be capable of PWM output.
+ *
+ * @param minPulseWidth Minimum pulse width to write to pin, in
+ * microseconds. This will be associated
+ * with a minAngle degree angle. Defaults to
+ * SERVO_DEFAULT_MIN_PW = 544.
+ *
+ * @param maxPulseWidth Maximum pulse width to write to pin, in
+ * microseconds. This will be associated
+ * with a maxAngle degree angle. Defaults to
+ * SERVO_DEFAULT_MAX_PW = 2400.
+ *
+ * @param minAngle Target angle (in degrees) associated with
+ * minPulseWidth. Defaults to
+ * SERVO_DEFAULT_MIN_ANGLE = 0.
+ *
+ * @param maxAngle Target angle (in degrees) associated with
+ * maxPulseWidth. Defaults to
+ * SERVO_DEFAULT_MAX_ANGLE = 180.
+ *
+ * @sideeffect May set pinMode(pin, PWM).
+ *
+ * @return true if successful, false when pin doesn't support PWM.
+ */
+ bool attach(uint8 pin,
+ uint16 minPulseWidth=SERVO_DEFAULT_MIN_PW,
+ uint16 maxPulseWidth=SERVO_DEFAULT_MAX_PW,
+ int16 minAngle=SERVO_DEFAULT_MIN_ANGLE,
+ int16 maxAngle=SERVO_DEFAULT_MAX_ANGLE);
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Check if this instance is attached to a servo.
+ * @return true if this instance is attached to a servo, false otherwise.
+ * @see Servo::attachedPin()
+ */
+ bool attached() const { return this->pin != NOT_ATTACHED; }
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Get the pin this instance is attached to.
+ * @return Pin number if currently attached to a pin, NOT_ATTACHED
+ * otherwise.
+ * @see Servo::attach()
+ */
+ int attachedPin() const { return this->pin; }
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Stop driving the servo pulse train.
+ *
+ * If not currently attached to a motor, this function has no effect.
+ *
+ * @return true if this call did anything, false otherwise.
+ */
+ bool detach();
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Set the servomotor target angle.
+ *
+ * @param angle Target angle, in degrees. If the target angle is
+ * outside the range specified at attach() time, it
+ * will be clamped to lie in that range.
+ *
+ * @see Servo::attach()
+ */
+ void write(int angle);
+
+
+ /**
+ * Get the servomotor's target angle, in degrees. This will
+ * lie inside the range specified at attach() time.
+ *
+ * @see Servo::attach()
+ */
+ int read() const;
+
+ /**
+ * @brief Set the pulse width, in microseconds.
+ *
+ * @param pulseWidth Pulse width to send to the servomotor, in
+ * microseconds. If outside of the range
+ * specified at attach() time, it is clamped to
+ * lie in that range.
+ *
+ * @see Servo::attach()
+ */
+ void writeMicroseconds(uint16 pulseWidth);
+
+ /**
+ * Get the current pulse width, in microseconds. This will
+ * lie within the range specified at attach() time.
+ *
+ * @see Servo::attach()
+ */
+ uint16 readMicroseconds() const;
+
+private:
+ int16 pin;
+ uint16 minPW;
+ uint16 maxPW;
+ int16 minAngle;
+ int16 maxAngle;
+
+ void resetFields(void);
+};
+
+#endif /* _SERVO_H_ */
diff --git a/libraries/Servo/rules.mk b/libraries/Servo/rules.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e013754
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/Servo/rules.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+# Standard things
+sp := $(sp).x
+dirstack_$(sp) := $(d)
+d := $(dir)
+BUILDDIRS += $(BUILD_PATH)/$(d)
+
+# Local flags
+CXXFLAGS_$(d) := $(WIRISH_INCLUDES) $(LIBMAPLE_INCLUDES)
+
+# Local rules and targets
+cSRCS_$(d) :=
+
+cppSRCS_$(d) := Servo.cpp
+
+cFILES_$(d) := $(cSRCS_$(d):%=$(d)/%)
+cppFILES_$(d) := $(cppSRCS_$(d):%=$(d)/%)
+
+OBJS_$(d) := $(cFILES_$(d):%.c=$(BUILD_PATH)/%.o) \
+ $(cppFILES_$(d):%.cpp=$(BUILD_PATH)/%.o)
+DEPS_$(d) := $(OBJS_$(d):%.o=%.d)
+
+$(OBJS_$(d)): TGT_CXXFLAGS := $(CXXFLAGS_$(d))
+
+TGT_BIN += $(OBJS_$(d))
+
+# Standard things
+-include $(DEPS_$(d))
+d := $(dirstack_$(sp))
+sp := $(basename $(sp)) \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/libraries/Wire/HardWire.cpp b/libraries/Wire/HardWire.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c2412f1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/Wire/HardWire.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+/******************************************************************************
+ * The MIT License
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2010 LeafLabs LLC.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person
+ * obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation
+ * files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without
+ * restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy,
+ * modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies
+ * of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
+ * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+ * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
+ * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS
+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+ * SOFTWARE.
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+/**
+ * @file HardWire.cpp
+ * @author Trystan Jones <crenn6977@gmail.com>
+ * @brief Wire library, uses the hardware I2C available in the Maple to
+ * interact with I2C slave devices.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Library created by crenn to use the new WireBase system and allow Arduino
+ * users easy interaction with the I2C Hardware in a familiar method.
+ */
+
+#include <Wire/HardWire.h>
+
+uint8 HardWire::process() {
+ int8 res = i2c_master_xfer(sel_hard, &itc_msg, 1, 0);
+ if (res != 0) {
+ i2c_disable(sel_hard);
+ i2c_master_enable(sel_hard, (I2C_BUS_RESET | dev_flags));
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
+
+// TODO: Add in Error Handling if devsel is out of range for other Maples
+HardWire::HardWire(uint8 dev_sel, uint8 flags) {
+ if (dev_sel == 1) {
+ sel_hard = I2C1;
+ } else if (dev_sel == 2) {
+ sel_hard = I2C2;
+ } else {
+ ASSERT(1);
+ }
+ dev_flags=flags;
+ i2c_master_enable(sel_hard, flags);
+}
+
+HardWire::~HardWire() {
+ i2c_disable(sel_hard);
+ sel_hard = 0;
+}
diff --git a/libraries/Wire/HardWire.h b/libraries/Wire/HardWire.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d6eb54a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/Wire/HardWire.h
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+/******************************************************************************
+ * The MIT License
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2010 LeafLabs LLC.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person
+ * obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation
+ * files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without
+ * restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy,
+ * modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies
+ * of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
+ * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+ * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
+ * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS
+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+ * SOFTWARE.
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+/**
+ * @file HardWire.h
+ * @author Trystan Jones <crenn6977@gmail.com>
+ * @brief Wire library, uses the hardware I2C available in the Maple to
+ * interact with I2C slave devices.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Library created by crenn to use the new WireBase system and allow Arduino
+ * users easy interaction with the I2C Hardware in a familiar method.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _HARDWIRE_H_
+#define _HARDWIRE_H_
+
+#include <Wire/WireBase.h>
+#include <wirish/wirish.h>
+#include <libmaple/i2c.h>
+
+class HardWire : public WireBase {
+private:
+ i2c_dev* sel_hard;
+ uint8 dev_flags;
+protected:
+ /*
+ * Processes the incoming I2C message defined by WireBase to the
+ * hardware. If an error occured, restart the I2C device.
+ */
+ uint8 process();
+public:
+ /*
+ * Check if devsel is within range and enable selected I2C interface with
+ * passed flags
+ */
+ HardWire(uint8, uint8 = 0);
+
+ /*
+ * Disables the I2C device and remove the device address.
+ */
+ ~HardWire();
+};
+
+#endif // _HARDWIRE_H_
diff --git a/libraries/Wire/Wire.cpp b/libraries/Wire/Wire.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d646132
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/Wire/Wire.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,182 @@
+/******************************************************************************
+ * The MIT License
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2010 LeafLabs LLC.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person
+ * obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation
+ * files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without
+ * restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy,
+ * modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies
+ * of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
+ * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+ * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
+ * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS
+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+ * SOFTWARE.
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+/**
+ * @file Wire.cpp
+ * @author Trystan Jones <crenn6977@gmail.com>
+ * @brief Wire library, uses the WireBase to create the primary interface
+ * while keeping low level interactions invisible to the user.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Library updated by crenn to follow new Wire system.
+ * Code was derived from the original Wire for maple code by leaflabs and the
+ * modifications by gke and ala42.
+ */
+
+#include <Wire/Wire.h>
+
+#define I2C_WRITE 0
+#define I2C_READ 1
+
+/* low level conventions:
+ * - SDA/SCL idle high (expected high)
+ * - always start with i2c_delay rather than end
+ */
+
+void TwoWire::set_scl(bool state) {
+ I2C_DELAY(this->i2c_delay);
+ digitalWrite(this->scl_pin,state);
+ //Allow for clock stretching - dangerous currently
+ if (state == HIGH) {
+ while(digitalRead(this->scl_pin) == 0);
+ }
+}
+
+void TwoWire::set_sda(bool state) {
+ I2C_DELAY(this->i2c_delay);
+ digitalWrite(this->sda_pin, state);
+}
+
+void TwoWire::i2c_start() {
+ set_sda(LOW);
+ set_scl(LOW);
+}
+
+void TwoWire::i2c_stop() {
+ set_sda(LOW);
+ set_scl(HIGH);
+ set_sda(HIGH);
+}
+
+bool TwoWire::i2c_get_ack() {
+ set_scl(LOW);
+ set_sda(HIGH);
+ set_scl(HIGH);
+
+ bool ret = !digitalRead(this->sda_pin);
+ set_scl(LOW);
+ return ret;
+}
+
+void TwoWire::i2c_send_ack() {
+ set_sda(LOW);
+ set_scl(HIGH);
+ set_scl(LOW);
+}
+
+void TwoWire::i2c_send_nack() {
+ set_sda(HIGH);
+ set_scl(HIGH);
+ set_scl(LOW);
+}
+
+uint8 TwoWire::i2c_shift_in() {
+ uint8 data = 0;
+ set_sda(HIGH);
+
+ int i;
+ for (i = 0; i < 8; i++) {
+ set_scl(HIGH);
+ data |= digitalRead(this->sda_pin) << (7-i);
+ set_scl(LOW);
+ }
+
+ return data;
+}
+
+void TwoWire::i2c_shift_out(uint8 val) {
+ int i;
+ for (i = 0; i < 8; i++) {
+ set_sda(!!(val & (1 << (7 - i)) ) );
+ set_scl(HIGH);
+ set_scl(LOW);
+ }
+}
+
+uint8 TwoWire::process() {
+ itc_msg.xferred = 0;
+
+ uint8 sla_addr = (itc_msg.addr << 1);
+ if (itc_msg.flags == I2C_MSG_READ) {
+ sla_addr |= I2C_READ;
+ }
+ i2c_start();
+ // shift out the address we're transmitting to
+ i2c_shift_out(sla_addr);
+ if (!i2c_get_ack()) {
+ return ENACKADDR;
+ }
+ // Recieving
+ if (itc_msg.flags == I2C_MSG_READ) {
+ while (itc_msg.xferred < itc_msg.length) {
+ itc_msg.data[itc_msg.xferred++] = i2c_shift_in();
+ if (itc_msg.xferred < itc_msg.length) {
+ i2c_send_ack();
+ } else {
+ i2c_send_nack();
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ // Sending
+ else {
+ for (uint8 i = 0; i < itc_msg.length; i++) {
+ i2c_shift_out(itc_msg.data[i]);
+ if (!i2c_get_ack()) {
+ return ENACKTRNS;
+ }
+ itc_msg.xferred++;
+ }
+ }
+ i2c_stop();
+ return SUCCESS;
+}
+
+// TODO: Add in Error Handling if pins is out of range for other Maples
+// TODO: Make delays more capable
+TwoWire::TwoWire(uint8 scl, uint8 sda, uint8 delay) : i2c_delay(delay) {
+ this->scl_pin=scl;
+ this->sda_pin=sda;
+}
+
+void TwoWire::begin(uint8 self_addr) {
+ tx_buf_idx = 0;
+ tx_buf_overflow = false;
+ rx_buf_idx = 0;
+ rx_buf_len = 0;
+ pinMode(this->scl_pin, OUTPUT_OPEN_DRAIN);
+ pinMode(this->sda_pin, OUTPUT_OPEN_DRAIN);
+ set_scl(HIGH);
+ set_sda(HIGH);
+}
+
+TwoWire::~TwoWire() {
+ this->scl_pin=0;
+ this->sda_pin=0;
+}
+
+// Declare the instance that the users of the library can use
+TwoWire Wire(SCL, SDA, SOFT_STANDARD);
diff --git a/libraries/Wire/Wire.h b/libraries/Wire/Wire.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d455b11
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/Wire/Wire.h
@@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
+/******************************************************************************
+ * The MIT License
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2010 LeafLabs LLC.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person
+ * obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation
+ * files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without
+ * restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy,
+ * modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies
+ * of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
+ * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+ * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
+ * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS
+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+ * SOFTWARE.
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+/**
+ * @file Wire.h
+ * @author Trystan Jones <crenn6977@gmail.com>
+ * @brief Wire library, uses the WireBase to create the primary interface
+ * while keeping low level interactions invisible to the user.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Library updated by crenn to follow new Wire system.
+ * Code was derived from the original Wire for maple code by leaflabs and the
+ * modifications by gke and ala42.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _WIRE_H_
+#define _WIRE_H_
+
+#include <Wire/WireBase.h>
+#include <wirish/wirish.h>
+
+/*
+ * On the Maple, let the default pins be in the same location as the Arduino
+ * pins
+ */
+#define SDA 19
+#define SCL 20
+
+//#define I2C_DELAY(x) {uint32 time=micros(); while(time>(micros()+x));}
+#define I2C_DELAY(x) do{for(int i=0;i<x;i++) {asm volatile("nop");}}while(0)
+#define SOFT_STANDARD 25
+#define SOFT_FAST 7
+
+class TwoWire : public WireBase {
+ private:
+ const uint8 i2c_delay;
+ uint8 scl_pin;
+ uint8 sda_pin;
+
+ /*
+ * Sets the SCL line to HIGH/LOW and allow for clock stretching by slave
+ * devices
+ */
+ void set_scl(bool);
+
+ /*
+ * Sets the SDA line to HIGH/LOW
+ */
+ void set_sda(bool);
+
+ /*
+ * Creates a Start condition on the bus
+ */
+ void i2c_start();
+
+ /*
+ * Creates a Stop condition on the bus
+ */
+ void i2c_stop();
+
+ /*
+ * Gets an ACK condition from a slave device on the bus
+ */
+ bool i2c_get_ack();
+
+ /*
+ * Creates a ACK condition on the bus
+ */
+ void i2c_send_ack();
+
+ /*
+ * Creates a NACK condition on the bus
+ */
+ void i2c_send_nack();
+
+ /*
+ * Shifts in the data through SDA and clocks SCL for the slave device
+ */
+ uint8 i2c_shift_in();
+
+ /*
+ * Shifts out the data through SDA and clocks SCL for the slave device
+ */
+ void i2c_shift_out(uint8);
+ protected:
+ /*
+ * Processes the incoming I2C message defined by WireBase
+ */
+ uint8 process();
+ public:
+ /*
+ * Accept pin numbers for SCL and SDA lines. Set the delay needed
+ * to create the timing for I2C's Standard Mode and Fast Mode.
+ */
+ TwoWire(uint8 scl=SCL, uint8 sda=SDA, uint8 delay=SOFT_STANDARD);
+
+ /*
+ * Sets pins SDA and SCL to OUPTUT_OPEN_DRAIN, joining I2C bus as
+ * master. This function overwrites the default behaviour of
+ * .begin(uint8) in WireBase
+ */
+ void begin(uint8 = 0x00);
+
+ /*
+ * If object is destroyed, set pin numbers to 0.
+ */
+ ~TwoWire();
+};
+
+extern TwoWire Wire;
+
+#endif // _WIRE_H_
diff --git a/libraries/Wire/WireBase.cpp b/libraries/Wire/WireBase.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3cb0174
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/Wire/WireBase.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,140 @@
+/******************************************************************************
+ * The MIT License
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2010 LeafLabs LLC.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person
+ * obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation
+ * files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without
+ * restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy,
+ * modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies
+ * of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
+ * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+ * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
+ * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS
+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+ * SOFTWARE.
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+/**
+ * @file WireBase.cpp
+ * @author Trystan Jones <crenn6977@gmail.com>
+ * @brief Wire library, following the majority of the interface from Arduino.
+ * Provides a 'standard' interface to I2C (two-wire) communication for
+ * derived classes.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Library created by crenn to allow a system which would provide users the
+ * 'standardised' Arduino method for interfacing with I2C devices regardless of
+ * whether it is I2C hardware or emulating software.
+ */
+
+#include <Wire/WireBase.h>
+#include <wirish/wirish.h>
+
+void WireBase::begin(uint8 self_addr) {
+ tx_buf_idx = 0;
+ tx_buf_overflow = false;
+ rx_buf_idx = 0;
+ rx_buf_len = 0;
+}
+
+void WireBase::beginTransmission(uint8 slave_address) {
+ itc_msg.addr = slave_address;
+ itc_msg.data = &tx_buf[tx_buf_idx];
+ itc_msg.length = 0;
+ itc_msg.flags = 0;
+}
+
+void WireBase::beginTransmission(int slave_address) {
+ beginTransmission((uint8)slave_address);
+}
+
+uint8 WireBase::endTransmission(void) {
+ if (tx_buf_overflow) {
+ return EDATA;
+ }
+ process();
+ tx_buf_idx = 0;
+ tx_buf_overflow = false;
+ return SUCCESS;
+}
+
+//TODO: Add the ability to queue messages (adding a boolean to end of function
+// call, allows for the Arduino style to stay while also giving the flexibility
+// to bulk send
+uint8 WireBase::requestFrom(uint8 address, int num_bytes) {
+ if (num_bytes > WIRE_BUFSIZ) {
+ num_bytes = WIRE_BUFSIZ;
+ }
+ itc_msg.addr = address;
+ itc_msg.flags = I2C_MSG_READ;
+ itc_msg.length = num_bytes;
+ itc_msg.data = &rx_buf[rx_buf_idx];
+ process();
+ rx_buf_len += itc_msg.xferred;
+ itc_msg.flags = 0;
+ return rx_buf_len;
+}
+
+uint8 WireBase::requestFrom(int address, int numBytes) {
+ return WireBase::requestFrom((uint8)address, numBytes);
+}
+
+void WireBase::send(uint8 value) {
+ if (tx_buf_idx == WIRE_BUFSIZ) {
+ tx_buf_overflow = true;
+ return;
+ }
+ tx_buf[tx_buf_idx++] = value;
+ itc_msg.length++;
+}
+
+void WireBase::send(uint8* buf, int len) {
+ for (uint8 i = 0; i < len; i++) {
+ send(buf[i]);
+ }
+}
+
+void WireBase::send(int value) {
+ send((uint8)value);
+}
+
+void WireBase::send(int* buf, int len) {
+ send((uint8*)buf, (uint8)len);
+}
+
+void WireBase::send(char* buf) {
+ uint8 *ptr = (uint8*)buf;
+ while (*ptr) {
+ send(*ptr);
+ ptr++;
+ }
+}
+
+uint8 WireBase::available() {
+ return rx_buf_len - rx_buf_idx;
+}
+
+uint8 WireBase::receive() {
+ if (rx_buf_idx == rx_buf_len) {
+ rx_buf_idx = 0;
+ rx_buf_len = 0;
+ return 0;
+ } else if (rx_buf_idx == (rx_buf_len-1)) {
+ uint8 temp = rx_buf[rx_buf_idx];
+ rx_buf_idx = 0;
+ rx_buf_len = 0;
+ return temp;
+ }
+ return rx_buf[rx_buf_idx++];
+}
diff --git a/libraries/Wire/WireBase.h b/libraries/Wire/WireBase.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e154476
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/Wire/WireBase.h
@@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
+/******************************************************************************
+ * The MIT License
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2010 LeafLabs LLC.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person
+ * obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation
+ * files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without
+ * restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy,
+ * modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies
+ * of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
+ * included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+ * EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
+ * NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS
+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
+ * ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+ * SOFTWARE.
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+/**
+ * @file WireBase.h
+ * @author Trystan Jones <crenn6977@gmail.com>
+ * @brief Wire library, following the majority of the interface from Arduino.
+ * Provides a 'standard' interface to I2C (two-wire) communication for
+ * derived classes.
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Library created by crenn to allow a system which would provide users the
+ * 'standardised' Arduino method for interfacing with I2C devices regardless of
+ * whether it is I2C hardware or emulating software.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _WIREBASE_H_
+#define _WIREBASE_H_
+
+#include <wirish/wirish.h>
+#include <libmaple/i2c.h>
+
+#define WIRE_BUFSIZ 32
+
+/* return codes from endTransmission() */
+#define SUCCESS 0 /* transmission was successful */
+#define EDATA 1 /* too much data */
+#define ENACKADDR 2 /* received nack on transmit of address */
+#define ENACKTRNS 3 /* received nack on transmit of data */
+#define EOTHER 4 /* other error */
+
+class WireBase { // Abstraction is awesome!
+protected:
+ i2c_msg itc_msg;
+ uint8 rx_buf[WIRE_BUFSIZ]; /* receive buffer */
+ uint8 rx_buf_idx; /* first unread idx in rx_buf */
+ uint8 rx_buf_len; /* number of bytes read */
+
+ uint8 tx_buf[WIRE_BUFSIZ]; /* transmit buffer */
+ uint8 tx_buf_idx; // next idx available in tx_buf, -1 overflow
+ boolean tx_buf_overflow;
+
+ // Force derived classes to define process function
+ virtual uint8 process() = 0;
+public:
+ WireBase() {}
+ ~WireBase() {}
+
+ /*
+ * Initialises the class interface
+ */
+ // Allow derived classes to overwrite begin function
+ virtual void begin(uint8 = 0x00);
+
+ /*
+ * Sets up the transmission message to be processed
+ */
+ void beginTransmission(uint8);
+
+ /*
+ * Allow only 8 bit addresses to be used
+ */
+ void beginTransmission(int);
+
+ /*
+ * Call the process function to process the message if the TX
+ * buffer has not overflowed.
+ */
+ uint8 endTransmission(void);
+
+ /*
+ * Request bytes from a slave device and process the request,
+ * storing into the receiving buffer.
+ */
+ uint8 requestFrom(uint8, int);
+
+ /*
+ * Allow only 8 bit addresses to be used when requesting bytes
+ */
+ uint8 requestFrom(int, int);
+
+ /*
+ * Stack up bytes to be sent when transmitting
+ */
+ void send(uint8);
+
+ /*
+ * Stack up bytes from the array to be sent when transmitting
+ */
+ void send(uint8*, int);
+
+ /*
+ * Ensure that a sending data will only be 8-bit bytes
+ */
+ void send(int);
+
+ /*
+ * Ensure that an array sending data will only be 8-bit bytes
+ */
+ void send(int*, int);
+
+ /*
+ * Stack up bytes from a string to be sent when transmitting
+ */
+ void send(char*);
+
+ /*
+ * Return the amount of bytes that is currently in the receiving buffer
+ */
+ uint8 available();
+
+ /*
+ * Return the value of byte in the receiving buffer that is currently being
+ * pointed to
+ */
+ uint8 receive();
+};
+
+#endif // _WIREBASE_H_
diff --git a/libraries/Wire/rules.mk b/libraries/Wire/rules.mk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e16f4db
--- /dev/null
+++ b/libraries/Wire/rules.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+# Standard things
+sp := $(sp).x
+dirstack_$(sp) := $(d)
+d := $(dir)
+BUILDDIRS += $(BUILD_PATH)/$(d)
+
+# Local flags
+CFLAGS_$(d) := $(WIRISH_INCLUDES) $(LIBMAPLE_INCLUDES)
+
+# Local rules and targets
+cSRCS_$(d) :=
+
+cppSRCS_$(d) := WireBase.cpp HardWire.cpp Wire.cpp
+
+cFILES_$(d) := $(cSRCS_$(d):%=$(d)/%)
+cppFILES_$(d) := $(cppSRCS_$(d):%=$(d)/%)
+
+OBJS_$(d) := $(cFILES_$(d):%.c=$(BUILD_PATH)/%.o) \
+ $(cppFILES_$(d):%.cpp=$(BUILD_PATH)/%.o)
+DEPS_$(d) := $(OBJS_$(d):%.o=%.d)
+
+$(OBJS_$(d)): TGT_CFLAGS := $(CFLAGS_$(d))
+
+TGT_BIN += $(OBJS_$(d))
+
+# Standard things
+-include $(DEPS_$(d))
+d := $(dirstack_$(sp))
+sp := $(basename $(sp)) \ No newline at end of file